WO2015188120A1 - Sulfur(vi) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof - Google Patents

Sulfur(vi) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015188120A1
WO2015188120A1 PCT/US2015/034516 US2015034516W WO2015188120A1 WO 2015188120 A1 WO2015188120 A1 WO 2015188120A1 US 2015034516 W US2015034516 W US 2015034516W WO 2015188120 A1 WO2015188120 A1 WO 2015188120A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
group
nmr
mhz
targets
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2015/034516
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jiajia Dong
K. Barry Sharpless
Original Assignee
The Scripps Research Institute
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to CN202010525386.3A priority Critical patent/CN111689929B/en
Priority to EP21159735.6A priority patent/EP3892610B1/en
Application filed by The Scripps Research Institute filed Critical The Scripps Research Institute
Priority to EP15803408.2A priority patent/EP3151817B1/en
Priority to JP2017516642A priority patent/JP6738326B2/en
Priority to EP23191114.0A priority patent/EP4295841A3/en
Priority to ES15803408T priority patent/ES2873962T3/en
Priority to CN201580042130.4A priority patent/CN106659700B/en
Priority to AU2015269198A priority patent/AU2015269198B2/en
Priority to US15/316,742 priority patent/US10117840B2/en
Priority to CA2953237A priority patent/CA2953237C/en
Publication of WO2015188120A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015188120A1/en
Priority to US16/158,608 priority patent/US10765645B2/en
Priority to US16/243,761 priority patent/US20190167604A1/en
Priority to US16/871,902 priority patent/US11779548B2/en
Priority to US17/012,783 priority patent/US11141385B2/en
Priority to AU2021201062A priority patent/AU2021201062B2/en
Priority to US17/471,936 priority patent/US20220000799A1/en
Priority to US17/826,660 priority patent/US20220313624A1/en
Priority to AU2023200095A priority patent/AU2023200095B2/en
Priority to AU2024219511A priority patent/AU2024219511A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/045—Hydroxy compounds, e.g. alcohols; Salts thereof, e.g. alcoholates
    • A61K31/05—Phenols
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13—Amines
    • A61K31/135—Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A61K31/136—Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline having the amino group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. benzeneamine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13—Amines
    • A61K31/14—Quaternary ammonium compounds, e.g. edrophonium, choline
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185—Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A61K31/19—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
    • A61K31/195—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group
    • A61K31/197—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group the amino and the carboxyl groups being attached to the same acyclic carbon chain, e.g. gamma-aminobutyric acid [GABA], beta-alanine, epsilon-aminocaproic acid or pantothenic acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/185—Acids; Anhydrides, halides or salts thereof, e.g. sulfur acids, imidic, hydrazonic or hydroximic acids
    • A61K31/19—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid
    • A61K31/195—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group
    • A61K31/197—Carboxylic acids, e.g. valproic acid having an amino group the amino and the carboxyl groups being attached to the same acyclic carbon chain, e.g. gamma-aminobutyric acid [GABA], beta-alanine, epsilon-aminocaproic acid or pantothenic acid
    • A61K31/198—Alpha-amino acids, e.g. alanine or edetic acid [EDTA]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/397—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having four-membered rings, e.g. azetidine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/403—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
    • A61K31/404—Indoles, e.g. pindolol
    • A61K31/4045—Indole-alkylamines; Amides thereof, e.g. serotonin, melatonin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/407—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with other heterocyclic ring systems, e.g. ketorolac, physostigmine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/4168—1,3-Diazoles having a nitrogen attached in position 2, e.g. clonidine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4245—Oxadiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/439—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom the ring forming part of a bridged ring system, e.g. quinuclidine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4709—Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/473—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic ring systems, e.g. acridines, phenanthridines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4738—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4745—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems condensed with ring systems having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. phenantrolines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/485—Morphinan derivatives, e.g. morphine, codeine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/513—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. cytosine
    • A61K31/515—Barbituric acids; Derivatives thereof, e.g. sodium pentobarbital
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/53—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with three nitrogens as the only ring hetero atoms, e.g. chlorazanil, melamine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • A61K31/551—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole having two nitrogen atoms, e.g. dilazep
    • A61K31/5513—1,4-Benzodiazepines, e.g. diazepam or clozapine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/65—Tetracyclines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/655—Azo (—N=N—), diazo (=N2), azoxy (>N—O—N< or N(=O)—N<), azido (—N3) or diazoamino (—N=N—N<) compounds
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7048—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having oxygen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. leucoglucosan, hesperidin, erythromycin, nystatin, digitoxin or digoxin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/22—Hormones
    • A61K38/31—Somatostatins
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
    • A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
    • A61K51/04—Organic compounds
    • A61K51/0404—Lipids, e.g. triglycerides; Polycationic carriers
    • A61K51/0406—Amines, polyamines, e.g. spermine, spermidine, amino acids, (bis)guanidines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
    • A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
    • A61K51/04—Organic compounds
    • A61K51/0491—Sugars, nucleosides, nucleotides, oligonucleotides, nucleic acids, e.g. DNA, RNA, nucleic acid aptamers
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K51/00—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo
    • A61K51/02—Preparations containing radioactive substances for use in therapy or testing in vivo characterised by the carrier, i.e. characterised by the agent or material covalently linked or complexing the radioactive nucleus
    • A61K51/04—Organic compounds
    • A61K51/0497—Organic compounds conjugates with a carrier being an organic compounds
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/02—Muscle relaxants, e.g. for tetanus or cramps
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24—Antidepressants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/24—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the sex hormones
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/38—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C305/00—Esters of sulfuric acids
    • C07C305/26—Halogenosulfates, i.e. monoesters of halogenosulfuric acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D277/62—Benzothiazoles
    • C07D277/68—Benzothiazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D277/82—Nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D279/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D279/04—1,3-Thiazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-thiazines
    • C07D279/08—1,3-Thiazines; Hydrogenated 1,3-thiazines condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D295/084—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C07D295/088—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms attached to the same carbon chain, which is not interrupted by carbocyclic rings to an acyclic saturated chain
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
    • C07D295/182—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
    • C07D295/185—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids from aliphatic carboxylic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with hetero atoms directly attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/26—Sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D501/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 5-thia-1-azabicyclo [4.2.0] octane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula:, e.g. cephalosporins; Such ring systems being further condensed, e.g. 2,3-condensed with an oxygen-, nitrogen- or sulfur-containing hetero ring
    • C07D501/14—Compounds having a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 7
    • C07D501/16—Compounds having a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 7 with a double bond between positions 2 and 3
    • C07D501/18—7-Aminocephalosporanic or substituted 7-aminocephalosporanic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K1/00—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length
    • C07K1/02—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length in solution
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K1/00—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length
    • C07K1/107—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length by chemical modification of precursor peptides
    • C07K1/113—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length by chemical modification of precursor peptides without change of the primary structure
    • C07K1/1136—General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length by chemical modification of precursor peptides without change of the primary structure by reversible modification of the secondary, tertiary or quarternary structure, e.g. using denaturating or stabilising agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2/00—Peptides of undefined number of amino acids; Derivatives thereof
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K7/04—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K7/16—Oxytocins; Vasopressins; Related peptides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
    • C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
    • C07C2601/14—The ring being saturated
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C2603/00—Systems containing at least three condensed rings
    • C07C2603/02—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems
    • C07C2603/04—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings
    • C07C2603/06—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings containing at least one ring with less than six ring members
    • C07C2603/10—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings containing at least one ring with less than six ring members containing five-membered rings
    • C07C2603/12—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings containing at least one ring with less than six ring members containing five-membered rings only one five-membered ring
    • C07C2603/18—Fluorenes; Hydrogenated fluorenes

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to sulfur(VI) fluoride compounds, including therapeutic compounds and compositions, as well as and methods of using and producing the compounds and compositions.
  • thermodynamic driving forces and consistent, well-controlled reaction pathways.
  • these two features allow the use of widely varying substrates with great reliability.
  • the azide-alkyne cycloaddition reaction (see R. Huisgen, Angew. Chem. 1963, 75, 604-637; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1963, 1962, 1565-1598) is especially useful because of the unobtrusive nature of its participating functional groups and the ability to turn on their ligating ability (to different extents, and for different purposes) by Cu(I) catalysts (see (a) C.
  • SuFEx Sulfonyl Fluoride Exchange
  • the muted polarity of the S0 2 group allows the properties of the molecules built with S0 2 linkages to be influenced to a great degree by the motifs being connected.
  • the resulting sulfonyl/sulfate connector toolbox is also powerfully enhanced by another click reaction, the conjugate (Michael) addition of nucleophiles to the special electrophile ethenesulfonyl fluoride (also known as ethylenesulfonyl fluoride).
  • the compounds descried herein are analogs of biologically active materials such as drugs, other therapeutic agents, herbicides, pesticides, antimicrobial agents, veterinary medical agents, and the like, which include at least one -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group, as described below, generally in place of an -OH, -NH 2 or -NHR substituent of the drug or therapeutic agent.
  • the -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F substituent of the analog replaces another group on the drug, therapeutic or other biologically active agent, such as a -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -OMe, -OEt, or halogen (e.g., CI or Br) substituent, or a hydrogen on a carbon of the drug or therapeutic agent.
  • a -CF 3 , -OCF 3 , -OMe, -OEt or halogen (e.g., CI or Br) substituent, or a hydrogen on a carbon of the drug or therapeutic agent.
  • a biologically active compound described herein is represented by Formula (I):
  • Y is a biologically active organic core group comprising one or more unsubstituted or substituted moiety selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group, to which each Z independently is covalently bonded;
  • n 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
  • each Z independently is O, NR, or N;
  • Z when Z is NR, m is 1, X 1 is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 , and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or a heteroaryl moiety of Y; when Z is N, either (a) m is 2, X 1 is CH 2 CH 2 and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or a heteroaryl moiety of Y; or (b) m is 1, X 1 is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 , and the Z is a nitrogen in an aromatic or nonaromatic heterocyclic ring portion of core group Y;
  • each X 2 independently is O or NR
  • each R independently comprises H or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group.
  • each R 4 independently is H, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; each R 5 independently is hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; and each Ar 1 independently is aryl or heteroaryl.
  • Y-(ZH) n is a known, commercial drug that includes one or more primary or secondary amino substituent and/or aromatic OH substituent, which is reactive toward the reagent.
  • Y- (ZH)n is an analog of a known, commercial drug that includes one or more primary or secondary amino substituent and/or aromatic OH substituent, which is reactive toward the reagent, in place of a hydrogen or another substituent, e.g., in place of OMe, OCF3, CF3, halogen, etc.) of a known, commercial drug.
  • the compound of Formula (I) can be represented by Formula (II) or Formula (III):
  • each X 2 independently is O or NR 5 .
  • X 2 is O
  • the compounds can be represented by Formula (III):
  • A is a biologically active organic core group.
  • A comprises at least one moiety, R 1 , and "n" is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
  • the compounds of Formula (II) include an A group which has therapeutic/medicinal activity, in which one or more -ZH group (i.e., -OH, -NH 2 , or -NHR) of an R 1 moiety of A is substituted by a [-Z-(X 1 -S(0)(X 2 )F) m ] n group, generally by reaction with a reagent that will condense with the ZH or otherwise react with the ZH group with elimination of the H therefrom.
  • -ZH group i.e., -OH, -NH 2 , or -NHR
  • each Z independently is O, NR, or N; each Z is covalently bonded to an R 1 moiety of A; and each R independently comprises a hydrocarbyl group.
  • Z is O, m is 1, and each X 1 is a covalent bond.
  • Z is NR, m is 1 , and each X 1 independently is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 .
  • Z is N, m is 2, and X 1 is CH 2 CH 2 .
  • Each R 1 independently is an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or a substituted aryl group having the formula:
  • an R 2 and an R 3 together form a ring selected from a fused 5 -member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused 5 -member
  • each R 4 independently is H, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; each R 5 independently is hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; and each Ar 1 independently is aryl or heteroaryl.
  • the Z when Z is N, the Z alternatively can be a nitrogen in an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic ring portion of the core group A, in which case, m is 1, and X 1 can be a covalent bond or a -CH 2 CH 2 - group.
  • each Ar 1 hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety, fused 5 -member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, fused 5- member heterocyclic ring, fused 6-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, and fused 6- member nonaromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring independently can be
  • each X 2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is O. In some other embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II), each X 2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is NR. In yet other embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II), each X 2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is N.
  • each X 2 is
  • each X 1 is a covalent bond
  • each Z is O.
  • each X 2 is O, each X 1 is a covalent bond, and each Z is NR.
  • each X 2 is O, each X 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, and each Z independently is NR or N.
  • each m is 1;
  • Z independently is O or NR; and each X 1 is a covalent bond.
  • each Z independently is O, NR, or N; at least one Z is O; when Z is O, m is 1, and each X 1 is a covalent bond; when Z is NR, m is 1 , and each X 1 independently is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 ; and when Z is N, m is 2, and X 1 is CH 2 CH 2 .
  • each Z independently is O, NR, or N; at least one Z is NR; when Z is O, m is 1, and X 1 is a covalent bond; when Z is NR, m is 1, and each X 1 independently is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 ; when Z is N, m is 2, and each X 1 is CH 2 CH 2 .
  • each Z independently is O, NR, or N; at least one Z is N; when Z is O, m is 1, and X 1 is a covalent bond; when Z is NR, m is 1, and each X 1 independently is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 ; and when Z is N, m is 2, and each X 1 is CH 2 CH 2 .
  • each m is 1 ; each Z is O; and each X 1 is a covalent bond.
  • each Z is NR; and each X 1 independently is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 .
  • each m is 2; each Z is N; and each X 1 is CH 2 CH 2 .
  • Y or A comprises, e.g., an antimicrobial agent in which one or more hydrogen on an oxygen, nitrogen or a combination thereof is substituted by [-X 1 -S0 2 F) m ] n ; an enzyme inhibitor in which one or more hydrogen on an oxygen, nitrogen or a combination thereof is substituted by [-X 1 -S0 2 F) m ] n ; a medicament for treating a non-microbial disease in which one or more hydrogen on an oxygen, nitrogen or a combination thereof is substituted by [-X 1 -S0 2 F) m ] n ; or a therapeutic agent that targets a pathogen (e.g., an antibiotic such as vancomycin, rifamycin, rifampicin, teicoplanin, sulfacet
  • a pathogen e.g., an antibiotic such as vancomycin, rifamycin, rifam
  • ciprofloxacin ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin, aminosalicylic acid, and the like; or an protozoal agent such as an anti-malarial agent, quinine, quinocrine, atovaquone, mefloquine, sulfadoxine, hydrochloroquine iodoquinol, paramomycin, and the like).
  • an anti-malarial agent quinine, quinocrine, atovaquone, mefloquine, sulfadoxine, hydrochloroquine iodoquinol, paramomycin, and the like.
  • Y or A comprises, a therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject, e.g., a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents (NSAIDs) such as naproxen, ibuprofen, aspirin, tolmetin, flurbiprofen, sulindac, piroxicam, nabumeton, flufenamic acid, tolfenamic acid, diclofenac, and the like; antineoplastic agents such as bleomycin, cytarabine, dacarbazine, anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin, doxorubicin, and the like), epirubicin, etoposide, flutamide, gemcitabine, idarubicin, leuprolide, leuprorelin, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, pemetrex
  • NSAIDs non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents
  • erectile dysfunction medications such as sildenafil (VIAGRA), tadalafil (CIALIS), vardenafil (LEVITRA), apomorphine, and the like
  • anti- asthma medications such as salbutamol (albuterol), salmeterol, terbutaline, formoterol, metaproterenol, and the like
  • cholinesterase inhibitors such as edrophonium, tacrine, and the like
  • sympathomimetic drugs such as phenylephrine, amphetamine, methoxamine, prenalterol, terbutaline, ritodrine, and the like
  • anti-seizure agents such as lamotrigine, vigabatrine, gabapentin, pregabalin, and the like
  • neuromuscular blockers such as tubocurarine, cisatracurium, and the like
  • intestinal steroid absorption inhibitors such as ezetimi
  • anticoagulants such as warfarin, acenocoumarol, and the like
  • antihypertives and beta blockers such as lisinopril, nadolol, atenolol, acebutolol, betaxolol, carvediol, esmolol, and the like
  • seratonin receptor agonists and seratonin uptake inhibitors such as seratonin, sertraline, dolasetron, fluoxetine, and the like
  • diuretics such as hydrochlorothiazide, bumetanide, furosemide, pinoresinol, and the like
  • calcium channel blockers such as amlodipine besylate, mibefradin hydrochloride, and the like
  • female libido enhancing compounds such as flibanserin (l-(2- ⁇ 4-[3-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperazin-l- yl ⁇ ethyl)-l,3-dihydr
  • Suitable materials include peptide-based and amino acid-based agents, particularly tyrosine, 2,6- dimethyltyrosine, lysine, and peptides comprising one or more residues selected from tyrosine, 2,6-dimethyltyrosine, and lysine such as leuprolide (ENANTONE, a tyrosine- containing peptide pituitary GnRH receptor antagonist), glatiramer (a random copolymer of lysine alanine aspartic acid and tyrosine, tradename CAPOXONE, an immunomodulator).
  • drugs within in a particular classification e.g., antibiotic, estrogenic agent, antineoplastic agent, and the like
  • the compounds of Formulas (I), (II) and (III), Y or A are therapeutic agents that exhibit activity toward substantially the same therapeutic target as the pharmaceutically active organic core group, A.
  • the compounds of Formulas (I), (II) and (III), Y or A that have therapeutic activity can be formulated as a pharmaceutical composition in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle, or diluent.
  • a method of preparing a compound of Formula (II) or Formula (I) comprises reacting a compound of Formula (IV) or (V), respectively, with S0 2 F 2 in the presence of a base:
  • Suitable bases include (e.g., an alkali metal hydroxide, such as NaOH, KOH and the like), an alkali metal alkoxide (e.g., potassium tert-butoxide, sodium
  • a nitrogen base preferably a tertiary amine, such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine; an amidine such as DBU (l,8-diazabicyclo[5.5.0]undec-7-ene, and the like); a guanidine such as tetramethylguanidine, and the like), and the like.
  • ESF CH-S0 2 F
  • the compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II), including the compounds of Formula (III), have a number of useful and surprising characteristics.
  • the compounds have therapeutic activity toward substantially the same therapeutic target as the corresponding compound comprising the core group Y or A, but with one or more useful additional properties of characteristics, such as enhanced solubility, enhanced bioavailability, ability to covalently link with a target group in a subject or pathogen, a lower water/octanol partition coefficient (LogP) than the parent compound (particularly when -OS0 2 F replaces a -OCF3 group in the parent therapeutic compound), and providing a handle for selectively attaching the compound of Formula (II) to a useful group such as a dye (e.g., a fluorescent dye), biotin, a polymer (e.g., a polystyrene resin or other conventional polymer, as well as polymers described in commonly owned copending PCT Application Serial No.
  • a dye e.g., a fluorescent dye
  • biotin
  • the -OS0 2 F group can be considered as a bioisostere for -OCF 3 , making the -OSO 2 F group an attractive replacement for -OCF 3 , particularly if a lower LogP is desired.
  • Ar-OS0 2 F groups provide an effective protecting group or precursor for ArOH and ArOSCV compounds.
  • the S0 2 F moiety in the various forms described herein also provides a handle for covalent attachment of organic compounds to substrates that bear a phenolic OH group, an amino group, and the like, e.g., attachment to a surface, such as a modified polystyrene bead or a glass surface, or attachment to another molecule, such as a protein (e.g., via a nucleophilic side chain of an amino acid residue in the active site of a protein).
  • the -OS0 2 F group also can be useful as a leaving group in nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions, or other displacement or coupling reactions in place of, e.g., a halogen group, a triflate, a mesylate, or other leaving group.
  • the biologically active S0 2 F compounds described herein can be utilized as screening agents to identify drug targets, e.g., by covalent binding to the active site for the drugs.
  • Embodiment 1 is a compound represented by Formula (I):
  • Y is a biologically active organic core group comprising one or more unsubstituted or substituted moiety selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group, to which each Z independently is covalently bonded;
  • n 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
  • each Z independently is O, NR, or N;
  • Z when Z is NR, m is 1, X 1 is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 , and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or heteroaryl moiety of Y;
  • Z when Z is N, either (a) m is 2, X 1 is CH 2 CH 2 and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or a heteroaryl moiety of Y; or (b) m is 1, X 1 is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 , and the Z is a nitrogen in an aromatic or nonaromatic heterocyclic ring portion of core group Y;
  • each X 2 independently is O or NR
  • each R independently comprises H or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group.
  • Embodiment 2 is a compound of Embodiment 1, wherein each X 2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is O.
  • Embodiment 3 is a compound of Embodiment 1, wherein, each X 2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is NR.
  • Embodiment 4 is a compound of Embodiment 1, wherein, each X 2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is N.
  • Embodiment 6 is a compound of Embodiment 1, wherein, each X 2 is O, each X 1 is a covalent bond, and each Z is NR.
  • Embodiment 7 is a compound of Embodiment 1, wherein, each X 2 is O, each X 1 is - CH 2 CH 2 -, and each Z independently is NR or N.
  • Embodiment 8 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 7, wherein at least one Z is covalently bonded to a heteroaryl moiety of Y.
  • Embodiment 9 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 8, wherein at least one Z is covalently bonded to an aryl moiety of Y.
  • Embodiment 10 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 9, wherein at least one Z is covalently bonded to a non-aromatic carbon of Y.
  • Embodiment 12 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an estrogenic steroid that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • estrogenic steroid refers to steroids in which the "A-ring" of the archetypical tetracyclic steroid structure is aromatic, e.g., as illustrated below:
  • R generally is H or alkyl, R typically is OH, and R" typically is H or ethynyl, and which can be substituted on any of the A, B, C, or D rings thereof or on R by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to embodiment 11, above, and the
  • -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group can be present on any of the A, B, C, or D rings, on R, R R" or another substituent thereof, in place of OR, R' or R".
  • Non- limiting examples of such estrogenic steroids include, e.g., estradiol, estrone, estriol, ethynylestradiol, and the like.
  • Embodiment 13 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a corticosteroid that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • corticosteroid refers to steroids having the archetypical corticosteroid structure illustrated below:
  • R typically is H
  • R" typically is -CH 2 OH, and which can be substituted on any of the A, B, C, or D rings thereof or on R, R' or R", by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to embodiment 11 , above, and the -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group can be present on any of the A, B, C, or D rings, on another substituent attached to one of the rings, on an R, R' or R" group, or in place of an R, R or R" group, (e.g., attached to an aryl or heteroaryl substituent when Z is O).
  • corticosteroids include, e.g., cortisone, hydrocortisone, prednisone, prednisolone, triamcinolone, methyl prednisolone, prednylidene, fluocortilone, parametasone,
  • dexamethasone betamethasone, and the like.
  • Embodiment 14 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an amphetamine compound that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • amphetamine compound refers to compounds which include the archetypal amphetamine core substructure:
  • the -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group can be present on any portion of the amphetamine core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the amphetamine core.
  • Non-limiting examples of such amphetamine compounds include, e.g., psychostimulants such as amphetamine, metamphetamine, amfetaminil, fenetylline, methylphenidate, prolintane; and anorectics such as cathine (norpseudoephedrine), amfepramone, mefanorex, fenfluramine, and the like.
  • psychostimulants such as amphetamine, metamphetamine, amfetaminil, fenetylline, methylphenidate, prolintane
  • anorectics such as cathine (norpseudoephedrine), amfepramone, mefanorex, fenfluramine, and the like.
  • Embodiment 15 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is benzodiazepine compound that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • benzodiazepine compound refers to compounds which include the archetypal benzodiazepine core substructure:
  • R' typically is a halogen or nitro group
  • Non- limiting examples of such benzodiazepine compounds include, e.g., chlorodiazepine, demoxepam,
  • chlordiazepoxide diazapam, prazepam, oxazepam, dipotassoim chlorazepate, lorazepam, clonazepam, bromazepam, clobazam, temazepam, flurazepam, lormetazepam, nitrazepam, and the like.
  • Embodiment 16 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a barbiturate compound that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • barbiturate compound refers to compounds which include the archetypal barbiturate core substructure:
  • R groups can be substituent such as described in Embodiment 11 , above, and the -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group can be present on any portion of the benzodiazepine core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the amphetamine core, or in place of an R group.
  • Non-limiting examples of such barbiturate compounds include, e.g., such as vinylbital, aprobarbital, secbutabarbital, pentobarbital, cyclobarbital, phenobarbital, and the like.
  • Embodiment 17 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a morphine derivative that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • morphine derivative refers to compounds which include the archetypal morphine core substructure: in which R typically is hydroxyl or alkoxy, R typically is OH or oxo, and the compound can be substituted by a substituent such described in Embodiment 11 on any portion of the core structure or on included on or in place of R or R, and, and the -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group can be present on any portion of the morphine core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the morphine core or in place of R or R'.
  • Non-limiting examples of such morphine derivatives include, e.g., morphine, codeine, diamorphine, dihydrocodeine, hydromorphone, hydrocodone, oxycodone, oxymorphone, levorphanol, and the like.
  • Embodiment 18 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is penam antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • penam antibiotic refers to an antibiotic comprising the archetypical penam core structure:
  • Non-limiting examples of such penam antibiotics include, e.g., penicillin, benzylpenicillin (penicillin G), phenoxymethylpenicillin (penicillin V), oxacillin, dicloxacilin, flucloxacillin, ampicillin, amoxicillin, epicillin, azlocillin, mezlocillin, piperacillin, apalcillin, carbenicillin, ticarcillin, temocillin, and the like.
  • Embodiment 19 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a cephem antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • cephem antibiotic refers to an antibiotic comprising the archetypical cephem core structure:
  • cephem antibiotics include, e.g., cephalosporin, cefalotin, cefazolin, cefazedone, cefamandole, cefuroxime, cefotiam, cefotaxime, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, ceftazidime, cefoperazone, cefixime, cefmetazole, cefonicid, cefapirin, ceforanide, cefalexin, cefaclor, cefradine, cefadroxil, and the like.
  • Embodiment 20 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a carbapenem antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • carbapenem antibiotic refers to an antibiotic comprising the archetypical carbapenem core structure:
  • carbapenem antibiotics include, e.g., thienamycin, imipenem, meropenem, ertapenem, doripenem, biapenem, razupenem, tebipenem, lenapenem, and tomopenem.
  • Embodiment 21 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a tetracycline antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • tetracycline antibiotic refers to an antibiotic comprising the archetypical tetracycline core structure:
  • R typically is a hydrogen, halogen (e.g., CI), dialkylamino (e.g., dimethylamino), R' and R" typically are hydrogen, hydroxyl or methyl, R'" typically is hydrogen or hydroxyl, and which can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group can be present on any portion of the tetracycline core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the tetracycline core, or in place of R, R', R" or R" ⁇
  • tetracycline antibiotic compounds include, e.g., tetracycline, oxytetracycline, demiclocycline, doxycycline, minocycline, and rolitetracycline.
  • Embodiment 22 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a quinolone antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • quinolone antibiotic refers to an antibiotic comprising the archetypical quinolone core structure:
  • X typically is C or N
  • R typically is a hydrogen or methyl
  • R typically is hydrogen or F
  • R" typically is hydrogen when X is C and absent when X is N
  • R' typically is alkyl (e.g., ethyl) or cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl), and which can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group can be present on any portion of the quinolone core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the quinolone core, or in place of R, R, R" or R'".
  • Non-limiting examples of such quinolone antibiotic compounds include, e.g., norfloxacine, ciprofloxacin, and enoxacine.
  • Embodiment 23 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is macrolide antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • macrolide antibiotic refers to an antibiotic having a macrocyclic lactone core structure.
  • the macrolide antibiotic has an archetypal erythromycin- type core structure:
  • R typically is a glycoside (sugar) group
  • R is an aminoglycoside (amino sugar) group
  • R' typically is ethyl.
  • the macrolide antibiotics can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group can be present on any portion of the macrolide core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the macrolide core.
  • Non-limiting examples of such macrolide antibiotic compounds include, e.g., azithromycin,
  • clarithromycin clarithromycin, erythromycin, fidaxomicin, telithromycin, carbomycin a, josamycin, kitasamycin, oleandomycin, solithromycin, spiramycin, roleandomycin, and the like.
  • Embodiment 24 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an aminoglycoside antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F group.
  • aminoglycoside antibiotic refers to an oligosaccharide (typically a trisaccharide or tetrasaccharide) antibiotic comprising at least one amino sugar component (e.g., streptamine or 2-desoxystreptamine) in the oligosaccharide chain thereof.
  • aminoglycoside antibiotics can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X 1 - (S)(X 2 )F group can be present on any portion of the aminoglycoside core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the aminoglycoside core.
  • substituents include, e.g., streptomycin, neomycin B, gentamicin, kanamycin, and the like.
  • Embodiment 25 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a transthyretin (TTR) binding compound represented by Formula (VI) or Formula (Via):
  • TTR transthyretin
  • each R is alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl) or halogen (e.g., CI, Br)
  • L' is as shown (i.e., trans vinyl, diazo, or 10,3N,4N-oxadiazol-2,5-diyl, and the -OS02F group in each formula can be bonded to the 3, 4, or 5 position on the "A" ring of the compound.
  • Embodiment 26 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an analog of a biologically active material selected from an antimicrobial agent, an enzyme inhibitor, a medicinal agent having activity for treating a non-microbial disease, a medicinal agent targets a pathogen, an antibiotic, an anti-protozoal agent, and a therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject; which analog includes at least one -Z-X 1 - (S)(X 2 )F group.
  • Embodiment 27 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the antibiotic is selected from vancomycin, rifamycin, rifampicin, teicoplanin, sulfacetamide, amoxicillin, novobiocin, a tetracycline compound, tetracycline, oxytetracycline, methacycline, minocycline, chlorotetracycline, doxycycline, rolitetracycline, demeclocycline, sulfanilamide,
  • sulfamethoxazole norfloxacin, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, trimethoprim, pyrimethamine, cefadroxil, an anti-tubercular compound, isoniazid, rifampicin; streptomycin, ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin, and aminosalicylic acid.
  • Embodiment 28 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the anti-protozoal agent is an anti-malarial agent selected from quinine, quinocrine, atovaquone, mefloquine, sulfadoxine, hydrochloroquine iodoquinol, and paramomycin.
  • the anti-protozoal agent is an anti-malarial agent selected from quinine, quinocrine, atovaquone, mefloquine, sulfadoxine, hydrochloroquine iodoquinol, and paramomycin.
  • Embodiment 29 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent (NSAID) selected from naproxen, ibuprofen, aspirin, tolmetin, flurbiprofen, sulindac, piroxicam, nabumeton, f ufenamic acid, tolfenamic acid, and diclofenac.
  • NSAID non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent
  • Embodiment 30 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an antineoplastic agent selected from bleomycin, cytarabine, dacarbazine, an anthracycline, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, etoposide, flutamide, gemcitabine, idarubicin, leuprolide, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, pemetrexed, pentostatin, procarbazine, suramin, teniposide, thioguanine, thiotepa, and uracil mustard (uramastine).
  • antineoplastic agent selected from bleomycin, cytarabine, dacarbazine, an anthracycline, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, etoposide, flutamide, gem
  • Embodiment 31 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an opiate selected from buprenorphine, hydromorphone, oxymorphone, dihydromorphone, and methyldihydromorphinone.
  • an opiate selected from buprenorphine, hydromorphone, oxymorphone, dihydromorphone, and methyldihydromorphinone.
  • Embodiment 32 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an analgesic selected from pregabalin, tetrahydrocannabinol, fentanyl, f upirtine, oxycodone, acetaminophen, and salicylamide.
  • an analgesic selected from pregabalin, tetrahydrocannabinol, fentanyl, f upirtine, oxycodone, acetaminophen, and salicylamide.
  • Embodiment 33 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-depressant selected from fluoxetine, sertraline , duloxetine, amoxapine, maprotiline, mianserin, nomifensin, trazodine, viloxazine, aripirazole, bupropion, desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, and paroxetine.
  • an anti-depressant selected from fluoxetine, sertraline , duloxetine, amoxapine, maprotiline, mianserin, nomifensin, trazodine, viloxazine, aripirazole, bupropion, desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, and paroxetine.
  • Embodiment 34 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a COX 2 inhibitor selected from celecoxib, rofecoxib, lumiracoxib, etoricoxib, firocoxib, and nimesulide.
  • a COX 2 inhibitor selected from celecoxib, rofecoxib, lumiracoxib, etoricoxib, firocoxib, and nimesulide.
  • Embodiment 35 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a COX-LOX inhibitor selected from licofelone, and clonidine.
  • the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a COX-LOX inhibitor selected from licofelone, and clonidine.
  • Embodiment 36 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a opioid receptor antagonist selected from naltrexone, naloxone, and naltrindole.
  • a opioid receptor antagonist selected from naltrexone, naloxone, and naltrindole.
  • Embodiment 37 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an Alzheimer's disease medication selected from epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG), memantine, and galantamine.
  • EGCG epigallocatechin gallate
  • memantine memantine
  • galantamine galantamine
  • Embodiment 38 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a statin selected from atorvastatin and rosuvastatin.
  • Embodiment 39 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an erectile dysfunction medication selected from sildenafil, tadalafil, vardenafil, and apomorphine.
  • the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an erectile dysfunction medication selected from sildenafil, tadalafil, vardenafil, and apomorphine.
  • Embodiment 40 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-asthma medication selected from salbutamol, salmeterol, terbutaline, formoterol, and metaproterenol.
  • an anti-asthma medication selected from salbutamol, salmeterol, terbutaline, formoterol, and metaproterenol.
  • Embodiment 41 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a cholinesterase inhibitor selected from edrophonium and tacrine.
  • Embodiment 42 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a sympathomimetic drug selected from phenylephrine, amphetamine, methoxamine, prenalterol, terbutaline, and ritodrine.
  • a sympathomimetic drug selected from phenylephrine, amphetamine, methoxamine, prenalterol, terbutaline, and ritodrine.
  • Embodiment 43 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-seizure agent selected from lamotrigine and vigabatrine.
  • Embodiment 44 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a neuromuscular blocker selected from tubocurarine and cisatracurium.
  • Embodiment 45 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an intestinal steroid absorption inhibitor selected from ezetimibe and (3R,4S)-l,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3-phenylpropyl)-2- azetidinone.
  • an intestinal steroid absorption inhibitor selected from ezetimibe and (3R,4S)-l,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3-phenylpropyl)-2- azetidinone.
  • Embodiment 46 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an endocrine drug selected from thyroxine and somatostatin.
  • Embodiment 47 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an estrogenic agent, agonist or antagonist selected from raloxifene, estradiol, ethynylestradiol, and diethylstilbestrol.
  • an estrogenic agent agonist or antagonist selected from raloxifene, estradiol, ethynylestradiol, and diethylstilbestrol.
  • Embodiment 48 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-viral agent selected from acyclovir, valacyclovir, penciclovir, cidofovir, zalcitibine, adefovir, and entacavir.
  • an anti-viral agent selected from acyclovir, valacyclovir, penciclovir, cidofovir, zalcitibine, adefovir, and entacavir.
  • Embodiment 49 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a seratonin receptor agonist selected from dolasetron and seratonin.
  • Embodiment 50 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an analog of tyrosine, 2,6-dimethyltyrosine, or a peptide comprising one or more residues selected from tyrosine and 2,6-dimethyltyrosine, in which the phenolic OH of the tyrosine or 2,6-dimethyltyrosine is substituted by -OS0 2 F.
  • Embodiment 51 is a compound of Embodiment 50, wherein the compound is O- fluorosulfonyltyrosine or 0-fluorosulfonyl-2,6-dimethyltyrosine.
  • Embodiment 52 is a compound of Embodiment 50, wherein the peptide is selected from leuprolide and glatiramer, and is modified to include a -OS0 2 F group in place of the phenolic OH of a tyrosine residue thereof.
  • Embodiment 53 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound comprises an analog of amino acid comprising a nucleophilic side chain or a peptide comprising one or more amino acid residue comprising a nucleophilic side chain, which includes an S0 2 F or -CH 2 CH 2 SO 2 F group in place of a hydrogen on a hydroxyl or amino substituent of the nucleophilic side chain.
  • Embodiment 54 is a compound of Embodiment 53, wherein the amino acid is selected from lysine, serine, tyrosine, histidine, and arginine.
  • Embodiment 55 is a compound of Embodiment 53, wherein the compound is a peptide comprising the amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of lysine, serine, tyrosine, histidine, and arginine, which includes an S0 2 F or -CH 2 CH 2 SO 2 F group in place of a hydrogen on a hydroxyl or amino substituent of the nucleophilic side chain.
  • Embodiment 56 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 55, wherein the compound of Formula (I) has biological activity toward substantially the same target as the biologically active core group Y.
  • Embodiment 57 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 56, wherein the fluorine (F) of one or more of the -Z-X 1 -(S)(X 2 )F groups thereof is enriched in 18 F.
  • Embodiment 58 is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle, or diluent.
  • Embodiment 59 is a method of preparing a compound of Embodiment 1, in which at least one Z thereof is O; the method comprising reacting a precursor bearing an aromatic and/or heteroaromatic OH substituent with S0 2 F 2 in the presence of a base to replace the hydrogen of the aromatic and/or heteroaromatic OH with S0 2 F.
  • Embodiment 60 is a method of preparing a compound of Embodiments 1, in which at least one Z thereof is NR; the method comprising reacting a precursor bearing an NHR substituent with S0 2 F 2 in the presence of a base to replace the hydrogen of the NHR with S0 2 F.
  • Embodiment 62 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57 for treating a disease or condition.
  • Embodiment 63 is the use of a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57, for treating a disease or condition.
  • Embodiment 64 is the use of a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57, for the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition.
  • Embodiment 65 is the use of a library comprising a plurality of the compounds of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57 in a screening assay against a biologically active receptor protein.
  • Embodiment 66 is a method for preparing a compound of Embodiment 57, comprising treating a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 56 with bifluoride ion enriched in 18 F to replace at least a portion of 19 F in the compound with 18 F.
  • Embodiment 67 is an-amino protected O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine of formula:
  • Embodiment 68 is the use of a compound of Embodiment 67 for the preparation of a peptide or protein comprising an O-fluorosulfonyl-L- tyrosine residue.
  • Embodiment 69 is a peptide or protein comprising an O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine residue.
  • Embodiment 70 is a polypeptide of Embodiment 69, wherein the polypeptide is selected from an anolog of oxytocin, indolicin, thymopentin, and arginine vassopressin, in which the tyrosine residue thereof is replaced by an O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine residue.
  • Embodiment 71 is the use of a compound of Embodiment 57 as an imaging agent for positron emission tomography..
  • Embodiment 72 is the use of a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57 or a peptide or protein of Embodiment 69 for covalently binding of the compound to an active site in a receptor molecule.
  • Embodiment 73 is a method of preparing a sulfated polypeptide comprising contacting the peptide of Embodiment 69 with cesium carbonate and a solution of ammonia in methanol to selectively hydrolyze the fluoro group of a fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine residue thereof and form a sulfated tyrosine residue therefrom.
  • FIG. 1 shows reactions illustrating the properties of sulfonyl fluorides vs. other sulfonyl halides.
  • A resistance of ArS0 2 F toward both oxidation and reduction;
  • B greater stability of sulfonyl fluoride toward thermolysis;
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the essential role of fluoride stabilization and bifluoride attack in SuFEx chemistry.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates common methods for the synthesis of aryl (top) and alkyl (bottom) sulfonyl chlorides and fluorides.
  • the C-S bonds of these derivatives can be formed by nucleophilic attack of S(IV) on organic electrophiles or attack of organic nucleophiles on electrophilic S(VI) centers.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates the special reactivity of bifluoride ion at a water-organic interface.
  • [FHF]- molecules at the surface lose the key H-bonding interactions with water that stabilize this species in the bulk.
  • bifluoride at the surface or interface is far more nucleophilic.
  • M the counterion for bifluoride, usually K + .
  • [H 2 F 3 ] ion is present in significant quantities along with bifluoride.
  • FIG. 5 provides examples of sulfonyl fluorides made with potassium bifluoride.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates alkyl (top) and aryl (bottom) sulfonyl fluorides made from sulfonic acids, (a) NaN 3 , acetone, H 2 0, reflux, 8 hours; (b) (COCl) 2 , CH 2 C1 2 , DMF (cat.), room temperature (RT), 18 hours; (c) KFHF (sat.), CH 3 CN, RT, 6 hours, (d) Na 2 S0 3 (1 equiv.), H 2 0, 95°C, 16 h.
  • FIG. 7 shows sulfonimidoyl and sulfamoyl fluorides prepared from the corresponding chlorides.
  • the acidic workup in reaction C is required to hydrolyze the silver acetylide formed under these conditions.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates small connector molecules allowing the installation of sulfonyl fluorides onto other functional structures.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates synthesis (top) and use (bottom) of ESF in the decoration of nitrogen, oxygen, and carbon nucleophiles.
  • Reaction conditions (A) ESF, 95 :5 EtOH:H 2 0, 5 minutes to hours; (B) ESF, solvent (usually CH 2 C1 2 or THF), 5 min to hours; (C) ESF, PR 3 (10 mol%), CH 2 C1 2 , 24 hours; (D) ESF, AcOH, reflux, 2 hours ; (E) ESF, Bu 4 NF (10 mol%), THF; (F) ESF, quinine (10 mol%), CH 2 C1 2 .
  • FIG. 10 illustrates dual modes of reactivity of fluorosulfates.
  • FIG. 1 1 shows aryl fluorosulfates prepared by a convenient procedure with gaseous SO 2 F 2 , in the presence of the following bases: (A) Et 3 N in CH 2 C1 2 , (B) Et 3 N or iPr 2 NEt in biphasic mixture (CH 2 Cl 2 /water), (C) NaH in THF, (D) DBU in MeCN.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates DBU-mediated conversions of aryl silyl ethers to fluorosulfates and diary lsulfates.
  • the dotted lines in reaction B are meant to show connectivity, not mechanism.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates aryl fluorosulfates in Pd-catalyzed coupling reactions.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates preparations of enol fluorosulfates.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates, in Panels B-D, preparations of N-monosubstituted sulfamoyl fluorides,; Panel A provides a comparison with the direct reaction of primary amines with S0 2 F 2 , which does not result in N-monosubstituted sulfamoyl fluoride formation.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates formation of N-disubstituted sulfamoyl fluorides, with selected examples. Yields are of analytically pure material isolated after extraction, (a) DMAP (30 mol%), MgO (5 equiv.), 4/1 CH 2 C1 2 /H 2 0, RT, 18 hours.
  • FIG. 17 provides (Top) example of sulfamoyl fluoride substitution by secondary amine; (Bottom) examples of transformations performed in the presence of the sulfamoyl fluoride moiety.
  • FIG. 18 graphically illustrates loss of sulfonimidoyl fluorides as a function of pH and nitrogen substituent.
  • FIG. 19 provides examples of sulfonyl fluorides made from the corresponding chlorides using potassium bifluoride.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates structures of antibiotic compounds and fluorosulfonated derivatives thereof which were evaluated for activity against E. coli and B. subtilis.
  • FIG. 21 graphically illustrates reactions of fluorosulfates and sulfonyl fluorides with nucleophilic amino acid side chains in receptor active sites.
  • FIG. 22 schematically illustrates an screening assay embodiment.
  • FIG. 23 schematically illustrates reactions of fluorosulfates with multiple nucleophilic amino acid side chains in a receptor active site.
  • FIG. 24 schematically illustrates reactions of fluorosulfates with multiple thiol amino acid side chains in a receptor active site.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates work flow of SILAC identification of labeled protein targets using aryl-SF and aryl-OSF probes.
  • High heavy/light ratio for FABP5 and CRABP2 indicates that they are covalently labeled by SF and OSF probes.
  • FIG. 26 shows recombinant FABP5 and CRABP2 were incubated with SF-3 and OSF-4 and the site of modification was identified by tandem mass spectrometry.
  • the tyrosine residues in the Arg-Tyr-Arg modules are modified. Mutations of the tyrosine and arginine residues prevent or significantly impair the modification event.
  • FIG. 27 illustrates competition experiments using SF and OSF probes suggest chemoselective labeling.
  • Covalent inhibitor SF-3-C1 (A) and OSF-4-E (B) could out-compete the labeling of FABP5/CRABP2 in live HeLa cells by SF-3 probe (A) or OSF-4 (B), respectively.
  • Non-covalent inhibitors all-trans retinoic acid (RA), aP2 inhibitor BMS 309403 (BMS) or SOAT2 inhibitor Avamisibe could out compete the selective labeling of
  • FIG. 28 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
  • FIG. 29 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
  • FIG. 30 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
  • FIG. 31 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
  • FIG. 32 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
  • FIG. 33 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
  • FIG. 34 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
  • FIG. 35 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
  • FIG. 36 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with S0 2 F 2 .
  • FIG. 37 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with S0 2 F 2 .
  • alkyl denotes saturated hydrocarbon moieties.
  • an alkyl group comprises 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the principal chain (e.g., 1 to 12 carbon atoms) and e.g., up to 30 total carbon atoms.
  • These moieties may be straight or branched chain and include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, hexyl, octyl, and the like groups.
  • alkenyl denotes a univalent hydrocarbon group containing a double bond.
  • alkenyl groups comprise 2 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., 2 to 12 carbon atoms) in the principal chain, and up to 30 total carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl groups may be straight or branched chain, or cyclic, and include ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, hexenyl, octenyl, oleyl, and the like.
  • alkynyl denotes a univalent hydrocarbon group containing a triple bond.
  • alkynyl groups comprise 2 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., 2 to 12 carbon atoms) in the principal chain, and up to 30 total carbon atoms.
  • the alkynyl groups may be straight or branched chain, and include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, isobutynyl, hexynyl, octynyl, and the like.
  • aromatic as used herein denotes chemical compounds or groups that contain conjugated planar ring systems with delocalized pi electron clouds instead of discrete alternating single and double bonds.
  • aromatic encompasses the "aryl” and "heteroaryl” groups defined below.
  • aryl or “Ar” as used herein alone or as part of another group denote optionally substituted homocyclic aromatic groups, preferably monocyclic or bicyclic groups containing from 6 to 12 carbons in the ring portion, such as phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, substituted phenyl, substituted biphenyl or substituted naphthyl.
  • heteroaryl as used herein alone or as part of another group denote optionally substituted aromatic groups having at least one heteroatom in at least one ring, and preferably 5 or 6 atoms in each ring.
  • the heteroaryl group preferably has 1 or 2 oxygen atoms and/or 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms in the ring, and is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon.
  • heteroaryls include furyl, benzofuryl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl, carbazolyl, purinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazopyridyl and the like.
  • substituents include one or more of the following groups: hydrocarbyl, substituted hydrocarbyl, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxy, alkenoxy, alkynoxy, aryloxy, halogen, amido, amino, cyano, ketals, acetals, esters and ethers.
  • hydrocarbon and “hydrocarbyl” as used herein describe organic compounds or groups consisting exclusively of the elements carbon and hydrogen. These moieties include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocyclic moieties, and any combination of two or more thereof. These moieties also include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and aryl moieties substituted with other aliphatic or cyclic hydrocarbon groups, such as alkaryl, alkenaryl and alkynaryl. Unless otherwise indicated, these moieties preferably comprise 1 to 30 total carbon atoms.
  • organic and grammatical variations thereof, in reference to a group or moiety, refers to a material comprising carbon, typically in combination with at least some hydrogen, and optionally including one or more other elements, such as oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorous, a halogen, or another non-metal or metalloid element from groups II-A (e.g., B), IV-A (e.g., Si), V-A (e.g., As), VI-A (e.g., Se) of the Periodic Table.
  • groups II-A e.g., B
  • IV-A e.g., Si
  • V-A e.g., As
  • VI-A e.g., Se
  • organic also refers to materials traditionally described as organometallic materials (e.g., comprising one or more main group of or transition metal atoms covalently bound to a carbon atom), as well as materials that include metallic elements in a complex or as a salt with an organic moiety.
  • Non-limiting examples of organic moieties or groups include, hydrocarbons, heterocycles (including materials comprising at least one saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatic ring comprising at least one carbon atom, and one or more other elements), carbohydrates (including sugars and polysaccharides), amino acids, polypeptides (including proteins and other materials comprising at least two amino acid groups bound together via a peptide bond), peptide analogs (including materials comprising two or more amino acids linked by a bond other than a peptide bond, e.g., ester bonds), and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • substituted moieties described herein are groups that are substituted with a group comprising at least one atom other than carbon, including moieties in which a carbon chain atom is substituted with a hetero atom such as nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorous, boron, sulfur, or a halogen atom.
  • these substituents include, e.g., one or more of halogen (F, CI, Br, I), heterocyclo, alkoxy, alkenoxy, alkynoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, acyl, acyloxy, nitro, amino, amido, nitro, cyano, ketals, acetals, esters and ethers.
  • halogen F, CI, Br, I
  • heterocyclo alkoxy, alkenoxy, alkynoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, acyl, acyloxy, nitro, amino, amido, nitro, cyano, ketals, acetals, esters and ethers.
  • each R 4 independently is H, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; each R 5 independently is hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; and each Ar 1 independently is aryl or heteroaryl, which can be substituted as described above, or can be unsubstituted.
  • “Pharmaceutically or pharmacologically acceptable” include molecular entities and compositions that do not produce an adverse, allergic or other untoward reaction when administered to an animal, or a human, as appropriate.
  • preparations should meet sterility, pyrogenicity, and general safety and purity standards as required by FDA Office of Biologies standards.
  • compositions may also contain other active compounds providing supplemental, additional, or enhanced therapeutic functions.
  • composition refers to a composition comprising at least one compound as disclosed herein formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, vehicles, or diluents.
  • “Individual,” “patient,” or “subject” are used interchangeably and include any animal, including mammals, preferably mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, and most preferably humans.
  • Disclosed compounds may be administered to a mammal, such as a human, but may also be administered to other mammals such as an animal in need of veterinary treatment, e.g., domestic animals ⁇ e.g., dogs, cats, and the like), farm animals ⁇ e.g., cows, sheep, pigs, horses, and the like) and laboratory animals ⁇ e.g., rats, mice, guinea pigs, and the like).
  • “Modulation” includes antagonism ⁇ e.g., inhibition), agonism, partial antagonism and/or partial agonism.
  • the term "therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of the subject compound that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system or animal, (e.g. mammal or human) that is being sought by the researcher,
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound is the quantity required to achieve a desired therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s) refers to salts of acidic or basic groups that may be present in compounds used in the compositions.
  • Compounds included in the present compositions that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids.
  • the acids that may be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, including, but not limited to, malate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, /?-toluenesulfonate and pamoate (i.e., l, -m
  • Compounds included in the present compositions that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations.
  • Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, particularly calcium, magnesium, sodium, lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts.
  • Compounds included in the present compositions that include a basic or acidic moiety may also form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids.
  • the compounds of the disclosure may contain both acidic and basic groups; for example, one amino and one carboxylic acid group. In such a case, the compound can exist as an acid addition salt, a zwitterion, or a base salt.
  • stereoisomers when used herein consists of all
  • enantiomers or diastereomers These compounds may be designated by the symbols “(+),” “(-),” “R” or “S,” depending on the configuration of substituents around the stereogenic carbon atom, but the skilled artisan will recognize that a structure may denote a chiral center implicitly.
  • the present invention encompasses various stereoisomers of these compounds and mixtures thereof. Mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers may be designated “( ⁇ )" in nomenclature, but the skilled artisan will recognize that a structure may denote a chiral center implicitly.
  • the compounds disclosed herein may contain one or more double bonds and, therefore, exist as geometric isomers resulting from the arrangement of substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond.
  • the symbol denotes a bond that may be a single, double or triple bond as described herein.
  • Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond are designated as being in the "Z” or "E” configuration wherein the terms “Z” and “E” are used in accordance with IUPAC standards. Unless otherwise specified, structures depicting double bonds encompass both the "E” and "Z” isomers.
  • Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond alternatively can be referred to as “cis” or “trans,” where “cis” represents substituents on the same side of the double bond and “trans” represents substituents on opposite sides of the double bond.
  • Compounds disclosed herein may contain a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring and therefore, exist as geometric isomers resulting from the arrangement of substituents around the ring.
  • Substituents around a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring may be referred to as “cis” or “trans”, where the term “cis” represents substituents on the same side of the plane of the ring and the term “trans” represents substituents on opposite sides of the plane of the ring.
  • Racemic mixtures can also be resolved into their component enantiomers by well-known methods, such as chiral-phase liquid chromatography or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent.
  • Stereoselective syntheses a chemical or enzymatic reaction in which a single reactant forms an unequal mixture of stereoisomers during the creation of a new stereocenter or during the transformation of a pre-existing one, are well known in the art.
  • Stereoselective syntheses encompass both enantio- and
  • the compounds disclosed herein can exist in solvated as well as unsolvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. It is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms.
  • the compound is amorphous.
  • the compound is a single polymorph.
  • the compound is a mixture of polymorphs.
  • the compound is in a crystalline form.
  • the invention also embraces isotopically labeled compounds as disclosed herein which are identical to those recited herein, except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 0, 17 0, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F, and 36 C1, respectively.
  • a compound of the invention may have one or more H atoms replaced with deuterium.
  • isotopically-labeled disclosed compounds are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays.
  • Tritiated (i.e., 3 H) and carbon- 14 (i.e., 14 C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability.
  • substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2 H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the examples herein by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • compositions e.g., therapeutic agents or
  • Y is a biologically active organic core group comprising one or more unsubstituted or substituted moiety selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group, to which each Z independently is covalently bonded; n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; each Z independently is O, NR, or N; when Z is O, m is 1, X 1 is a covalent bond, and the Z is covalently bonded to an aryl or heteroaryl moiety of Y; when Z is NR, m is 1, X 1 is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 , and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or heteroaryl moiety of Y; when Z is N, either (a) m is 2, X 1 is CH 2 CH 2 , and the Z is covalently bonded to
  • nonaromatic hydrocarbyl a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or a heteroaryl moiety of Y
  • m is 1
  • X 1 is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2
  • the Z is a nitrogen in an aromatic or nonaromatic heterocyclic ring portion of core group Y
  • each X 2 independently is O or NR
  • each R independently comprises H or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group.
  • A is an organic moiety comprising at least one substituent, R 1 ; n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; each Z independently is O, NR, or N; each Z is covalently bonded to an R 1 moiety of A; each
  • R independently comprises a hydrocarbyl group; when Z is O, m is 1, and X 1 is a covalent bond.
  • Each X 2 independently can be O or NR 5 (preferably, X 2 is O).
  • Z is NR, m is 1, and each X 1 independently is a covalent bond or CH 2 CH 2 .
  • Z is N, m is 2, and X 1 is CH 2 CH 2 .
  • Each R 1 independently is an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and a substituted aryl group having the formula:
  • an R 2 and an R 3 together form a ring selected from a fused 5 -member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused 5 -member heterocyclic ring, a fused 6-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, and a fused 6-member nonaromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring.
  • Each R 4 independently is H, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety.
  • Each R 5 independently is hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety.
  • Each Ar 1 independently is aryl or heteroaryl.
  • Each Ar 1 , hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety, fused 5 -member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, fused 5 -member heterocyclic ring, fused 6-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, and fused 6-member nonaromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring independently is unsubstituted or is substituted with a group comprising at least one atom other than carbon.
  • the parameters x and y are 0, 1 or 2; and the sum of x and y is at least 1 when R 1 is the substituted aryl.
  • Certain compounds of Formula (II) or Formula (I) can be made by reacting a compound of Formula (IV) or (V), respectively, with S0 2 F 2 in the presence of a base:
  • suitable bases include (e.g., an alkali metal hydroxide, such as NaOH, KOH and the like), an alkali metal alkoxide (e.g., potassium tert-butoxide, sodium
  • a nitrogen base preferably a tertiary amine, such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine; an amidine such as DBU; a guanidine such as
  • a non-covalent drug can be converted to a covalent drug by the incorporation of -SO 2 F or -OSO 2 F.
  • the solubility of the compounds of Formula (II) are enhanced relative to the parent therapeutic agents comprising the core, for example when an -OS0 2 F replaces a CF 3 or OCF 3 group.
  • the therapeutically active compounds can be those which target a pathogen, as well as compounds that target a site of action in a host subject (e.g., a patient).
  • Illustrative therapeutically active compounds that target a pathogen and are suitable for incorporation of a -S0 2 F or -OS0 2 F group include, e.g., antibiotics such as vancomycin, rifamycin, rifampicin, teicoplanin, sulfacetamide, amoxicillin, novobiocin, tetracyclines (e.g., tetracycline, oxytetracycline, methacycline, minocycline, chlorotetracycline, doxycycline, rolitetracycline, demeclocycline, and the like), sulfanilamide, sulfamethoxazole, norfloxacin, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, trimethoprim, pyrimethamine, cefadroxil, anti-tubercular antibiotics (e.g., isoniazid, rifampicin; streptomycin, ciprofloxaci
  • anti-protozoal agents such as iodoquinol
  • paramomycin e.g., quinine (by replacement of OMe with OSO 2 F), quinocrine, atovaquone (e.g., by replacement of CI or by reaction with an OH), mefloquine, sulfadoxine, hydrochloroquine, proguanil (e.g., by replacement of CI with OSO 2 F ), and the like.
  • anti-malarial agents e.g., quinine (by replacement of OMe with OSO 2 F), quinocrine, atovaquone (e.g., by replacement of CI or by reaction with an OH), mefloquine, sulfadoxine, hydrochloroquine, proguanil (e.g., by replacement of CI with OSO 2 F ), and the like.
  • Illustrative therapeutically active compounds that target a site of activity in host subject and are suitable for incorporation of a -S0 2 F or -OS0 2 F group include, e.g., nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents (NSAIDs) such as naproxen, ibuprofen, aspirin, tolmetin, flurbiprofen, sulindac, piroxicam, nabumeton, flufenamic acid, tolfenamic acid, diclofenac, and the like; antineoplastic agents such as bleomycin, cytarabine, dacarbazine, anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin, doxorubicin, and the like), epirubicin, etoposide, flutamide, gemcitabine, idarubicin, leuprolide, leuprorelin, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, pemetrexe
  • erectile dysfunction medications such as sildenafil (VIAGRA), tadalafil (CIALIS), vardenafil (LEVITRA), apomorphine, and the like
  • anti- asthma medications such as salbutamol (albuterol), salmeterol, terbutaline, formoterol, metaproterenol, and the like
  • cholinesterase inhibitors such as edrophonium, tacrine, and the like
  • sympathomimetic drugs such as phenylephrine, amphetamine, methoxamine, prenalterol, terbutaline, ritodrine, and the like
  • anti-seizure agents such as lamotrigine, vigabatrine, gabapentin, pregabalin, and the like
  • neuromuscular blockers such as tubocurarine, cisatracurium, and the like
  • intestinal steroid absorption inhibitors such as ezetimi
  • anticoagulants such as warfarin, acenocoumarol, and the like
  • antihypertives and beta blockers such as lisinopril, nadolol, atenolol, acebutolol, betaxolol, carvediol, esmolol, and the like
  • seratonin receptor agonists and seratonin uptake inhibitors such as seratonin, sertraline, dolasetron, fluoxetine, and the like
  • diuretics such as hydrochlorothiazide, bumetanide, furosemide, pinoresinol, and the like
  • calcium channel blockers such as amlodipine besylate, mibefradin hydrochloride, and the like
  • female libido enhancing compounds such as flibanserin (l-(2- ⁇ 4-[3-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperazin-l- yl ⁇ ethyl)-l,3-dihydr
  • Suitable materials include peptide-based and amino acid-based agents, particularly tyrosine, 2,6- dimethyltyrosine, lysine, and peptides comprising one or more residues selected from tyrosine, 2,6-dimethyltyrosine, and lysine such as leuprolide (ENANTONE, a tyrosine- containing peptide pituitary GnRH receptor antagonist), glatiramer (a random copolymer of lysine alanine aspartic acid and tyrosine, tradename CAPOXONE, an immunomodulator), and the like.
  • drugs within in a particular classification e.g., antibiotic, estrogenic agent, antineoplastic agent, and the like
  • the S0 2 F group can attach to the biologically active core by replacement of a hydrogen of an aromatic or heteroaromatic OH or a hydrogen of an amino group of the core to form the an -OS0 2 F, or -NRS0 2 F group.
  • a hydrogen of an aromatic or heteroaromatic OH or a hydrogen of an amino group of the core to form the an -OS0 2 F, or -NRS0 2 F group.
  • amino groups bearing a hydrogen atom present in the medicament structure a
  • NRCH 2 CH 2 S0 2 F or N(CH 2 CH 2 S0 2 F) 2 group can be introduced by replacement of the hydrogen atom. These replacements are readily accomplished by reaction of virtually any OH or NHR group with S0 2 F 2 in the former case and reaction of an NH 2 or NHR with ESF in the latter cases.
  • an OS0 2 F group can be attached to the
  • the S0 2 F group is attached to the medicament by replacement of a hydrogen of an aromatic or heteroaromatic OH or a hydrogen of an amino group as described herein.
  • Compounds comprising a -S(0)(NR 5 )F group can be obtained by replacement of CI from a corresponding -S(0)(NR 5 )C1 prepared by well-known conventional means as described herein.
  • Therapeutically active compounds comprising -S(0)(X 2 )F groups (e.g.,
  • NCH 2 CH 2 S0 2 F, NS0 2 F, OS0 2 F and/or S(0)(NR 5 )F groups) described herein are suitable, e.g., as medicaments for humans and animals, since these functional groups generally do not significantly interfere with the biological/therapeutic activity of the parent therapeutic agents.
  • the -S(0)(X 2 )F groups provide useful handles for selectively derivatizing the therapeutic agent, e.g., to add a useful functional or diagnostic group such as a dye, biotin, and the like.
  • Such therapeutic compounds can be formulated as a pharmaceutical composition in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle, or diluent, such as an aqueous buffer at a physiologically acceptable pH (e.g., pH 7 to 8.5), a polymer-based nanoparticle vehicle, a liposome, and the like.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as an aqueous buffer at a physiologically acceptable pH (e.g., pH 7 to 8.5), a polymer-based nanoparticle vehicle, a liposome, and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be delivered in any suitable dosage form, such as a liquid, gel, solid, cream, or paste dosage form.
  • the compositions can be adapted to give sustained release of the compound of Formula (I).
  • compositions comprising therapeutic compounds of Formula (I) can be administered to a subject or patient in a therapeutically effective amount to treat a disease or condition, e.g., a disease or condition for which the biologically active core group, A, is active.
  • a disease or condition e.g., a disease or condition for which the biologically active core group, A, is active.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions include, but are not limited to, those forms suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, (including buccal and sublingual), transdermal, vaginal, or parenteral (including intramuscular, subcutaneous, and intravenous) administration, in a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation, or injection into amniotic fluid.
  • the compositions can, where appropriate, be conveniently provided in discrete dosage units.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical arts. Some preferred modes of administration include intravenous (iv), topical, subcutaneous, and injection into amniotic fluid.
  • compositions suitable for oral administration include capsules, cachets, or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of one or more of the compounds of Formula (I), as a powder or granules.
  • the oral composition is a solution, a suspension, or an emulsion.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) can be provided as a bolus, electuary, or paste.
  • Tablets and capsules for oral administration can contain conventional excipients such as binding agents, fillers, lubricants, disintegrants, colorants, flavoring agents, preservatives, or wetting agents.
  • the tablets can be coated according to methods well known in the art, if desired.
  • Oral liquid preparations include, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups, or elixirs.
  • the compositions can be provided as a dry product for constitution with water or another suitable vehicle before use.
  • Such liquid preparations can contain conventional additives such as suspending agents, emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles (which may include edible oils), preservatives, and the like.
  • the additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions for oral administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art.
  • compositions will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts.
  • a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar.
  • compositions for parenteral administration e.g. by bolus injection or continuous infusion
  • injection into amniotic fluid can be provided in unit dose form in ampoules, pre-filled syringes, small volume infusion, or in multi-dose containers, and preferably include an added preservative.
  • the compositions for parenteral administration can be suspensions, solutions, or emulsions, and can contain excipients such as suspending agents, stabilizing agent, and dispersing agents.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) can be provided in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilization from solution, for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile, pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • compositions for parenteral administration typically will be included in the compositions for parenteral administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts.
  • a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 10 millimolar.
  • compositions for topical administration of the compounds to the epidermis can be formulated as ointments, creams, lotions, gels, or as a transdermal patch.
  • transdermal patches can contain penetration enhancers such as linalool, carvacrol, thymol, citral, menthol, t-anethole, and the like.
  • Ointments and creams can, for example, include an aqueous or oily base with the addition of suitable thickening agents, gelling agents, colorants, and the like.
  • Lotions and creams can include an aqueous or oily base and typically also contain one or more emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, coloring agents, and the like.
  • Gels preferably include an aqueous carrier base and include a gelling agent such as cross- linked polyacrylic acid polymer, a derivatized polysaccharide (e.g., carboxymethyl cellulose), and the like.
  • the additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions for topical administration to the epidermis within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art.
  • compositions will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts.
  • a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar.
  • compositions suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the compound in a flavored base, such as sucrose, acacia, or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the peptide in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions for topical administration in the mouth can include penetration enhancing agents, if desired.
  • the additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions of topical oral administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art.
  • compositions will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts.
  • a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar.
  • a pharmaceutical composition suitable for rectal administration comprises a compound of the present invention in combination with a solid or semisolid (e.g., cream or paste) carrier or vehicle.
  • a solid or semisolid carrier or vehicle e.g., cream or paste
  • Such rectal compositions can be provided as unit dose suppositories.
  • Suitable carriers or vehicles include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art.
  • the additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions of rectal administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts.
  • a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar
  • compositions of the present invention suitable for vaginal administration are provided as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams, or sprays containing a compound of Formula (I) of the invention in combination with a carriers as are known in the art.
  • compositions suitable for vaginal administration can be delivered in a liquid or solid dosage form.
  • the additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions of vaginal administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective
  • a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for intra-nasal administration are also encompassed by the present invention.
  • Such intra-nasal compositions comprise a compound of Formula (I) in a vehicle and suitable administration device to deliver a liquid spray, dispersible powder, or drops. Drops may be formulated with an aqueous or non-aqueous base also comprising one or more dispersing agents, solubilizing agents, or suspending agents.
  • Liquid sprays are conveniently delivered from a pressurized pack, an insufflator, a nebulizer, or other convenient means of delivering an aerosol comprising the peptide.
  • Pressurized packs comprise a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gas as is well known in the art. Aerosol dosages can be controlled by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount of the peptide.
  • a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gas as is well known in the art.
  • Aerosol dosages can be controlled by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount of the peptide.
  • administration by inhalation or insufflation can be provided in the form of a dry powder composition, for example, a powder mix of the compounds of Formula (I) and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • a dry powder composition for example, a powder mix of the compounds of Formula (I) and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
  • Such powder composition can be provided in unit dosage form, for example, in capsules, cartridges, gelatin packs, or blister packs, from which the powder can be administered with the aid of an inhalator or insufflator.
  • the additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions of intra-nasal administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art.
  • compositions will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts.
  • a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar.
  • compositions of the present invention can include one or more other therapeutic agent, e.g., as a combination therapy.
  • Sulfonyl chlorides are the most commonly used S(VI) electrophiles. RS0 2 C1 and C1S0 2 C1 often cannot serve as reliable connective units because of the facile reductive failure of the bond between sulfur(VI) and chlorine (eq. 1). This emerges most vexingly in the attempted formation of inorganic sulfate, sulfamide, and sulfamate linkages such as RO-SO 2 - OR', RNH-SO 2 -NHR' and ArO-S0 2 -NRR'. Attempts to develop quick and robust inorganic connectors for the fast assembly of sophisticated molecules has been delayed by these side reactions.
  • sulfonyl fluoride and related groups demonstrated to constitute components of a versatile new click chemistry, encompassing both carbon- (C- SO 2 F) and heteroatom-bound (N-SO 2 F and O-SO 2 F) species; see e.g., Equation (1).
  • Sulfonyl bromides and iodides are even more prone to reduction and radical reactions than sulfonyl chlorides, allowing sulfonyl chlorides, sulfonates, and sulfonic acids to be reduced cleanly if the iodide is generated in situ.
  • SO 2 CI 2 is a powerful oxidant, whereas sodium metal can be melted in hot SO 2 F 2 without chemical change in either species.
  • Aliphatic sulfonyl fluorides are significantly more resistant to hydrolysis than alkyl derivatives with (-hydrogens, and electron-withdrawing substituents on the aromatic ring increase the electrophilic nature of S(VI) and make it more reactive.
  • a good example is phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (PMSF), a serine protease inhibitor widely used in the preparation of cell lysates.
  • PMSF phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride
  • this reaction pathway is fast only in the presence of base, allowing PMSF and other aliphatic sulfonyl fluorides to be stable and to selectively modify proteins in aqueous solution at moderate pH.
  • Sulfonimidoyl fluorides generally have the same
  • sulfonyl fluorides advantageous properties as sulfonyl fluorides, and reactivity comparisons with sulfonimidoyl chlorides are similarly striking.
  • the nitrogen substituent gives sulfonimidoyl fluorides an additional point of modification, and their reactivities toward nucleophiles can be dramatically altered by the nature of that substituent.
  • Electron-withdrawing groups, such as acyl, carbonate and sulfonyl enhance the electrophilicity of S, making these classes of compounds similar in reactivity to sulfonyl fluorides, ranging from more to less reactive.
  • sulfonimidoyl fluorides with alkyl and aryl groups on N are much more stable than sulfonyl chlorides, even under basic conditions ⁇ vide infra).
  • Bifluoride seems to be especially effective when it can be used "on water” - that is, in reactions performed with a vigorously stirred or agitated water-organic interface. Since solvation and H-bonding is important to the state and reactivity of fluoride, [FHF] at aqueous-organic interfaces presents a more nucleophilic, albeit less basic and less solvated, fluoride source to electrophiles in the organic phase, shown in schematic fashion in FIG. 4. Strong acid (HX) has the effect of enhancing the utility of fluoride as a nucleophile, but not as a base, by generating a form of the anion (bifluoride) that can be presented more effectively at water interfaces.
  • sulfonyl fluorides made from the corresponding chlorides in this way are shown in FIG. 5.
  • the sulfonyl fluoride product occasionally requires purification by a wash with aqueous base and/or by chromatography on a short silica gel column.
  • the crude product is virtually free of impurities.
  • Liquid sulfonyl chlorides are simply stirred vigorously with saturated aqueous KFHF solution. Otherwise, acetonitrile (MeCN) generally is the co-solvent of choice.
  • THF or CH 2 CI 2 optionally can be used as diluents to dissolve a hydrophobic substrate and present it to the aqueous interface where the reaction with bifluoride likely occurs. Full conversion generally is achieved within several hours. When, as often happens, starting chloride and product fluoride overlap on TLC, reaction progress can be monitored by GC, LCMS, or 19 F NMR.
  • FIG. 6 Examples of the easy installation of alkyl (W. Qiu, D. J. Burton, J. Fluor. Chem. 1992, 60, 93-100) and aryl sulfonyl groups using the general methods of FIG. 3 are shown in FIG. 6.
  • the intermediate sulfonyl chloride was subjected without purification to an aqueous phase of saturated KFHF.
  • the desired fluoride product can be easily purified if necessary by simple washing, recrystallization, or column chromatography.
  • Such in situ conversion to the fluoride is particularly advantageous for certain heterocyclic sulfonyl chlorides, often generated by oxidation of thiols such as the 6-mercaptopurine shown in FIG. 6, that are unstable.
  • KFHF optimally already present during the CI 2 oxidation stage, acts as both nucleophile and buffer, in this case carrying the Het-S0 2 -Cl on to the Het-S0 2 -F before it collapses to Het-Cl and SO 2 .
  • Sulfonimidoyl chlorides and sulfamoyl chlorides with electron withdrawing substituents on nitrogen are very similar in their reactivity to sulfonyl chlorides (vide supra) and can be converted to the corresponding fluorides by treatment with saturated aqueous KFHF (FIG. 7, Panels A,B).
  • KFHF saturated aqueous KFHF
  • bifluoride is not reactive enough, giving low yields under standard conditions.
  • Bolm's silver fluoride in acetonitrile conditions are used to produce the sulfonyl fluoride on a preparative scale (FIG. 7, Panels C,D).
  • ESF ethenesulfonyl fluoride
  • Diels- Alder dienophile ethenesulfonyl fluoride
  • ESF is derived by elimination from 2-chloroethylsulfonyl fluoride, first described from the sulfonyl chloride in 1932 and reported in large scale with elimination as a side reaction in 1979.
  • KFHF-modification vida supra
  • ESF can be readily prepared in large quantities (FIG. 8).
  • the related large-scale preparation of ESF from ethenylsulfonyl chloride (ESC1) was patented in 1950 by Hedrick (Dow Chemical), but with KF as the nucleophile rather than KFHF, resulting in a relatively low yield (75%).
  • FIG. 8 Several examples of reactions of ESF are shown in FIG. 8. Reactions with active amines are usually complete within a few minutes at room temperature. The participation of amine-containing zwitterions such as amino acids achieves the full level of generality and convenience required of click reactions (FIG. 8, Panel A). One simply stirs a slurry of starting zwitterion in aqueous ethanol, adds the requisite amount of ESF (one molar equivalent for secondary amines like proline, two equivalents for primary amines), and monitors the stirred suspension for conversion to the new zwitterion. Upon completion, the product is harvested by concentration and filtration. Indeed, for most ESF-amine conjugate additions, purification is rarely required.
  • S0 2 F 2 The smallest member of the S(VI) oxyfluorides family, S0 2 F 2 was first described in 1901 by Moissan and subsequently developed by Dow Chemical in the 1950s as VIKANE pest control agent. At normal temperature and pressure, S0 2 F 2 is a colorless, odorless gas, 3.5 times heavier than air (see Table 1). These properties, coupled with its high vapor pressure and ability to saturate air at concentrations lethal to pests, make S0 2 F 2 an effective fumigant, presently used against insects and rodents. The global production of S0 2 F 2 since 2000 averages approximately 3 million kilograms per year.
  • S0 2 F 2 is relatively inert in gaseous form and is stable up to 400 °C when dry, but decomposes when heated in air, generating toxic fumes of HF and S0 2 . It is slowly hydrolyzed in water under neutral conditions and more rapidly under basic conditions to produce fluorosulfate and fluoride ions. S0 2 F 2 has relatively small magnetic and quadrupole moments, does not undergo photolysis in the actinic region of solar radiation, and is inert toward ozone and the active radicals of the atmosphere (Cl » , ⁇ ). Again, comparison to sulfuryl chloride is instructive: S0 2 C1 2 is less thermally stable (decomposes at 100 °C in an open system to chlorine and sulfur dioxide) and easily generates chlorine radicals.
  • fluorosulfates also called sulfoxyl fluorides or sulfurofluoridates; fluorosulfonate is also used although this term should be reserved for compounds containing at least one carbon-sulfur bond
  • fluorosulfates ROS0 2 Cl
  • ROS0 2 Cl unlike the organic sulfonyl chlorides described above, respond poorly to attempted substitution with KF.
  • chlorosulfates are unattractive starting materials, as they are prone to self- chlorination and other radical decomposition processes at low temperatures.
  • F 2 F 2 Reaction of S0 2 F 2 with oxygen nucleophiles in the presence of base gives fluorosulfates (FIG. 10), which have long been known to be quite stable toward hydrolysis under neutral or acidic conditions.
  • the OS0 2 F unit can be a good leaving group or a robust connector.
  • the former reactivity pattern includes the conversion of carboxylic acids and primary alcohols to acyl and aliphatic fluorides, respectively, using S0 2 F 2 in the presence of base.
  • Secondary fluorosulfates can be made and isolated when the carbinol center is embedded in the molecule between electron- withdrawing substituents that make both S N 1 and S N 2 substitution difficult, as is the case with a C6-f uorosulfate penicillin analogue tested as a covalent inhibitor of porcine pancreatic elastase.
  • certain perfluorinated aliphatic fluorosulfates can be isolated and were shown to form stable sulfate and sulfamate connections (T. Huang, J. M. Shreeve, Inorg. Chem. 1986, 25, 496-498).
  • aryl-sulfate connection (Ar-0-S0 2 -) is a vastly underappreciated linkage, now formed with sufficient reliability to be applied to a wide variety of targets in biology and materials science.
  • sulfates are phosphate isosteres, and several members of the alkaline phosphatase superfamily can cross-catalyze both phosphoryl and sulfuryl transfer.
  • the reactivity of aryl fluorosulfates towards nucleophiles, including hydroxide, is much diminished compared to the analogous sulfonyl fluorides.
  • Water-tolerant or water-assisted reactions such as the addition of nucleophiles to arylfluorosulfates, preferably are tried first in a two-phase format with organic solvent.
  • the productive interplay between 0 2 S-F and F7H + interactions makes this especially true for SuFEx chemistry, as highlighted in FIG. 2.
  • aryl fluorosulfates finds another powerful set of applications when silicon is brought into play.
  • Aryl silyl ethers are excellent substrates for conversion to fluorosulfates with sulfuryl fluoride gas in the presence of catalytic amounts of 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, FIG. 12, reaction A).
  • DBU 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
  • Fluorosufate also has utility as an inexpensive triflate alternative (M. A. McGuire, E. Sorenson, F. W. Owings, T. M. Resnick, M. Fox, N. H. Baine, J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 6683-6686). Fluorosulfate prepared from the corresponding phenol and fluorosulfonic acid anhydride, the most common procedure at the time, engaged in efficient palladium catalyzed methoxycarbonylation on a 50-gallon scale.
  • fluorosulfonyl enolates participate in Stille (G. P. Roth, C. Sapino, Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 4073-4076) and Suzuki cross-couplings (L. N. Pridgen, G. K. Huang, Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 8421-8424), and can also be used as precursors to allenes (J. Kant, J. A. Roth, C. E. Fuller, D. G. Walker, D. A. Benigni, V. Farina, J. Org. Chem.
  • N-disubstituted sulfamoyl fluorides We have found N-disubstituted sulfamoyl fluorides to be stable toward hydrolysis under basic conditions at room temperature for more than a week. Nucleophilic displacement of fluoride in this system requires heating and some assistance for the departure of fluoride by a hydrogen-bonding solvent, such as water (FIG. 17, top). The reaction is likely to have both S N I and S N 2 character, depending on the nature of the substituents and nucleophile.
  • FIG. 17 shows results from evaluations of the compatibility of the R 2 NSO 2 F group with a variety of useful synthetic transformations, including those involving strong nucleophiles, reducing agents, oxidants, radicals, and strong acids and bases.
  • F bond is unusually strong, so that undesired substitution (such as hydrolysis) is minimized. This allows precise modifications of complex targets such as biopolymers.
  • the fluoride radical is inaccessibly energetic, and so radical pathways that complicate the chemistry of other sulfonyl halides do not exist for sulfonyl fluorides.
  • two partners offer versatile ways to make and activate SO 2 -F bonds. The proton forms unusually strong hydrogen bonds to fluoride. Even weakly acidic solvents, additives, and especially interfaces can thereby assist the heterolytic cleavage of the S0 2 -F bond.
  • the bifiuoride ion (HF 2 ⁇ ) is an excellent source of moderately nucleophilic fluoride for substitution reactions.
  • silicon is useful, as Si and F form the strongest single bond in nature, allowing for the rapid formation of S0 2 -0 bonds from very stable silyl ether precursors.
  • fluorosulfate group can function as an inexpensive triflate alternative.
  • fluorosulfate and sulfamoyl fluoride groups are useful pharmacophores, and controllable covalent modifiers of biomolecules.
  • ArOSC> 2 F groups Hydrolysis and conversion of ArOSC> 2 F groups to ArOH or ArO-SO groups.
  • the ArOS0 2 F group also can be utilized as a simple and selective protecting group for any ArOH and ArOS0 3 ⁇ groups or a convenient means for preparing ArOS0 3 " salts.
  • ArOS0 2 F compounds can be selectively reductively hydrolyzed with aqueous sulfite to afford the corresponding ArOH compounds in very high yield.
  • This facile hydrolysis can be achieved by simply stirring the ArOS0 2 F compound with an aqueous sulfite salt such as potassium sulfite, sodium sulfite, and the like (e.g., about 20 mM to about 2 M sulfite in water).
  • an aqueous sulfite salt such as potassium sulfite, sodium sulfite, and the like (e.g., about 20 mM to about 2 M sulfite in water).
  • the ArOS0 2 F compounds can be hydrolyzed to ArOS0 3 " salts by reaction with anhydrous ammonia in methanol in the presence of a carbonate salt such as potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate (e.g., about 2 molar equivalents of potassium or cesium carbonate).
  • the reaction to form ArOS0 3 " is rapid and clean, unlike most syntheses of such compounds.
  • the 4- fluorosulfonyloxyphenylacetamide was readily converted to 4-hydroxyphenylace
  • Infrared spectra were recorded as pure undiluted samples using a THERMONICOLET AVATAR 370 Fourier transform infrared spectrometer with a SMART MIRACLE HATR attachment. Melting points (mp) were determined using a THOMAS-HOOVER melting point apparatus and are uncorrected.
  • HPLC was performed on an AGILENT 1100 LC/MSD with an Agilent 1100 SL mass spectrometer (electrospray ionization, ES) eluting with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in H 2 0 and 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in CH 3 CN.
  • High resolution mass spectrometry was performed on an Agilent ES-TOF instrument.
  • Precoated MERCK F-254 silica gel plates were used for thin layer analytical chromatography (TLC) and visualized with short wave UV light or by potassium
  • 3-(Fluorosulfonyl)benzoyl chloride (1-1). 3-(Fluorosulfonyl)benzoic acid (2.1 g; 10 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 (20 mL) at room temperature and oxalyl chloride (40 mL of 1M solution in CH 2 C1 2 , 2 equiv) was added at 0 °C, followed by slow addition of DMF (0.2 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 6-8 hours. After that time, solvent and volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation to give 3-(fluorosulfonyl)benzoyl chloride as a yellow oil, which was used directly in the next step.
  • Phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) (5-16): white solid (1.7 g, 98%> yield), mp 93-94 °C.
  • the organic phase was separated, washed with brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
  • the separated aqueous phase was back-extracted with trifluoromethylbenzene, and the organic phase was dried and combined with the primary organic solution. Since 3- azidopropane-1 -sulfonyl fluoride is a volatile compound, the solution was stored and used as a stock solution.
  • the concentration of sulfonyl fluoride was established as 16 wt-% by quantitative 1 H NMR against the solvent, consistent with a quantitative yield.
  • Pent-4-yne-l -sulfonyl fluoride (6-3). Pent-4-yne-l -chloride (0.2 mol) and Na 2 S0 3 (0.2 mol) were heated in water (200 mL) at 95 °C for 16 h. The solution was concentrated and dried under vacuum to provide a mixture of sodium pent-4-yne-l -sulfonate and NaCl. This material was used in the above procedure without further purification.
  • N-((3-Azidopropyl)sulfonyl)benzenesulfonimidoyl fluoride (7-3).
  • the crude fluoride product was purified by short column chromatography (1 : 1 CH 2 Cl 2 :hexane) to give a colorless oil (1.32 g, 79% yield).
  • 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) ⁇ 8.09 - 8.05 (m, 2H), 7.78 - 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.63 - 7.57 (m, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H); 13 C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) ⁇ 154.3, 135.8, 133.3 (d, J 20.6 Hz), 129.7, 128.1, 54.2; 19 F NMR (376 MHz, CDC1 3 ) ⁇ 68.5; R f (8:2 hexane:EtOAc): 0.40; ESI-MS (m/z): 218 [MH] + .
  • reaction was quenched with 1M HCl (0.2 M) and stirred at room temperature for 30-60 min, then filtered through CELITE, washed with CH 2 C1 2 , concentrated, and purified by short silica gel column chromatography.
  • N-(3-Ethynylphenyl)benzenesulfonimidoyl fluoride (7-5) was isolated as a brown oil
  • N-(l -Ethynylcyclohexyl)-4-nitrobenzene-l -sulfonimidoyl fluoride (7-6).
  • the starting sulfonimidoyl chloride was prepared starting from the sulfenyl amide, followed by oxidation with mCPBA. Using the above general procedure, 7-6 was isolated as a yellow oil 1.0 g, 81% yield).
  • 2-Chloroethanesulfonyl fluoride A IL round-bottom flask was charged with a magnetic stirring bar, KHF 2 (187 g, 2.4 mol) and water (0.5 L). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min until complete dissolution of KHF 2 was achieved (this is an endothermic process, reaching an internal temperature of 5°C). 2-Chloroethane-l- sulfonyl chloride (180.7 g, 1.05 mol) was poured into the cold saturated potassium bifluoride solution, and the reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction was monitored by GC-MS (using a low injection and column temperature) or by NMR.
  • the recovered bifluoride solution (now containing a mixture of KH 2 F 3 and KC1) was recharged by adding 1 equiv KF solution. The above reaction was repeated using this solution at 0.5 mol scale, providing 2-chloroethanesulfonyl fluoride in 100% yield. Two more re-charge/reaction cycles at the same scale each gave 98% yields.
  • Ethenesulfonyl fluoride Ethenesulfonyl fluoride (ESF).
  • a IL 2-necked round-bottom flask equipped with stirring bar and internal thermometer was placed in an ice-water bath.
  • the reaction flask was charged with ice-cold water (0.4 L) and 2-chloroethane-l-sulfonyl fluoride (232.5 g; 1.59 mol; 1 equiv).
  • MgO (35.3 g; 0.875 mol; 0.55 equiv) was added portion-wise to the vigorously stirred reaction mixture, keeping the reaction temperature below 35 °C, with optimal temperature being about 25°C. (Higher temperatures result in decreased yields, lower reaction temperatures slow down the reaction too much).
  • Section A (S)-l-(2-(Fluorosulfonyl)ethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (10-1).
  • Section B General procedure for the reaction of primary and secondary amines with ESF (adapted from Krutak, J.J.; Burpitt, R.D.; Moore, W.H.; Hyatt, J.A. J. Org. Chem. 1979, 44, 3847-3858).
  • the starting amine (1 equiv) was dissolved in organic solvent (usually CH 2 C1 2 or THF, 0.1-0.5 M in substrate) and treated with ESF (1-2.5 equiv).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for several minutes to several hours, monitoring conversion by LC-MS. Upon completion, the solvent and excess of ESF were removed by rotary evaporation and dried under vacuum, usually providing clean product. When purification by column chromatography is mentioned, it was done to remove trace impurities.
  • Section C General procedure for the reaction of ESF with sulfonamides and alcohols.
  • the starting material (1 equiv) and triphenylphosphine (0.1 equiv) were dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 (0.33 M in substrate) and treated with ESF (1-2.5 equiv).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, monitoring conversion by LC-MS, GC-MS, or TLC as appropriate.
  • CH 2 C1 2 and excess of ESF were removed by rotary evaporation and the crude product was purified by chromatography on a short silica gel column.
  • Section F General procedure for the reaction of ESF with 1,3-dicarbonyl compounds.
  • the starting compound (1 equiv) and quinine (0.1 equiv) were dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 (0.33M in substrate) and treated with ESF (1.1 equiv).
  • the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for several hours, monitoring conversion by LC-MS, GC-MS, or TLC, as appropriate.
  • CH 2 CI 2 and excess of ESF were removed by rotary evaporation and the crude product was purified by short column chromatography (9: 1 to 6:4 hexane:EtOAc).
  • Section A Representative procedure using triethylamine as base: propane-2,2- diylbis(4,l-phenylene) difluorosulfonate (12-10).
  • a 2-liter single-neck round-bottom flask was charged with bisphenol-A (114.9 g, 0.5 mol), CH 2 C1 2 (1 L) and Et 3 N (174 mL, 1.25 mol, 2.5 equiv). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. The reaction flask was then sealed with a septum, the atmosphere above the solution was removed with gentle vacuum, and S0 2 F 2 gas (sulfuryl fluoride, VIKANE) was introduced by needle from a balloon filled with the gas.
  • S0 2 F 2 gas sulfuryl fluoride, VIKANE
  • the reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 2-4 hours, monitoring by GC-MS and TLC. After completion, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (1 L), and the solution was washed with IN HC1 (2 x 500 mL) and brine (2 x 500 mL). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na 2 S0 4 and concentrated. The resulting solid was dried under high vacuum at 60 °C overnight to give the desired compound as a white crystalline solid in quantitative yield (197.1 g, 100% yield), mp 48-49 °C.
  • Phenyl fluorosulfonate (12-1) was isolated as a colorless oil in 94% yield (1.65 g).
  • Naphthalen-2-yl fluorosulfonate (12-8) was isolated as an off-white solid (mp 34-35 °C) in 98% yield (22.13 g).
  • 1,4-Phenylene difluorosulfonate (12-9) was isolated as a light brown solid (mp 92-93 °C) in 92% yield (5.1 g).
  • 6-Methylpyridin-3-yl fluorosulfonate (12-22) was isolated as colorless needles in 78% yield (2.97 g). Crude product was purified by extraction with EtOAc (50 mL x 2); wash with NaHCC"3 (35 mL), brine (10 mL), followed by filtration through short column (Si02; 30%> EtOAc in hexane).
  • Catechol cyclic sulfate (12-27) was obtained as a colorless crystalline solid (1.6 g,
  • (+)-a-Tocopherol was extracted from a commercially available mixture of (+)-a-tocopherol and vegetable oil according to the literature procedure of Isso, B.; Ryan, D. Eur. J. Lipid Sci. Technol. 2012, 114, 927-932.
  • the vitamin E/oil mixture (20 g, approximately 60% vitamin E) was dissolved in hexane (40 mL).
  • a mixture of 20 mL acetonitrile and 20 mL methanol was added and the resulting mixture was vortexed for 1 min, then allowed to stand for 5 min to separate.
  • Section A Representative procedure for the synthesis of fluorosulfates from silylated phenols and sulfuryl fluoride gas in the presence of DBU.
  • TBS protected phenol (2.4 g, 10.15 mmol) was dissolved in dry acetonitrile (20 mL, 0.5 M in substrate).
  • the reaction flask was sealed with septa, air was evacuated, a balloon filled with S0 2 F 2 gas was introduced, and DBU was injected by syringe (145 1 mmol).
  • the reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for several hours, monitoring by GC-MS or LC-MS.
  • Polar aprotic solvents acetonitrile, NMP and DMF
  • Aprotic solvents CH 2 CI 2 , chloroform, trifluorotoluene, THF
  • the choice of the phenolic silyl ether group also has a pronounced effect on reaction rate. Reactions involving TMS-protected phenols usually require 1-4 h to reach completion, whereas reactions with the bulkier TBS group require 6-8 h.
  • the DBU catalyst can be replaced with DBN or BEMP.
  • Section B Representative procedure for the synthesis of sulfates from silylated phenols and fluorosulfates in the presence ofDBU.
  • Silylated ether (1 equiv) was dissolved in acetonitrile (0.1-0.5 M in substrate), fluorosulfate (1 equiv) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for several minutes to obtain a homogeneous solution.
  • DBU (10-30 mol%) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (unless noted otherwise) for several hours, monitoring reaction progress by LC-MS or TLC. Note that the reaction vessel must be vented to allow for escape of the volatile silyl fluoride byproduct.
  • the reaction was quenched with IN HC1 (unless amine functionality was present in the substrate), extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over MgSC"4, and concentrated. Crude products were purified by column chromatography when necessary.
  • Polar aprotic solvent acetonitrile, NMP, DMF
  • THF can be used as a co-solvent.
  • the choice of the silyl group on the phenol component should be adjusted depending on the steric properties of the fluorosulfate component. Since sterically hindered fluorosulfates require prolonged reaction time and elevated temperatures, the use of more stable TBS-protected phenols as coupling partners in this case generally provide cleaner transformations. More reactive fluorosulfates give cleaner transformations with more reactive TMS-protected phenols. In cases when reactive fluorosulfates are coupled with slow TBS protected phenols, the symmetric product of homocoupling of fluorosulfates can be observed in various amounts. DBU catalyst can be replaced with DBN or BEMP.
  • Activated cyclic amines react rapidly with SO 2 F 2 ; in some cases, cooling of the reaction mixture with a water bath is required.
  • Acyclic amines require 1-1.5 equiv DMAP. When 1.5 equiv of DMAP are used, the addition of triethylamine or other extra base is not required.
  • Activated amines can even react in buffer at pH 8 (phosphate, borate, or HEPES buffers).
  • Di(prop-2-yn-l-yl)sulfamoyl fluoride (17-1) was prepared with 1 equiv DMAP and 2 equiv Et 3 N. Brown impurities in the product were removed by passing the material through a short plug of silica gel (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc). The product was obtained as a pink oil (3.3 g, 76% yield, accounting for CH 2 C1 2 impurity by 1H NMR).
  • Bis(2-azidoethyl)sulfamoyl fluoride (17-3) was prepared from the bis(2- azidoethyl)amine mesylate salt, 1 equiv DMAP, and 3 equiv Et 3 N, isolated as a yellow oil (4.49 g, 76% yield).
  • 4-(2-Azidoacetyl)piperazine-l-sulfamoyl fluoride (17-5) was prepared from 2-azido- l-(piperazin-l-yl)ethanone-TFA salt, 0.5 equiv DMAP, and 5 equiv Et 3 N. The product was obtained as a pink solid (4.4 g, 70% yield), mp 92-94 °C.
  • the amine was then converted to the corresponding acetamide (17-8b) (treatment with Ac 2 0/Py in CH 2 C1 2 at room temperature for 18 h, followed by acidification (1M HCl) and extraction with CH 2 C1 2 ).
  • the amide was obtained as a beige solid in 48% yield (3 steps from crude 4-((3-methylbutylidene)amino)piperidine-l-sulfonyl fluoride, 160 mg).
  • ArOS0 2 F is a non-polar functional group on an aromatic ring. It is an electrophile that can coexist with nucleophiles and withstand biological systems. ArOS0 2 F is very stable and can selectively react with different protein targets. Its non-polar functionality means introduction of the functional group on the parent minimally impacts, if at all, the affinity for the parent molecule.
  • Any known small molecule drugs which have one or more aromatic substitution can be readily converted to ArOS0 2 F.
  • Many antibiotics include functional groups such as aryl- OH, amino groups, and the like, which can be derivatized to introduce an S0 2 F group (e.g., OS0 2 F, NCH 2 CH 2 S0 2 F, or NS0 2 F) into the antibiotic structure.
  • S0 2 F group e.g., OS0 2 F, NCH 2 CH 2 S0 2 F, or NS0 2 F
  • five fiuorosulfonyl antibiotic derivatives cephalosporin derivative 10-2, ciprofloxacin derivative 10-7, and three vancomycin derivatives - vancomycin-SF, vancomycin-SF-1 and
  • vancomycin-SF-2 vancomycin-SF-2, the latter two of which include N-propargyl groups as potential reactants in copper-catalyzed azide/alkyne click coupling reactions
  • FIG. 20 vancomycin-SF-2, the latter two of which include N-propargyl groups as potential reactants in copper-catalyzed azide/alkyne click coupling reactions
  • the antibiotic compounds were serially diluted in LB medium (lOg/L tryptone, 5 g/L yeast extract, 10 g/L NaCl in deionized water) on a 96-well culture plate from DMSO stock solution. Bacteria were inoculated into the wells and allowed to grow overnight at 37°C, 300 rpm. Overnight growth was assessed by measuring the turbidity of the media by absorbance at 605 nm in a plate reader. The results for Bacillus subtilis are shown in Table 2, and the results for E. coli are shown in Table 3. Low turbidity (low optical density at 605 nm, OD 6 o5) relative to medium or vehicle alone indicates antibacterial activity.
  • LB medium lOg/L tryptone, 5 g/L yeast extract, 10 g/L NaCl in deionized water
  • Fluorosulfate-Fmoc tyrosine is a useful building block for peptide synthesis.
  • Tyrosine O-sulfation is a common enzymatic post-translational modification that occurs while the secreted and transmembrane proteome traffics through the Golgi
  • the present invention provided an efficient approach to make sY-containing peptides wherein Fmoc- protected fluorosulfated Tyrosine (Y(OS0 2 F)) is incorporated into the peptide-of-interest using a near-standard Fmoc solid phase synthesis strategy either manually or by using a peptide synthesizer.
  • Fmoc- protected fluorosulfated Tyrosine Y(OS0 2 F)
  • Y(OS0 2 F) Fmoc- protected fluorosulfated Tyrosine
  • Fmoc protected Y(OS02F) building block and the high stability of aromatic fluorosulfates enables the efficient synthesis of peptides containing the Ar-0-S0 2 F substructure using an Fmoc chemistry strategy.
  • the Fmoc-Y(OS0 2 F)-OH (Fmoc-Y-SF, 1) used in SPPS is prepared in one step in high yield from the reaction of commercially available Fmoc-protected Tyr with sulforyl fluoride (gas) as described elsewhere herein (Scheme 1).
  • 2-methyl-piperidine (2 -MP) was used to remove the Fmoc primary amine protecting group during each SPPS coupling cycle (Scheme 2) instead of piperidine, as piperidine inefficiently reacts with the fluorosulfate functionality lowering the yield and purity of the desired Y(OS0 2 F)-containing peptides.
  • Y(OS0 2 F) residue(s) in the peptide-of-interest were then converted into the sY functionality by hydrolysis with a base (CS 2 CO 3 , or l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene(DBU)) dissolved in ethylene glycol at 25 °C for 60-120 min with stirring (Scheme 3).
  • sY peptides 2-6 were prepared by an optimized protocol of Y(OS0 2 F)- containing peptide synthesis and arylf uorosulfate hydrolysis employing Cs 2 C0 3 /ethylene glycol(Table 4).
  • the sequence of first peptide DADEsYL-NH 2 (P2) corresponds to a sequence in the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) and P2 is expected to be a good inhibitor of protein tyrosine phosphatase IB.
  • the sequence of a monosulfated peptide sYEsYLDsYDF-NH 2 (P3) and a trisulfated peptide sYEsYLDsYDF-NH 2 (P4) corresponds to residue 5-12 of mature P-selectin glycoprotein ligand 1 (PGSL-1) that binds to P-selectin and plays important role in the rolling adhesion of leukocytes on vascular endothelium.
  • PGSL-1 P-selectin glycoprotein ligand 1
  • Disulfated peptide TTPDsYGHsYDDKDTLDLNTPVDK-NH 2 is from C5aR, a classical G-protein coupled receptor that is implicated in many inflammatory diseases.
  • the sequence of tetrasulfated peptide DADSENSSFsYsYsYDsYLDEVAF-NH 2 (P6) corresponds to residue 14-33 of chemokine receptor D6, which scavenges extracellular pro-inflammatory CC chemokines and suppresses inflammation and tumergenesis.
  • Peptides P4-P6 contain multiple sY residues and their synthesis poses significant challenge to the coupling efficiency, stability and efficiency of hydrolysis for Y(OS0 2 F) in different sequence environments.
  • Fluorosulfate hydrolysis in peptide 7 was accomplished in ethylene glycol utilizing Cs 2 C0 3 as a base (10 equiv) and was followed by semi-preparative RP-HPLC using a C18 column and an 20 mM ammonium acetate/CH 3 CN mobile phase gradient, revealing near-quantitative conversion ( Figure 1A, SI and S2).
  • Cs 2 C0 3 /ethylene glycol and Cs 2 C0 3 /l,4 butanediol afforded quantitative hydrolysis with no side reactions
  • GDsYDSMKEPCFR-NH 2 (P8), a sY peptide containing Cys residue, is achieved by a different protocol employing DBU as the base in ethylene glycol.
  • the sequence of 8 corresponds to residue 19-30 of CXCR4, which is crucial for embryonic development and have been implicated in cancer metastasis and HIV infection.
  • sY has been reported to make the largest contribution to CXCR4-CXCL12 binding.
  • the crude peptide GDY(OS0 2 F)DSMKEPCFR-NH 2 (Table 4) was successfully synthesized.
  • Peptide 9 was HPLC purified in an isolated yield of 30% in order to optimize the hydrolysis strategy for producing Cys-containing sY peptides.
  • the standard ethylene glycol/Cs 2 C03 method didn't perform well because it appeared that we generated a Cys-S-COOH containing peptide, hydrolysis of peptide P9 employing 5% DBU in ethylene glycol containing 0.5%> dithiothreitol (DTT) was effective, however. This approach afforded sY peptide P8 in 25 % isolated yield (Table 4). Adding DTT was the key to minimize the formation of byproducts.
  • LY003 CYFQNCPRG*G; and Indolicidin LY005:I*PWKWPYWPWRR-NH 2 where Y is modified tyrosine (fluorosulfonated) and *G is propargylglycine.
  • the fluorosulfate ester groups of such peptides also can be converted to sulfate esters by selective hydrolysis with cesium carbonate and ammonia in methanol.
  • the modified indolicin was hydrolyzed to the corresponding sulfate ester as verified by LCMS after direct transfer to PBS buffer.
  • An ArOS0 2 F functional group can serve as a covalent modifier in drug design. Almost 30% of the marketed drugs whose molecular targets are enzymes act by irreversible inhibition. J. Singh, R.C. Petter, T.A. Bailie, A. Whitty, Nat. Rev. Drug Discov. 2011, 10, 307-317.
  • an ArOS0 2 F functional group By installing an ArOS0 2 F functional group on azo analogs of tafamidis, a reversible stabilizer substrate of transthyretin (TTR), the analogs can be transformed into an irreversible stabilizer. Small molecule analogues of tafamidis react with TTR protein in PBS buffer (half-life is about 80 min).
  • ArOS0 2 F is a useful compound for performing 18 F PET scans for small molecules, peptides, and proteins. If a covalent reaction occurs, fast releasing fluoride ion will be readily confirmed by the enrichment of 18 F ion in bones, which would then be detectable by PET scan techniques.
  • the reaction conditions are simple, fast, and provide for direct loading of 18 F on the target molecule. For example, a compound with a phenol group can be reacted with sulfuryl fluoride gas for about 1-2 hours in buffer under mild condition to afford an Ar-OS0 2 F compound. The very high conversion rate allows for simply removing the buffer without purification.
  • Subsequent exchange of 19 F by 18 F can be readily accomplished by, e.g., exposure to Ag 18 F, or preferably 18 F bifluoride. Proteins are an attractive target for this application as there is currently no known simple chemical way to install a small enough piece containing a stable F molecule onto proteins. This process is similar to known bioconjugation; however, this generally requires multiple steps and larger molecules. For example, derivatization of dapagliflozin by replacing the OEt group with an OS0 2 F group provides a means of accessing an 18 F version of dapagliflozin by 18 F/ 19 F exchange.
  • O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine is a fluorosulfonyl ester analog of 0-(2-fluoroethyl)-L-tyrosine, and is stable in HEK cell lysates for at least 3 hours, which is a sufficient biostability for PET applications.
  • the 18 F version of O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine can be used for PET imaging, and can be prepared rapidly and efficiently by exchange of 19 F by 18 F by contacting the of non-radiolabeled O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine with 18 F-enriched potassium bifluoride and a potassium complexing agent in a solvent such as acetonitrile.
  • EXAMPLE 6 Fluorosulfate compounds as "click-tag" reagents and probes for drug discovery.
  • Including an S0 2 F group on a biologically active molecule can also provide an opportunity to probe the active site of receptor molecules (e.g., by covalent reaction of the fluorosulfonyl moiety with an amino acid side chain of a receptor when the
  • the S0 2 F group also - I l l - can be conveniently combined with other functional probe/linking groups, for participation in additional coupling reactions with other useful materials, such as dyes or other markers.
  • a molecule with both an S0 2 F group and an alkynyl group can be utilized as a coupling partner in an azide/alkyne "click" coupling reaction. This process affords a convenient and selective means of designing new fluorosulfonyl-based probes that include markers or other useful groups attached to the biologically active drug structure.
  • ethynylestradiol fluorosulfate was readily reacted with an azo- substituted fluorescein derivative via a copper catalysed azide/alkyne complexing reaction ("click reaction") to tether the estradiol derivative to fluorescein without affecting the OS0 2 F group.
  • alkyne moiety already is part of the normal drug structure.
  • an alkyne can be separately introduced onto the drug structure in addition to the fluorosulfonyl group, such as in the fluorosulfonylated propargyl vancomycin
  • Such probes can selectively pull down substrates for the biologically active portion of the probe from cell lysates and other complex mixtures of proteins and other biomolecules.
  • Ethynylestradiol fluorosulfate probes effectively capture tryptophanase from E coli lysates.
  • the affinity of the ethynylestradiol fluorosulfate probe described above for tryptophanase was as verified with recombinant tryptophanase, which was tagged with the probe with greater than 90% modification (50 micromolar tryptophanse, 500 micromolar probe, in TBS pH 8 buffer for 16 hours at 37 °C). Tryptophanase has been implicated in biofilm formation, thus, the ethynylestradiol fluorosulfate materials provides a means for inhibiting biofilm formation.
  • EXAMPLE 7 Covalent attachment of S0 2 F compounds to receptor sites.
  • the S0 2 F moiety in the various forms described herein also, in some cases, can provide a handle for covalent attachment of organic compounds to receptor sites that include a nucleophilic amino acid side chain, such as a phenolic OH group, an amino group, a thiol, and the like, in the reactive site in an orientation that can react to displace fluoride from sulfur.
  • a nucleophilic amino acid side chain such as a phenolic OH group, an amino group, a thiol, and the like
  • FIG. 21 graphically illustrates docking of fluorosulfate and fluorosulfonyl-substituted substrate molecules in a receptor site, and subsequent reaction to displace fluoride and covalently bind the substrate molecule in the active site.
  • the biologically active -OS0 2 F compounds described herein can be utilized in some instances to sulfonate a nucleophilic amino acid side chain in the active site of a receptor protein, e.g., by initial reaction of a receptor-docked fluorosulfate to displace fluoride, and subsequent reaction with another nucleophilic side chain (Nu) to displace the substrate molecule and form a Nu-S0 3 - group, as illustrated in FIG. 23.
  • nucleophilic side chains both comprise thiols
  • an additional elimination step can occur to form a disulfide bond in the active site, as illustrated in FIG. 24.
  • the binding-induced activation of sulfur (VI) fluoride functional groups also can be used in modifying proteins in biological systems.
  • Aryl-S0 2 F and aryl-OS0 2 F probes were studied in live HeLa cells using gel-based assays and SILAC -based mass spectrometry approaches. Selective labeling of proteins by both aryl-S0 2 F and aryl-OS0 2 F probes were observed and the protein targets were identified.
  • iLBPs intracellular lipid-binding proteins
  • Covalent inhibitors based on SF-3 and OSF-2 were synthesized and used to compete with the probes (FIG. 27(A and B)). With increasing concentrations of covalent inhibitors a decreasing labeling event toward FABP5/CRABP2 was observed, suggesting the labeling is chemoselective and could be completed at certain concentration.
  • S0 2 F and OS0 2 F probes also were used to examine known and previously unknown non-covalent inhibitors of iLBPs in live HeLa cells (FIG. 27(C)). Surprisingly, an SOAT inhibitor (Avasimibe Pfizer, phase III) could compete out the labeling on FABP5 and CRABP2 in live HeLa cells suggesting strong binding in the substrate binding pockets.
  • Biologically active compounds such as drugs, enzyme inhibitors, other therapeutic agents, agrochemicals (e.g., herbicides, fungicides, and pesticides), and the like, which have a pendant primary or secondary amino nitrogen group are readily reactive toward
  • ESF ethylenesulfonyl fluoride
  • one or two ESF groups can be added, by controlling the stoichiometry (one equivalent of ESF will replace one hydrogen of a primary amine with an fluorosulfonylethyl group; if two equivalents of ESF are used, both hydrogens of the amino group will be replaced by fluorosulfonylethyl groups).
  • the reaction with ESF can be carried out in the presence of hydroxyl groups, includeing phenolic hydroxyl groups, without any substantial interference.
  • FIGURES 28 to 35 provide examples of biologically active compounds that can be reacted with ESF to form ESF adducts according to the methods described herein.
  • Biologically active compounds that have one or more pendant aromatic or heteroaromatic hydroxyl group or a pendant secondary amino group are readily reactive toward S0 2 F 2 in the presence of a base (e.g., a teriary amine) to form fluorosulfate esters with the hydroxyl group, or a fluorosulfamate with the amino group, as described in detail herein.
  • a base e.g., a teriary amine
  • FIGURES 36 and 37 provide examples of biologically active compounds that can be reacted with S0 2 F 2 in the presence of a base to form fluorosulfates and fluorosulfamides, according to the methods described herein.
  • Non- limiting examples of methods for evaluating the activity of some of the SF-modified compounds described herein are based on methods for assaying the activity of the parent compounds, as described in the paragraphs below.
  • Mephentermine is obtained from Cerilliant (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified Mephentermine is evaluated for activity in assay as described by G. Fawaz and J. Simaan, "The Tachyphylaxis caused by mephentermine and tyramine," British Journal of
  • Mecamylamine hydrochloride is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified mecamylamine is evaluated for activity in assay as described by N. Gentile, et al., "Sexually diergic hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HP A) responses to single-dose nicotine, continuous nicotine infusion, and nicotine withdrawal by
  • Levallorphan tartrate salt is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified levallorphan compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by B. Brdar and P. Fromageot, "Inhibition of viral RNA synthesis by levallorphan," FEBS Letters, Vol. 6, No. 3 (1970) pp. 190-192.
  • Naltrexone Hydrochloride is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee,
  • the SF-modified naltrexone compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Moore, "The efficacy of a low dose combination of topiramate and naltrexone on ethanol reinforcement and consumption in rat models," Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior, Vol. 116 (2014) pp. 107-115.
  • Levothyroxine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by D. Pabla, et al, "Intestinal permeability enhancement of levothyroxine sodium by straight chain fatty acids studied in MDCK epithelial cell line," Eurpoean Journal of Pharmacetical Sciences, Vol. 40
  • Lio thyronine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified liothyronine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Wu, et al., "Tissue responses to thyroid hormone in a kindred with resistance to thyroid hormone harboring a commonly occurring mutation in the thyroid hormone receptor ⁇ gene (P453T),” Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, Vol. 146, Issue 2 (2005) pp. 85-94.
  • Metaraminol is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified metaraminol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by A. Sagie, et al., "Effect of metaraminol during acute inferior wall myocardial infarction accompanied by hypotension: preliminary study," Journal of the American College of Cardiology, Vol. 10, Issue 5 (1987) pp. 1139-1144.
  • Nabilone is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified nabilone compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J. Lile, et al, "Separate and combine effects of the cannabinoid agaonists nabilone and A9-THC in humans discriminating A9-THC," Drug and Alcohol Dependence, Vol. 116, Issues 1-3 (2011) pp. 86- 92.
  • Sulfadoxine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The The SF- modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Happi, et al., "Polymorphisms in Plasmodium falciparum dhfr and dhps genes and age related in vivo sulfadoxine -pyrimethamine resistance in malaria-infected patients from Nigeria” Acta Tropica, Vo ⁇ . 95 (2005) pp. 183-193.
  • Sumatriptan is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified sumatriptan compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Y.
  • Tacrine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified tacrine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Gao, et al, "Tacrine induces apoptosis through lysosome- and mitochondria- dependent pathway in HepG2 cells," Toxicology In Vitro, Vol. 28, Issue 4 (2004) pp. 667-674.
  • Theophyline is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri).
  • the SF- modified theophyline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by E.
  • Tadalafil is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified tadalafil compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Zhu, et al,
  • Tranexamic is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified tranexamic compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by H. Kakiuchi, et al., "Tranexamic acid induces kaolin intake stimulating a pathway involving tachykinin neurokinin 1 receptors in rats," European Journal of Pharmacology, Vol. 723 (2014) pp. 1-6.
  • Varenicline is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). SF- Modified varenicline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Cunningham and L. McMahon, "The effects of nicotine, varenicline, and cystine on schedule-controlled responding in mice: Differences in ⁇ 4 ⁇ 2 nicotinic receptor activation," European Journal of Pharmacology, Vol. 654 (2011) pp. 47-52.
  • Vancomycin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T. Dilworth, et al, "Vancomycin and piperacillin-tazobactam against methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus and vancomycin-intermediate staphylococcus aureus in an in vitro
  • Vigabatrin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J. Plum, et al, "The anti-epileptic drug substance vigabatrin inhibits taurine transport in intestinal and renal cell culture models," International Journal of Pharmaceutics, Vol. 473 (2014) pp. 395-397.
  • Salicyclic Acid is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by H. Chen, et al, "Salicylic acid mediates alternative signal transduction pathways for pathogenesis-related acidic P-l,3-glucanase (protein N) induction in tobacco cell suspension culture," Journal of Plant Physiology, Vol. 159 (2002) pp. 331-337.
  • Terbutaline is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by A. Hodi, et al, "Tocopherol inhibits the relaxing effect of terbutaline in the respiratory and reproductive tracts of the rat: The role of the oxidative stress index," Life Sciences, Vol 105 (2014) pp. 48-55.
  • Rotigotine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Oster, et al, "Rotigotine protects against glutamate toxicity in primary dopaminergic cell culture," European Journal of Pharmacology, Vol. 724 (2014) pp. 31-42.
  • Prazosin hydrochloride is obtained from Alfa Aesar® (Ward Hill, Massachusetts). The SF-modified Prazosin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by A. Antonello, et al, "Design, synthesis, and biological evaluation of prazosin-related derivatives as multipotent compounds," Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 48, No. 1 (2005), pp. 28- 31.
  • Pregabalin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified Pregabalin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by K. Fink, et al, "Inhibition of neuronal Ca2+ influx by gabapentin and pregabalin in the human neocortex," Neuropharmacology, Vol. 42 (2002) pp. 229-236.
  • Procainamide is obtained from Alfa Aesar® (Ward Hill, Massachusetts). The SF- modified procainamide compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by B. Lee, et al., "Procainamide is a specific inhibitor of DNA methyltransferase 1," The Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. 280, No. 49 (2005) pp. 40749-40756.
  • Procarbazine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified procarbazine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by D. Clive, et al., "Procarbazine is a potent mutagen at the heterozygous thymidine kinase (tk+/-) locus of mouse lymphoma assay," Mutagenesis, Vol. 3, No. 2 (1988) pp. 83-87.
  • Propafenone is obtained from Alfa Aesar® (Ward Hill, Massachusetts). The SF- modified propafenone compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by H.
  • Protriptyline is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified protriptyline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S.
  • Pseudoephedrine is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified pseudoephedrine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Z. Wu, et al., "Pseudoephedrine/ephedrine shows potent anti-inflammatory activity against TNF-a-mediated acute liver failure induced by lipopolysaccharide/D-galactosamine," European Journal of Pharmacology, Vol. 724 (2014), pp. 112-121.
  • Ramipril is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified ramipril compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by X. Ji, et al,
  • Rasagiline is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri).
  • the SF-modified rasagiline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Y. Aluf, et al, "Selective inhibition of monoamine oxidase A or B reduces striatal oxidative stress in rats with partial depletion of the nigro-striatal dopaminergic pathway," Neropharmacology, Vol. 65 (2013) pp. 48-57.
  • Reboxetine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified reboxetine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by B. Benedetto, et al, "N-desalkylquetiapine activates ERK1/2 to induce GDNF release in C6 glioma cells: A putative cellular mechanism for quetiapine as antidepressant," Neuropharmacology, Vol. 62 (2012) pp. 209-216.
  • Rimantadine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified rimantadine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by G.
  • Ritodrine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified ritodrine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by F. Plenge-Tellechea, et al., "Ritodrine inhibition of the plasma membrane Ca2+-ATPase from human erythrocyte," Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, September 15, Vol. 357, No. 2 (1998) pp. 179- 184.
  • S-adenosylmethionine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified s-adenosylmethionine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by F. Zhang, et al., "S-adenosylmethionine inhibits the activated phenotype of human hepatic stellate cells via Racl and Matrix metalloproteinases," International Immunopharmacology, Vol. 19 (2014) pp. 193-200.
  • Salmeterol is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified salmeterol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Andrea Teschemacher and Horst Lemoine, "Kinetic analysis of drug-receptor interactions of long-acting ⁇ 2 sympathomimetics in isolated receptor membranes: evidence against prolonged effects of salmeteroland formoterol on receptor-coupled adenylyl cyclase," The Journal of
  • Saxagliptin is obtained from Astatech Inc. (Bristol, Pennsylvania). The SF-modified saxagliptin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J. Kosaraju, et al, "Saxagliptin: a dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor ameliorates streptozotocin induced
  • Alzheimer's disease Neuropharmacology, Vol 72 (2013) pp. 291-300.
  • Sitagliptin is obtained from Astatech Inc. (Bristol, Pennsylvania). The SF-modified sitagliptin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Tremblay, A., "Effects of sitagliptin therapy on markers of low-grade inflammation and cell adhesion molecules in patients with type 2 diabetes," Metabolism Clinical and Experimental, Vol 63 (2014) pp. 1131-1148.
  • Sparfloxacin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified sparfloxacin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by E.
  • Gabapentin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified gabapentin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by F. Kilic, et. al., "Antinociceptive effects of gabapentin & its mechanism of action in experimental animal studies," Indian J. Med. Res., May; 135(5) (2012) pp. 630-635.
  • Sertraline hydrochloride is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified sertraline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by R. Vijaya and K. Ruckmani, "In vitro and In vivo characterization of the transdermal delivery of sertraline hydrochloride Films," Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Vol. 19, No. 6 (2011) pp. 424-432.
  • Lisinopril is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified lisinopril compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C.
  • Amphetamine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified amphetamine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T.
  • Kanbayashi, et. al "Implication of dopaminergic mechanisms in the wake-promoting effects of amphetamine: A study of D- and L-derivatives in canine narcolepsy," Neuroscience, Vol. 99, No. 4 (2000) pp. 651-659.
  • Fluoxetine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified fluoxetine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by M. Bianchi, et. al., "Effects of chlomipramine and fluoxetine on subcutaneous carrageenin-induced inflammation in the rat," Inflammation Research, Vol. 44 (1995), pp. 466-469.
  • Bupropion is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified bupropion compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Learned- Coughlin, "In vivo activity of bupropion at the human dopamine transporter as measured by positron emission tomography," Biological Psychiatry, Vol. 54 (2003), pp. 800-805.
  • Nadolol is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified nadolol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by W. Wu and S. Pruett, "Suppression of splenic natural killer cell activity in a mouse model for binge drinking, II. Role of the neuroendocrine system," The Journal of Pharmacology and
  • Albuterol sulfate is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The
  • SF-modified albuterol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J.
  • Phentermine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Round Rock, TX). The SF-modified phentermine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J. Kang, et. al,
  • Atenolol is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified atenolol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Dey, et. al, "Formulation and evaluation of fixed-dose combination of bilayer gastroretentive matrix table containing atorvastatin as fast-release and atenolol as sustained-release," Biomed Research International, Volume 2014, Article ID 396106, 12 pages.
  • Cefadroxil is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified cefadroxil compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by X. Chen, et. al., "Effect of transporter inhibition on the distribution of cefadroxil in rat brain," Fluid Barriers of the CNS, (2014) 11 :25.
  • Warfarin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified warfarin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T. Li, et. al, "Identification of the gene for vitamin K epoxide reductase," Nature, Vol. 427 (2004) p. 541- 543.
  • Butorphanol is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri).
  • the SF- modified hydromorphone compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Walsh, et. al., "Enadoline, a selective kappa opioid agaonist: comparison with butorphanol and hydromorphone in humans," Psychopharmacology, Vol. 157 (2001) pp. 151-162.
  • Hydromorphone hydrochloride is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified hydromorphone compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Walsh, et. al, "Enadoline, a selective kappa opioid agaonist: comparison with butorphanol and hydromorphone in humans," Psychopharmacology, Vol. 157 (2001) pp. 151-162.
  • Estradiol is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified estradiol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by V.
  • Pentikainen et. al., "Estradiol acts as a germ cell survival factor in the human testis in vitro," The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, Vol. 85, Vol. 5 (2000) pp. 2057-2067.
  • Indolicidin is obtained from AnaSpec, Inc. (Fremont, California). The SF-modified indolicidin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Selsted, et. al, "Indolicidin, a Novel Bactericidal Tridecapeptide Amide from Neutrophils," The Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. 267, No. 7, Issue of March 5 (1992) pp. 4292-4295.
  • Thymopentin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified thymopentin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Fan, et. al, "Thymopentin (TP5), an immunomodulatory peptide, suppresses proliferation and induces differentiation in HL-60 cells," Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, Vol. 1763 (2006) pp. 1059-1066.
  • Oxytocin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified oxytocin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by U.S.
  • Arginine Vasopressin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified arginine vassopressin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by U.S. Pharmacopeia Pharmacopeial Forum: Volume No. 29(6)31(4) p. 1127. Tetrahydrocannabinol is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified tetrahydrocannabinol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by M. Parolini and A. Binelli, "Oxidative and genetic responses induced by ⁇ 9- Tetrahydrocannabinol ( ⁇ -9-THC) to Dreissena polymorpha," Science of the Total
  • Methylphenidate is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified methylphenidate compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by A. Issy and E. Del Bel, "7-Nitroinadazole blocks the prepulse inhibition disruption and c-Fos increase induced by methylphenidate," Behavioural Brain Research, Vol. 262 (2014) pp. 74- 83.
  • Desloratadine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified desloratadine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Y. Lin, et al., "Design, synthesis and biological activity evaluation of desloratadine analogues as HI receptor antagonists," Bioorganic 7 Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 21 (2013) pp. 4178-4185.
  • Anisomycin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified anisomycin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by X. Guo, et al., "Epigenetic mechanisms of amyloid- ⁇ production in anisomycin-treated SH-SY5Y cells," Neuroscience, Vol. 194 (2011) pp. 272-281.
  • Strobilurin F is isolated as described by A. Fredenhagen, et al, "Strobilurins F, G and H, three new antifungal metabolites from Bolineau Lutea I. fermentation, isolation and biological activity," The Journal of Antibiotics, Vol. XLIII, No. 6 (1990) pp. 655-660.
  • the SF-modified strobilurin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J.
  • Cyclopamine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified cyclopamine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T.
  • Capsaicin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified capsaicin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by R. Terayama, et al., "Assessment of intraoral mucosal pain induced by the application of capsaicin," Oral Biology, Vol. 59 (2014) pp. 1334-1341.
  • Trifloxystrobin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified trifloxystrobin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by B. Zhu, et al., "Assessment of trifloxystrobin uptake kinetics, developmental toxicity and mR A espression in rare minnow embryos," Chemosphere, Vol. 120 (2015) pp. 447-455.
  • Impidacloprid is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified impidacloprid compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by X. Yang, et al., "Two cytochrome P450 genes are involved in imidacloprid resistance in field populations of the whitefly, Bemisia tabaci, in China," Pesticide Biochemistry and
  • Acetamiprid is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified acetamiprid compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T. Cavas, et al., "In vitro genetoxicity evaluation of acetamiprid in CaCo-2 cells using the
  • Nitenpyram is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified nitenpyram compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T. Perry, et al., "Effects of mutations in Drosophila nicotinic acetylcholine receptor subunits on sensitivity to insecticides targeting nicotinic acetylcholine receptors," Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 102 (2012) pp. 56-60.
  • Fipronil is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified fipronil compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Baker, et al, "Efficacy of a novel topical combination of fipronil, (S)-methoprene, eprinomectin and praziquantel against adult and immature stages of the cat flea (Ctenocephalides felis) on cats," Veterinary Parasitology, Vol. 202 (2014) p. 54-58.
  • Lufenuron is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified lufenuron compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by M. Breijo, et al., "An insect growth inhibitor - lufenuron - enhances albendazole activity against hydatid cyst," Veterinary Parasitology, Vol. 181 (2011) pp. 341-344.
  • Fluconazole is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified fluconazole compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Q. Yu, et al., "In vitro activity of verapamil alone and in combination with fluconazole or tunicamycin against Candida albicans bio films," International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents, Vol. 41 (2013) 179-182.
  • Nitroxoline (8-hyroxy-5-nitroquinoline) is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich®
  • SF-modified nitroxoline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by G. Murugasu-Oei and T. Dick, "In vitro activity of the chelating agents nitroxoline and oxine against mycobacterium bovis BCG," International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents, Vol. 18 (2001) pp. 579-582.
  • Pentazocine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified pentazocine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by P. Martin, et al., "The signma receptor ligand (+)- pentazocine prevents apoptotic retinal ganglion cell death induced in vitro by homocysteine and glutamate," Molecular Brain Research, Vol. 123, Issues 1-2 (2004) pp. 66-75.
  • Isocarboxazid is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified isocarboxazid compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by A.
  • Indapamide is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified indapamide compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Ren, et al., "Design and in vivo evaluation of an indapamide transdermal patch," International Journal of Pharmaceutics, Vol. 370 (2009) pp. 129-135.
  • Ketamine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Round Rock, Texas).
  • the SF-modified ketamine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by G. Vasconcelos, et al, "Alpha-lipoic acid alone and combined with clozapine reverses schizophrenia-like symptoms induced by ketamine in mice: participation of antioxidant, nitrergic and neurotrophic mechanisms," Schizophrenia Research, Vol. 165 (2015) pp. 163-170.
  • Lomefloxacin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified lomefloxacin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Y. Zhou, et al., "Synthesis, cytotoxicity and topoisomerase II inhibitory activity of lomefloxacin derivatives," Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, Vol. 23 (2013) pp. 2974-2978.
  • Moxifloxacin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified moxifloxacin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by F.
  • Paroxetine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified paroxetine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Y.
  • Methazolamide is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
  • the SF- modified methazolamide compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by M. Corena, et al., "Degradation and effects of the potential mosquito larvicides methazolamide and acetazolamide in sheepshead minnow (Cyprinodon variegates),” Ecotoxicology and Environmental Safety, Vol. 64 (2006) pp. 369-376.
  • Methylphenidate is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified methylphenidate compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Wrenn, et al., "Effects of clonidine and methylphenidate on motor activity in Fmrl knockout mice,” Neuroscience Letters, Vol. 585 (2015) pp. 109-113.
  • Milnacipran is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Round Rock, Texas). The SF- modified milnacipran compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by M.
  • Maprotiline is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified maprotiline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Jan, et al., "Mechanism of maprotiline-induced apoptosis: Role of [Ca2+]I , ERK, INK and caspase- 3 signaling pathways," Toxicology, Vol. 304 (2013) 1-12.
  • Nortriptyline is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified nortriptyline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C.
  • a fluorosulfate analog of the drug Riluzole which is used to treat amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, can be prepared by reaction of commercially available 2- amino-6-hydroxy-benzothiazole with SO 2 F 2 in the presence of a base (e.g., triethylamine), as shown below.
  • a base e.g., triethylamine
  • Soluble epoxide hydrolase is a bifunctional, homodimeric enzyme with hydrolase and phosphatase activity, sEH is highly expressed in the liver, but it is also expressed in tissues such as vascular endothelium, leukocytes, red blood cells, smooth muscle cells, adipocytes, as well as the kidney proximal tubule. sEH metabolizes
  • sEH cis-epoxyeicosatrienoic acids
  • EETs cis-epoxyeicosatrienoic acids
  • sEH plays a role in several diseases including hypertension, cardiac hypertrophy, arteriosclerosis, brain and heart ischemia injury, cancer and pain.
  • Fluorosulfonyl derivatives of soluble epoxide hydrolase (sEH) inhibitors are useful for treatment of sEH-mediated diseases or conditions.
  • tert-butyl 4-(3-(4-((fluorosulfonyl)oxy)phenyl)ureido)piperidine-l- carboxylate was prepared from isocyanatophenyl sulfurofluoridate by reaction with the Boc- protected aminopiperadine as shown above and isolated as a white solid.
  • the fluorosulfate, ESF, and fluorosulfamate devivatives described in this example were tested in an assay for sEH inhibition activity.
  • the compounds exhibited IC 50 values against human sEH of less than 10 nM, with some having IC 50 values of less than 1 nM.
  • Naproxen was extracted from commercially available caplet and was treated with 48% aqueous solution of hydrobromic acid under reflux condition to remove the methyl group from the methoxy substituent. After completion of the reaction and cooling the mixture to room temperature, the demethylated naproxen was obtained as yellow needle-like crystals.
  • the crystals were suspended in a solvent comprising dichloromethane and water (3 :2 v/v). Triethylamine (2 equiv) was added to the suspended crystals and the resulting mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for about 10 minutes, followed by an atmosphere of sulfuryl fluoride (supplied by a balloon filled with sulfuryl fluoride sealed to the reaction vessel).
  • Paracetamol was suspended in dichloromethane under a nitrogen nitrogen atmosphere and triethylamine (1.5 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes, and then a sulfuryl fluoride was introduced (via a balloon filled with sulfuryl fluoride) to form the paracetamol-SF analog. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. Filtration removed insoluble salts and the solution was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)

Abstract

This application describes a compound represented by Formula (I): (I) wherein: Y is a biologically active organic core group comprising one or more of an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group, to which Z is covalently bonded; n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; m is 1 or 2; Z is O, NR, or N; X1 is a covalent bond or -CH2CH2-, X2 is O or NR; and R comprises H or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group. Methods of preparing the compounds, methods of using the compounds, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds are described as well.

Description

SULFUR(VI) FLUORIDE COMPOUNDS
AND METHODS FOR THE PREPARATION THEREOF
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims priority benefit to U.S. Provisional Application No.
62/008,925, filed on June 6, 2014, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
GOVERNMENT SUPPORT
This invention was made with government support from National Institutes of Health, Grants No. U01NS058046 and EB015663, and National Science Foundation, Grant No. CHE 1011796. The United States government has certain rights in this invention.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to sulfur(VI) fluoride compounds, including therapeutic compounds and compositions, as well as and methods of using and producing the compounds and compositions.
BACKGROUND
"Click" chemistry was introduced as a conceptual framework for functional molecular assembly a decade ago, emphasizing the importance of carbon-heteroatom linkages in joining modular building blocks (see H. C. Kolb, M. G. Finn, K. B. Sharpless, Angew. Chem. 2001, 123, 2056-2075; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2001, 2040, 2004-2021). Taking inspiration from nature, click reactions were identified as processes that work under operationally simple, oxygen- and water-friendly conditions, and generate products in high yields with minimal requirements for product purification. Such reactions invariably have an unusual
combination of strong thermodynamic driving forces and consistent, well-controlled reaction pathways. In tandem, these two features allow the use of widely varying substrates with great reliability.
The azide-alkyne cycloaddition reaction (see R. Huisgen, Angew. Chem. 1963, 75, 604-637; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 1963, 1962, 1565-1598) is especially useful because of the unobtrusive nature of its participating functional groups and the ability to turn on their ligating ability (to different extents, and for different purposes) by Cu(I) catalysts (see (a) C.
W. Tornoe, C. Christensen, M. Meldal, J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 3057-3062. (b) V. V.
Rostovtsev, L. G. Green, V. V. Fokin, K. B. Sharpless, Angew. Chem. 2002, 114, 2708-2711; Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2002, 2141, 2596-2599.), installing strain in the alkyne component
(see (a) G. Wittig, A. Krebs, Chem. Ber. Reel. 1961, 94, 3260-3275. (b) N. J. Agard, J. A.
Prescher, C. R. Bertozzi, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2004, 126, 15046-15047), or holding them in close spatial proximity (see (a) W. G. Lewis, L. G. Green, F. Grynszpan, Z. Radic, R. P.
Carlier, P. Taylor, M. G. Finn, K. B. Sharpless, Angew. Chem. 2002, 114, 1095-1099;
Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2002, 1041, 1053-1057. (b) H. D. Agnew, R. D. Rhode, S. W.
Millward, A. Nag, W. S. Yeo, J. E. Hein, S. M. Pitram, A. A. Tariq, V. M. Burns, R. J.
Krom, V. V. Fokin, K. B. Sharpless, J. R. Heith, Angew. Chem. 2009, 121, 5044-5048;
Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 5048, 4944-4948). Thus, this click reaction emerged by finding ways to induce two functional groups to react with each other that otherwise have very little propensity to react with anything, in spite of their highly energetic nature. In contrast, most other click reactions find a useful window of activity by moderating the properties of at least one highly reactive partner.
There is an ongoing need for new click chemistry methods, particularly for the preparation of biologically active materials with useful and uncommon functional groups and pharmacophores. The compounds and methods described herein address these needs.
SUMMARY
A new aspect of "click" chemistry - dubbed Sulfonyl Fluoride Exchange (SuFEx) - is described herein. SuFEx is made possible by the interplay between the unique hydrogen- bonding requirements of the fluoride ion and the thermodynamic and kinetic properties of fluoride bonds to sulfur(VI) and silicon centers. Click reactions rarely involve acid-base chemistry, because acid-base reactions generally exhibit low selectivity; however, SuFEx transformations are an exception. The special nature of the fluoride ion makes this possible, requiring guidance by "H+" or "R3S1 " under strict spatial and kinetic constraints. SuFEx chemistry uses interfacial (aqueous/organic) and homogeneous conditions to advantage. The muted polarity of the S02 group allows the properties of the molecules built with S02 linkages to be influenced to a great degree by the motifs being connected. The resulting sulfonyl/sulfate connector toolbox is also powerfully enhanced by another click reaction, the conjugate (Michael) addition of nucleophiles to the special electrophile ethenesulfonyl fluoride (also known as ethylenesulfonyl fluoride).
The compounds descried herein are analogs of biologically active materials such as drugs, other therapeutic agents, herbicides, pesticides, antimicrobial agents, veterinary medical agents, and the like, which include at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group, as described below, generally in place of an -OH, -NH2 or -NHR substituent of the drug or therapeutic agent. In some cases, the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F substituent of the analog replaces another group on the drug, therapeutic or other biologically active agent, such as a -CF3, -OCF3, -OMe, -OEt, or halogen (e.g., CI or Br) substituent, or a hydrogen on a carbon of the drug or therapeutic agent.
In some embodiments, a biologically active compound described herein is represented by Formula (I):
(I) Y Z— X1— S(0)(X2)F )
m n wherein:
Y is a biologically active organic core group comprising one or more unsubstituted or substituted moiety selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group, to which each Z independently is covalently bonded;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
each Z independently is O, NR, or N;
when Z is O, m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond, and the Z is covalently bonded to an aryl or a heteroaryl moiety of Y;
when Z is NR, m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond or CH2CH2, and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or a heteroaryl moiety of Y; when Z is N, either (a) m is 2, X1 is CH2CH2 and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or a heteroaryl moiety of Y; or (b) m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond or CH2CH2, and the Z is a nitrogen in an aromatic or nonaromatic heterocyclic ring portion of core group Y;
each X2 independently is O or NR; and
each R independently comprises H or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group.
Substituents that may be present on the various hydrocarbyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclic components of the compounds of Formula (I), include, e.g., one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbyl moiety (e.g., an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, or any combination of two or more thereof), -OR4, -N(R4)2, -N+(R4)3, -SR4, -OC(=0)R4, -N(R4)C(=0)R4, -SC(=0)R4, -OC(=0)OR5, - N(R4)C(=0)OR5, -SC(=0)OR5, -OC(=0)N(R4)2, -N(R4)C(=0)N(R4)2, -SC(=0)N(R4)2, - OC(=0)SR5, -N(R4)C(=0)SR5, -SC(=0)SR5, -C(=0)R4, -C(=0)OR4, -C(=0)N(R4)2, - C(=0)SR4, -OC(=NR4)R4, -N(R4)C(=NR4)R4, -S02R4, -S02OR4, -S02(NR4)2, - N(R4)S02OR5, -N(R4)S02N(R4)2, -OS02OR5, -OS02N(R4)2, -P(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)R5(OR4), fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, -N02, -N3, -N=N-Ar1, -CN, a heteroaryl moiety (including heteroaryl materials comprising a single aromatic ring, or multiple fused aromatic rings in which at least one of the fused rings includes a heteroatom), a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety, a fused 5 -member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused 5 -member heterocyclic ring, a fused 6-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused 6-member nonaromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and any combination of two or more thereof. In the foregoing substituents, each R4 independently is H, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; each R5 independently is hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; and each Ar1 independently is aryl or heteroaryl.
Certain compounds of Formula (I) can be prepared by reacting a compound Y-(ZH)n with a reagent comprising a -S(0)(X2)F group, such as SO2F2, CH2=CHS02F, and other reactions described in detail herein, including, e.g., conversion of the corresponding chloride containing molecules to the fluoro compounds by nucleophilic displacement of CI by F (e.g., using a fluoride salt or a bifluoride salt). In some embodiments, Y-(ZH)n is a known, commercial drug that includes one or more primary or secondary amino substituent and/or aromatic OH substituent, which is reactive toward the reagent. In other embodiments, Y- (ZH)n is an analog of a known, commercial drug that includes one or more primary or secondary amino substituent and/or aromatic OH substituent, which is reactive toward the reagent, in place of a hydrogen or another substituent, e.g., in place of OMe, OCF3, CF3, halogen, etc.) of a known, commercial drug.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) can be represented by Formula (II) or Formula (III):
(II) A Z— fX1— S(0)(X2)F )
m n
wherein each X2 independently is O or NR5. In preferred embodiments, X2 is O, and the compounds can be represented by Formula (III):
Figure imgf000007_0001
In Formula (II) and Formula (III), A is a biologically active organic core group. In some embodiments, A comprises at least one moiety, R1, and "n" is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. In other words, the compounds of Formula (II) include an A group which has therapeutic/medicinal activity, in which one or more -ZH group (i.e., -OH, -NH2, or -NHR) of an R1 moiety of A is substituted by a [-Z-(X1-S(0)(X2)F)m]n group, generally by reaction with a reagent that will condense with the ZH or otherwise react with the ZH group with elimination of the H therefrom. The compounds of Formula (II) retain the therapeutic activity of the core group A. Each Z independently is O, NR, or N; each Z is covalently bonded to an R1 moiety of A; and each R independently comprises a hydrocarbyl group. When Z is O, m is 1, and each X1 is a covalent bond. When Z is NR, m is 1 , and each X1 independently is a covalent bond or CH2CH2. When Z is N, m is 2, and X1 is CH2CH2. Each R1 independently is an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or a substituted aryl group having the formula:
Figure imgf000008_0001
wherein x and y are 0, 1 or 2; and the sum of x and y is at least 1 when R1 is the substituted aryl; and each R2 and R3 independently is a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbyl moiety, -OR4, -N(R4)2, -N+(R4)3, -SR4, -OC(=0)R4, -N(R4)C(=0)R4,
-SC(=0)R4, -OC(=0)OR5, -N(R4)C(=0)OR5, -SC(=0)OR5, -OC(=0)N(R4)2,
-N(R4)C(=0)N(R4)2, -SC(=0)N(R4)2, -OC(=0)SR5, -N(R4)C(=0)SR5, -SC(=0)SR5,
-C(=0)R4, -C(=0)OR4, -C(=0)N(R4)2, -C(=0)SR4, -OC(=NR4)R4, -N(R4)C(=NR4)R4,
-S02R4, -S02OR4, -S02(NR4)2, -N(R4)S02OR5, -N(R4)S02N(R4)2, -OS02OR5, -OS02N(R4)2, -P(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)R5(OR4), fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, -N02, -N3, -N=N-Ar1, -CN, a heteroaryl moiety, a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety, and any
combination of two or more thereof. Alternatively, an R2 and an R3 together form a ring selected from a fused 5 -member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused 5 -member
heterocyclic ring, a fused 6-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, and a fused 6-member nonaromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. In the foregoing substituents, each R4 independently is H, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; each R5 independently is hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; and each Ar1 independently is aryl or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, when Z is N, the Z alternatively can be a nitrogen in an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic ring portion of the core group A, in which case, m is 1, and X1 can be a covalent bond or a -CH2CH2- group.
In the compounds of Formulas (II) and (III), each Ar1, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety, fused 5 -member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, fused 5- member heterocyclic ring, fused 6-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, and fused 6- member nonaromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring independently can be
unsubstituted or can be substituted with a group comprising at least one atom other than carbon.
In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II), each X2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is O. In some other embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II), each X2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is NR. In yet other embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II), each X2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is N.
In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II), each X2 is
O, each X1 is a covalent bond, and each Z is O. In some other embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II), each X2 is O, each X1 is a covalent bond, and each Z is NR. In yet other embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II), each X2 is O, each X1 is -CH2CH2-, and each Z independently is NR or N.
In one embodiment of the compound represented by Formula (III), each m is 1; each
Z independently is O or NR; and each X1 is a covalent bond.
In one embodiment of the compound represented by Formula (III), each Z independently is O, NR, or N; at least one Z is O; when Z is O, m is 1, and each X1 is a covalent bond; when Z is NR, m is 1 , and each X1 independently is a covalent bond or CH2CH2; and when Z is N, m is 2, and X1 is CH2CH2.
In one embodiment of the compound represented by Formula (III), each Z independently is O, NR, or N; at least one Z is NR; when Z is O, m is 1, and X1 is a covalent bond; when Z is NR, m is 1, and each X1 independently is a covalent bond or CH2CH2; when Z is N, m is 2, and each X1 is CH2CH2.
In one embodiment of the compound represented by Formula (III), each Z independently is O, NR, or N; at least one Z is N; when Z is O, m is 1, and X1 is a covalent bond; when Z is NR, m is 1, and each X1 independently is a covalent bond or CH2CH2; and when Z is N, m is 2, and each X1 is CH2CH2.
In one embodiment of the compound represented by Formula (III), each m is 1 ; each Z is O; and each X1 is a covalent bond.
In one embodiment of the compound represented by Formula (III), each Z is NR; and each X1 independently is a covalent bond or CH2CH2.
In one embodiment of the compound represented by Formula (III), each m is 2; each Z is N; and each X1 is CH2CH2. In some embodiments of the compounds of Formulas (I), (II) and (III), Y or A comprises, e.g., an antimicrobial agent in which one or more hydrogen on an oxygen, nitrogen or a combination thereof is substituted by [-X1-S02F)m]n; an enzyme inhibitor in which one or more hydrogen on an oxygen, nitrogen or a combination thereof is substituted by [-X1-S02F)m]n; a medicament for treating a non-microbial disease in which one or more hydrogen on an oxygen, nitrogen or a combination thereof is substituted by [-X1-S02F)m]n; or a therapeutic agent that targets a pathogen (e.g., an antibiotic such as vancomycin, rifamycin, rifampicin, teicoplanin, sulfacetamide, amoxicillin, novobiocin, a tetracycline compound, tetracycline, oxytetracycline, methacycline, minocycline, chlorotetracycline, doxycycline, rolitetracycline, demeclocycline, sulfanilamide, sulfamethoxazole, norfloxacin, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, an anti-tubercular compound, isoniazid, rifampicin, streptomycin,
ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin, aminosalicylic acid, and the like; or an protozoal agent such as an anti-malarial agent, quinine, quinocrine, atovaquone, mefloquine, sulfadoxine, hydrochloroquine iodoquinol, paramomycin, and the like).
In some embodiments of the compounds of Formulas (I), (II) and (III), Y or A comprises, a therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject, e.g., a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents (NSAIDs) such as naproxen, ibuprofen, aspirin, tolmetin, flurbiprofen, sulindac, piroxicam, nabumeton, flufenamic acid, tolfenamic acid, diclofenac, and the like; antineoplastic agents such as bleomycin, cytarabine, dacarbazine, anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin, doxorubicin, and the like), epirubicin, etoposide, flutamide, gemcitabine, idarubicin, leuprolide, leuprorelin, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, pemetrexed, pentostatin, procarbazine, suramin, teniposide, thioguanine, thiotepa, uracil mustard (uramastine), and the like; opiates such as morphine, buprenorphine,
hydromorphone, oxymorphone, dihydromorphone, methyldihydromorphinone, butorphanol, and the like; analgesics such as pregabalin, tetrahydrocannabinol, fentanyl, flupirtine, oxycodone, acetaminophen, salicylamide, and the like; anti-depressants such as fluoxetine (PROZAC), sertraline (ZOLOFT), duloxetine (CYMBALTA), amoxapine, maprotiline, mianserin, nomifensin, trazodine, viloxazine, aripirazole, bupropion (WELLBUTRIN), desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, paroxetine, and the like; COX 2 inhibitors such as celecoxib, rofecoxib, lumiracoxib, etoricoxib, firocoxib, nimesulide, and the like; COX-LOX inhibitors such as licofelone, clonidine, and the like; opioid receptor antagonists such as naltrexone, naloxone, naltrindole, and the like; Alzheimer's disease medications such as epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG), memantine, galantamine, and the like; statins such as atorvstatin
(LIPITOR), rosuvastatin, and the like; erectile dysfunction medications such as sildenafil (VIAGRA), tadalafil (CIALIS), vardenafil (LEVITRA), apomorphine, and the like; anti- asthma medications such as salbutamol (albuterol), salmeterol, terbutaline, formoterol, metaproterenol, and the like; cholinesterase inhibitors such as edrophonium, tacrine, and the like; sympathomimetic drugs such as phenylephrine, amphetamine, methoxamine, prenalterol, terbutaline, ritodrine, and the like; anti-seizure agents such as lamotrigine, vigabatrine, gabapentin, pregabalin, and the like; neuromuscular blockers such as tubocurarine, cisatracurium, and the like; intestinal steroid absorption inhibitors such as ezetimibe, (3R,4S)-l,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3-phenylpropyl)-2-azetidinone, and the like; endocrine drugs such as thyroxine, somatostatin, and the like; estrogenic agents, antagonists and agonists, such as raloxifene, estradiol, ethynylestradiol, diethylstilbesrol, and the like; antiviral agents such as acyclovir, valacyclovir, penciclovir, cidofovir, zalcitibine, adefovir, entacavir, and the like; anorectic agents such as phentermine, and the like;
anticoagulants such as warfarin, acenocoumarol, and the like; antihypertives and beta blockers such as lisinopril, nadolol, atenolol, acebutolol, betaxolol, carvediol, esmolol, and the like; seratonin receptor agonists and seratonin uptake inhibitors such as seratonin, sertraline, dolasetron, fluoxetine, and the like; diuretics such as hydrochlorothiazide, bumetanide, furosemide, pinoresinol, and the like; calcium channel blockers such as amlodipine besylate, mibefradin hydrochloride, and the like; as well as female libido enhancing compounds such as flibanserin (l-(2-{4-[3-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperazin-l- yl}ethyl)-l,3-dihydro-2H-benzimidazol-2-one; Sprout Pharmaceuticals). Other suitable materials include peptide-based and amino acid-based agents, particularly tyrosine, 2,6- dimethyltyrosine, lysine, and peptides comprising one or more residues selected from tyrosine, 2,6-dimethyltyrosine, and lysine such as leuprolide (ENANTONE, a tyrosine- containing peptide pituitary GnRH receptor antagonist), glatiramer (a random copolymer of lysine alanine aspartic acid and tyrosine, tradename CAPOXONE, an immunomodulator). As is well known in the medical art, drugs within in a particular classification (e.g., antibiotic, estrogenic agent, antineoplastic agent, and the like) may have therapeutic uses and indications for more than one type of disease or condition.
In some embodiments, the compounds of Formulas (I), (II) and (III), Y or A are therapeutic agents that exhibit activity toward substantially the same therapeutic target as the pharmaceutically active organic core group, A.
The compounds of Formulas (I), (II) and (III), Y or A that have therapeutic activity can be formulated as a pharmaceutical composition in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle, or diluent.
The present invention also provides methods for preparing the compounds of Formula (II) and Formula (I). In one embodiment, a method of preparing a compound of Formula (II) or Formula (I) comprises reacting a compound of Formula (IV) or (V), respectively, with S02F2 in the presence of a base:
(IV) A Z— (-H ) (V) Y +H )
m n m n
in which A, Y, m and n are as defined for compounds of Formulas (I) and (II), and Z is O or NR. Examples of suitable bases include (e.g., an alkali metal hydroxide, such as NaOH, KOH and the like), an alkali metal alkoxide (e.g., potassium tert-butoxide, sodium
methoxide, and the like), a nitrogen base (preferably a tertiary amine, such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine; an amidine such as DBU (l,8-diazabicyclo[5.5.0]undec-7-ene, and the like); a guanidine such as tetramethylguanidine, and the like), and the like.
In another embodiment, a method of preparing a compound of Formula (II) or Formula (I) in which each m is 2, each Z is N, and each X1 is CH2CH2, comprises reacting a compound of Formula (IV) or (V), respectively, with CH2=CH-S02F ("ESF"), which readily condenses with amino compounds comprising at least one N-H bond.
The compounds of Formula (I) and Formula (II), including the compounds of Formula (III), have a number of useful and surprising characteristics. In many embodiments, the compounds have therapeutic activity toward substantially the same therapeutic target as the corresponding compound comprising the core group Y or A, but with one or more useful additional properties of characteristics, such as enhanced solubility, enhanced bioavailability, ability to covalently link with a target group in a subject or pathogen, a lower water/octanol partition coefficient (LogP) than the parent compound (particularly when -OS02F replaces a -OCF3 group in the parent therapeutic compound), and providing a handle for selectively attaching the compound of Formula (II) to a useful group such as a dye (e.g., a fluorescent dye), biotin, a polymer (e.g., a polystyrene resin or other conventional polymer, as well as polymers described in commonly owned copending PCT Application Serial No.
PCT/US2013/072871, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) by displacement of F. The -OS02F group, can be considered as a bioisostere for -OCF3, making the -OSO2F group an attractive replacement for -OCF3, particularly if a lower LogP is desired.
In addition to biological activity, per se, Ar-OS02F groups provide an effective protecting group or precursor for ArOH and ArOSCV compounds. The S02F moiety, in the various forms described herein also provides a handle for covalent attachment of organic compounds to substrates that bear a phenolic OH group, an amino group, and the like, e.g., attachment to a surface, such as a modified polystyrene bead or a glass surface, or attachment to another molecule, such as a protein (e.g., via a nucleophilic side chain of an amino acid residue in the active site of a protein). The -OS02F group also can be useful as a leaving group in nucleophilic aromatic substitution reactions, or other displacement or coupling reactions in place of, e.g., a halogen group, a triflate, a mesylate, or other leaving group. In addition, the biologically active S02F compounds described herein can be utilized as screening agents to identify drug targets, e.g., by covalent binding to the active site for the drugs.
The following non-limiting listing illustrates various embodiments of the compounds, compositions, methods and uses described herein:
Embodiment 1 is a compound represented by Formula (I):
(I) Y Z— (-X1— S(0)(X2)F )
m n wherein:
Y is a biologically active organic core group comprising one or more unsubstituted or substituted moiety selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group, to which each Z independently is covalently bonded;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
each Z independently is O, NR, or N;
when Z is O, m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond, and the Z is covalently bonded to an aryl or heteroaryl moiety of Y;
when Z is NR, m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond or CH2CH2, and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or heteroaryl moiety of Y;
when Z is N, either (a) m is 2, X1 is CH2CH2 and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or a heteroaryl moiety of Y; or (b) m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond or CH2CH2, and the Z is a nitrogen in an aromatic or nonaromatic heterocyclic ring portion of core group Y;
each X2 independently is O or NR; and
each R independently comprises H or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group.
Embodiment 2 is a compound of Embodiment 1, wherein each X2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is O.
Embodiment 3 is a compound of Embodiment 1, wherein, each X2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is NR.
Embodiment 4 is a compound of Embodiment 1, wherein, each X2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is N.
Embodiment 6 is a compound of Embodiment 1, wherein, each X2 is O, each X1 is a covalent bond, and each Z is NR.
Embodiment 7 is a compound of Embodiment 1, wherein, each X2 is O, each X1 is - CH2CH2-, and each Z independently is NR or N. Embodiment 8 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 7, wherein at least one Z is covalently bonded to a heteroaryl moiety of Y.
Embodiment 9 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 8, wherein at least one Z is covalently bonded to an aryl moiety of Y.
Embodiment 10 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 9, wherein at least one Z is covalently bonded to a non-aromatic carbon of Y.
Embodiment 11 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 10, wherein one or more of the aryl, heteroaryl aryl, nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, or nonaromatic heterocyclic portions of the compounds of Formula (I), include one or more substituent selected from a hydrocarbyl moiety, -OR4, -N(R4)2, -N+(R4)3, -SR4, -OC(=0)R4, -N(R4)C(=0)R4, - SC(=0)R4, -OC(=0)OR5, -N(R4)C(=0)OR5, -SC(=0)OR5, -OC(=0)N(R4)2, - N(R4)C(=0)N(R4)2, -SC(=0)N(R4)2, -OC(=0)SR5, -N(R4)C(=0)SR5, -SC(=0)SR5, - C(=0)R4, -C(=0)OR4, -C(=0)N(R4)2, -C(=0)SR4, -OC(=NR4)R4, -N(R4)C(=NR4)R4, - S02R4, -S02OR4, -S02(NR4)2, -N(R4)S02OR5, -N(R4)S02N(R4)2, -OS02OR5, -OS02N(R4)2, -P(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)R5(OR4), fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, -N02, -N3, -
Figure imgf000015_0001
-CN, a heteroaryl moiety (including heteroaryl materials comprising a single aromatic ring, or multiple fused aromatic rings in which at least one of the fused rings include a heteroatom), a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety, a fused 5-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused 5-member heterocyclic ring, a fused 6-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused 6-member nonaromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and any combination of two or more thereof; each R4 independently is H, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; each R5 independently is hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; and each Ar1 independently is aryl or heteroaryl.
Embodiment 12 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an estrogenic steroid that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "estrogenic steroid" refers to steroids in which the "A-ring" of the archetypical tetracyclic steroid structure is aromatic, e.g., as illustrated below:
Figure imgf000016_0001
in which R generally is H or alkyl, R typically is OH, and R" typically is H or ethynyl, and which can be substituted on any of the A, B, C, or D rings thereof or on R by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to embodiment 11, above, and the
-Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any of the A, B, C, or D rings, on R, R R" or another substituent thereof, in place of OR, R' or R". Non- limiting examples of such estrogenic steroids include, e.g., estradiol, estrone, estriol, ethynylestradiol, and the like.
Embodiment 13 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a corticosteroid that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "corticosteroid" refers to steroids having the archetypical corticosteroid structure illustrated below:
Figure imgf000016_0002
in which R typically is H, R generally is OH or oxo (=0), and R" typically is -CH2OH, and which can be substituted on any of the A, B, C, or D rings thereof or on R, R' or R", by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to embodiment 11 , above, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any of the A, B, C, or D rings, on another substituent attached to one of the rings, on an R, R' or R" group, or in place of an R, R or R" group, (e.g., attached to an aryl or heteroaryl substituent when Z is O). Non-limiting examples of such corticosteroids include, e.g., cortisone, hydrocortisone, prednisone, prednisolone, triamcinolone, methyl prednisolone, prednylidene, fluocortilone, parametasone,
dexamethasone, betamethasone, and the like.
Embodiment 14 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an amphetamine compound that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "amphetamine compound" refers to compounds which include the archetypal amphetamine core substructure:
Figure imgf000017_0001
and which can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the amphetamine core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the amphetamine core. Non-limiting examples of such amphetamine compounds include, e.g., psychostimulants such as amphetamine, metamphetamine, amfetaminil, fenetylline, methylphenidate, prolintane; and anorectics such as cathine (norpseudoephedrine), amfepramone, mefanorex, fenfluramine, and the like.
Embodiment 15 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is benzodiazepine compound that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "benzodiazepine compound" refers to compounds which include the archetypal benzodiazepine core substructure:
Figure imgf000017_0002
in which R' typically is a halogen or nitro group, R" typically is an oxo (=0) or NR group, and which can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the benzodiazepine core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the benzodiazepine core, or in place of R or R". Non- limiting examples of such benzodiazepine compounds include, e.g., chlorodiazepine, demoxepam,
chlordiazepoxide, diazapam, prazepam, oxazepam, dipotassoim chlorazepate, lorazepam, clonazepam, bromazepam, clobazam, temazepam, flurazepam, lormetazepam, nitrazepam, and the like.
Embodiment 16 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a barbiturate compound that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "barbiturate compound" refers to compounds which include the archetypal barbiturate core substructure:
Figure imgf000018_0001
in which the R groups can be substituent such as described in Embodiment 11 , above, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the benzodiazepine core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the amphetamine core, or in place of an R group. Non-limiting examples of such barbiturate compounds include, e.g., such as vinylbital, aprobarbital, secbutabarbital, pentobarbital, cyclobarbital, phenobarbital, and the like.
Embodiment 17 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a morphine derivative that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "morphine derivative " refers to compounds which include the archetypal morphine core substructure:
Figure imgf000019_0001
in which R typically is hydroxyl or alkoxy, R typically is OH or oxo, and the compound can be substituted by a substituent such described in Embodiment 11 on any portion of the core structure or on included on or in place of R or R, and, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the morphine core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the morphine core or in place of R or R'. Non-limiting examples of such morphine derivatives include, e.g., morphine, codeine, diamorphine, dihydrocodeine, hydromorphone, hydrocodone, oxycodone, oxymorphone, levorphanol, and the like.
Embodiment 18 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is penam antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "penam antibiotic" refers to an antibiotic comprising the archetypical penam core structure:
Figure imgf000019_0002
and which can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the penam core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the penam core. Non-limiting examples of such penam antibiotics include, e.g., penicillin, benzylpenicillin (penicillin G), phenoxymethylpenicillin (penicillin V), oxacillin, dicloxacilin, flucloxacillin, ampicillin, amoxicillin, epicillin, azlocillin, mezlocillin, piperacillin, apalcillin, carbenicillin, ticarcillin, temocillin, and the like.
Embodiment 19 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a cephem antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "cephem antibiotic" refers to an antibiotic comprising the archetypical cephem core structure:
Figure imgf000020_0001
and which can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the cephem core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the cephem core. Non-limiting examples of such cephem antibiotics include, e.g., cephalosporin, cefalotin, cefazolin, cefazedone, cefamandole, cefuroxime, cefotiam, cefotaxime, ceftizoxime, ceftriaxone, ceftazidime, cefoperazone, cefixime, cefmetazole, cefonicid, cefapirin, ceforanide, cefalexin, cefaclor, cefradine, cefadroxil, and the like.
Embodiment 20 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a carbapenem antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "carbapenem antibiotic" refers to an antibiotic comprising the archetypical carbapenem core structure:
Figure imgf000020_0002
and which can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such described herein with respect to embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the carbopenem core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the carbapenem core. Non-limiting examples of such carbapenem antibiotics include, e.g., thienamycin, imipenem, meropenem, ertapenem, doripenem, biapenem, razupenem, tebipenem, lenapenem, and tomopenem.
Embodiment 21 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a tetracycline antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "tetracycline antibiotic" refers to an antibiotic comprising the archetypical tetracycline core structure:
Figure imgf000021_0001
in which R typically is a hydrogen, halogen (e.g., CI), dialkylamino (e.g., dimethylamino), R' and R" typically are hydrogen, hydroxyl or methyl, R'" typically is hydrogen or hydroxyl, and which can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the tetracycline core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the tetracycline core, or in place of R, R', R" or R"\ Non-limiting examples of such tetracycline antibiotic compounds include, e.g., tetracycline, oxytetracycline, demiclocycline, doxycycline, minocycline, and rolitetracycline.
Embodiment 22 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a quinolone antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "quinolone antibiotic" refers to an antibiotic comprising the archetypical quinolone core structure:
Figure imgf000021_0002
in which X typically is C or N, R typically is a hydrogen or methyl, R typically is hydrogen or F, and R" typically is hydrogen when X is C and absent when X is N, R'" typically is alkyl (e.g., ethyl) or cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl), and which can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the quinolone core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the quinolone core, or in place of R, R, R" or R'". Non-limiting examples of such quinolone antibiotic compounds include, e.g., norfloxacine, ciprofloxacin, and enoxacine.
Embodiment 23 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is macrolide antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "macrolide antibiotic" refers to an antibiotic having a macrocyclic lactone core structure. In some embodiments the macrolide antibiotic has an archetypal erythromycin- type core structure:
Figure imgf000022_0001
in which R typically is a glycoside (sugar) group, R is an aminoglycoside (amino sugar) group, and R'" typically is ethyl. The macrolide antibiotics can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the macrolide core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the macrolide core. Non-limiting examples of such macrolide antibiotic compounds include, e.g., azithromycin,
clarithromycin, erythromycin, fidaxomicin, telithromycin, carbomycin a, josamycin, kitasamycin, oleandomycin, solithromycin, spiramycin, roleandomycin, and the like.
Embodiment 24 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an aminoglycoside antibiotic that includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group. As used herein, "aminoglycoside antibiotic" refers to an oligosaccharide (typically a trisaccharide or tetrasaccharide) antibiotic comprising at least one amino sugar component (e.g., streptamine or 2-desoxystreptamine) in the oligosaccharide chain thereof. The aminoglycoside antibiotics can be substituted on any portion thereof by one or more substituent such as described herein with respect to Embodiment 11, above, and the -Z-X1- (S)(X2)F group can be present on any portion of the aminoglycoside core or can be covalently attached to another substituent on the aminoglycoside core. Non-limiting examples of such aminoglycoside antibiotics, include, e.g., streptomycin, neomycin B, gentamicin, kanamycin, and the like.
Embodiment 25 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a transthyretin (TTR) binding compound represented by Formula (VI) or Formula (Via):
Figure imgf000023_0001
in which each R is alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl) or halogen (e.g., CI, Br), L' is as shown (i.e., trans vinyl, diazo, or 10,3N,4N-oxadiazol-2,5-diyl, and the -OS02F group in each formula can be bonded to the 3, 4, or 5 position on the "A" ring of the compound. Some of the compounds of Formula (VI) and (Via) can irreversibly bind to the TTR binding site, stabilizing the TTR protein tertiary structure.
Embodiment 26 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an analog of a biologically active material selected from an antimicrobial agent, an enzyme inhibitor, a medicinal agent having activity for treating a non-microbial disease, a medicinal agent targets a pathogen, an antibiotic, an anti-protozoal agent, and a therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject; which analog includes at least one -Z-X1- (S)(X2)F group.
Embodiment 27 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the antibiotic is selected from vancomycin, rifamycin, rifampicin, teicoplanin, sulfacetamide, amoxicillin, novobiocin, a tetracycline compound, tetracycline, oxytetracycline, methacycline, minocycline, chlorotetracycline, doxycycline, rolitetracycline, demeclocycline, sulfanilamide,
sulfamethoxazole, norfloxacin, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, trimethoprim, pyrimethamine, cefadroxil, an anti-tubercular compound, isoniazid, rifampicin; streptomycin, ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin, and aminosalicylic acid.
Embodiment 28 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the anti-protozoal agent is an anti-malarial agent selected from quinine, quinocrine, atovaquone, mefloquine, sulfadoxine, hydrochloroquine iodoquinol, and paramomycin.
Embodiment 29 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent (NSAID) selected from naproxen, ibuprofen, aspirin, tolmetin, flurbiprofen, sulindac, piroxicam, nabumeton, f ufenamic acid, tolfenamic acid, and diclofenac.
Embodiment 30 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an antineoplastic agent selected from bleomycin, cytarabine, dacarbazine, an anthracycline, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, etoposide, flutamide, gemcitabine, idarubicin, leuprolide, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, pemetrexed, pentostatin, procarbazine, suramin, teniposide, thioguanine, thiotepa, and uracil mustard (uramastine).
Embodiment 31 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an opiate selected from buprenorphine, hydromorphone, oxymorphone, dihydromorphone, and methyldihydromorphinone.
Embodiment 32 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an analgesic selected from pregabalin, tetrahydrocannabinol, fentanyl, f upirtine, oxycodone, acetaminophen, and salicylamide.
Embodiment 33 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-depressant selected from fluoxetine, sertraline , duloxetine, amoxapine, maprotiline, mianserin, nomifensin, trazodine, viloxazine, aripirazole, bupropion, desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, and paroxetine. Embodiment 34 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a COX 2 inhibitor selected from celecoxib, rofecoxib, lumiracoxib, etoricoxib, firocoxib, and nimesulide.
Embodiment 35 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a COX-LOX inhibitor selected from licofelone, and clonidine.
Embodiment 36 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a opioid receptor antagonist selected from naltrexone, naloxone, and naltrindole.
Embodiment 37 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an Alzheimer's disease medication selected from epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG), memantine, and galantamine.
Embodiment 38 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a statin selected from atorvastatin and rosuvastatin.
Embodiment 39 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an erectile dysfunction medication selected from sildenafil, tadalafil, vardenafil, and apomorphine.
Embodiment 40 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-asthma medication selected from salbutamol, salmeterol, terbutaline, formoterol, and metaproterenol.
Embodiment 41 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a cholinesterase inhibitor selected from edrophonium and tacrine.
Embodiment 42 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a sympathomimetic drug selected from phenylephrine, amphetamine, methoxamine, prenalterol, terbutaline, and ritodrine.
Embodiment 43 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-seizure agent selected from lamotrigine and vigabatrine. Embodiment 44 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a neuromuscular blocker selected from tubocurarine and cisatracurium.
Embodiment 45 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an intestinal steroid absorption inhibitor selected from ezetimibe and (3R,4S)-l,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3-phenylpropyl)-2- azetidinone.
Embodiment 46 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an endocrine drug selected from thyroxine and somatostatin.
Embodiment 47 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an estrogenic agent, agonist or antagonist selected from raloxifene, estradiol, ethynylestradiol, and diethylstilbestrol.
Embodiment 48 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-viral agent selected from acyclovir, valacyclovir, penciclovir, cidofovir, zalcitibine, adefovir, and entacavir.
Embodiment 49 is a compound of Embodiment 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a seratonin receptor agonist selected from dolasetron and seratonin.
Embodiment 50 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an analog of tyrosine, 2,6-dimethyltyrosine, or a peptide comprising one or more residues selected from tyrosine and 2,6-dimethyltyrosine, in which the phenolic OH of the tyrosine or 2,6-dimethyltyrosine is substituted by -OS02F.
Embodiment 51 is a compound of Embodiment 50, wherein the compound is O- fluorosulfonyltyrosine or 0-fluorosulfonyl-2,6-dimethyltyrosine.
Embodiment 52 is a compound of Embodiment 50, wherein the peptide is selected from leuprolide and glatiramer, and is modified to include a -OS02F group in place of the phenolic OH of a tyrosine residue thereof.
Embodiment 53 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the compound comprises an analog of amino acid comprising a nucleophilic side chain or a peptide comprising one or more amino acid residue comprising a nucleophilic side chain, which includes an S02F or -CH2CH2SO2F group in place of a hydrogen on a hydroxyl or amino substituent of the nucleophilic side chain.
Embodiment 54 is a compound of Embodiment 53, wherein the amino acid is selected from lysine, serine, tyrosine, histidine, and arginine.
Embodiment 55 is a compound of Embodiment 53, wherein the compound is a peptide comprising the amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of lysine, serine, tyrosine, histidine, and arginine, which includes an S02F or -CH2CH2SO2F group in place of a hydrogen on a hydroxyl or amino substituent of the nucleophilic side chain.
Embodiment 56 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 55, wherein the compound of Formula (I) has biological activity toward substantially the same target as the biologically active core group Y.
Embodiment 57 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 56, wherein the fluorine (F) of one or more of the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F groups thereof is enriched in 18F.
Embodiment 58 is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle, or diluent.
Embodiment 59 is a method of preparing a compound of Embodiment 1, in which at least one Z thereof is O; the method comprising reacting a precursor bearing an aromatic and/or heteroaromatic OH substituent with S02F2 in the presence of a base to replace the hydrogen of the aromatic and/or heteroaromatic OH with S02F.
Embodiment 60 is a method of preparing a compound of Embodiments 1, in which at least one Z thereof is NR; the method comprising reacting a precursor bearing an NHR substituent with S02F2 in the presence of a base to replace the hydrogen of the NHR with S02F.
Embodiment 61 is a method of preparing a compound of Embodiments 1, in which at least one Z thereof is N or NR; the method comprising reacting a precursor bearing an NH2 or NHR substituent with CH2=CH-S02F by a Michael addition to replace the hydrogens of the NH2 or the hydrogen of the NHR with -CH2CH2-S02F.
Embodiment 62 is a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57 for treating a disease or condition. Embodiment 63 is the use of a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57, for treating a disease or condition.
Embodiment 64 is the use of a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57, for the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition.
Embodiment 65 is the use of a library comprising a plurality of the compounds of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57 in a screening assay against a biologically active receptor protein.
Embodiment 66 is a method for preparing a compound of Embodiment 57, comprising treating a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 56 with bifluoride ion enriched in 18F to replace at least a portion of 19F in the compound with 18F.
Embodiment 67 is an-amino protected O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine of formula:
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein "Fmoc" represents a 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl protecting group.
Embodiment 68 is the use of a compound of Embodiment 67 for the preparation of a peptide or protein comprising an O-fluorosulfonyl-L- tyrosine residue.
Embodiment 69 is a peptide or protein comprising an O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine residue.
Embodiment 70 is a polypeptide of Embodiment 69, wherein the polypeptide is selected from an anolog of oxytocin, indolicin, thymopentin, and arginine vassopressin, in which the tyrosine residue thereof is replaced by an O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine residue.
Embodiment 71 is the use of a compound of Embodiment 57 as an imaging agent for positron emission tomography..
Embodiment 72 is the use of a compound of any one of Embodiments 1 to 57 or a peptide or protein of Embodiment 69 for covalently binding of the compound to an active site in a receptor molecule.
Embodiment 73 is a method of preparing a sulfated polypeptide comprising contacting the peptide of Embodiment 69 with cesium carbonate and a solution of ammonia in methanol to selectively hydrolyze the fluoro group of a fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine residue thereof and form a sulfated tyrosine residue therefrom.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 1 shows reactions illustrating the properties of sulfonyl fluorides vs. other sulfonyl halides. (A) resistance of ArS02F toward both oxidation and reduction; (B) greater stability of sulfonyl fluoride toward thermolysis; (C, D) chlorination vs. desired sulfonylation in reactions with ester enolates and under Friedel-Crafts conditions; (E, F) greater reactivity of acyl chloride and benzylic bromide compared to sulfonyl fluoride under non-activating conditions; (G) the power of water in activating sulfonyl fluoride reactivity.
FIG. 2 illustrates the essential role of fluoride stabilization and bifluoride attack in SuFEx chemistry.
FIG. 3 illustrates common methods for the synthesis of aryl (top) and alkyl (bottom) sulfonyl chlorides and fluorides. The C-S bonds of these derivatives can be formed by nucleophilic attack of S(IV) on organic electrophiles or attack of organic nucleophiles on electrophilic S(VI) centers.
FIG. 4 illustrates the special reactivity of bifluoride ion at a water-organic interface. [FHF]- molecules at the surface lose the key H-bonding interactions with water that stabilize this species in the bulk. As a result, bifluoride at the surface or interface is far more nucleophilic. Interactions with ArS02Cl leading to substitution are shown. M = the counterion for bifluoride, usually K+. Also shown is the [H2F3] ion, which is present in significant quantities along with bifluoride.
FIG. 5 provides examples of sulfonyl fluorides made with potassium bifluoride.
FIG. 6 illustrates alkyl (top) and aryl (bottom) sulfonyl fluorides made from sulfonic acids, (a) NaN3, acetone, H20, reflux, 8 hours; (b) (COCl)2, CH2C12, DMF (cat.), room temperature (RT), 18 hours; (c) KFHF (sat.), CH3CN, RT, 6 hours, (d) Na2S03 (1 equiv.), H20, 95°C, 16 h.
FIG. 7 shows sulfonimidoyl and sulfamoyl fluorides prepared from the corresponding chlorides. The acidic workup in reaction C is required to hydrolyze the silver acetylide formed under these conditions. FIG. 8 illustrates small connector molecules allowing the installation of sulfonyl fluorides onto other functional structures.
FIG. 9 illustrates synthesis (top) and use (bottom) of ESF in the decoration of nitrogen, oxygen, and carbon nucleophiles. Reaction conditions: (A) ESF, 95 :5 EtOH:H20, 5 minutes to hours; (B) ESF, solvent (usually CH2C12 or THF), 5 min to hours; (C) ESF, PR3 (10 mol%), CH2C12, 24 hours; (D) ESF, AcOH, reflux, 2 hours ; (E) ESF, Bu4NF (10 mol%), THF; (F) ESF, quinine (10 mol%), CH2C12.
FIG. 10 illustrates dual modes of reactivity of fluorosulfates.
FIG. 1 1 shows aryl fluorosulfates prepared by a convenient procedure with gaseous SO2F2, in the presence of the following bases: (A) Et3N in CH2C12, (B) Et3N or iPr2NEt in biphasic mixture (CH2Cl2/water), (C) NaH in THF, (D) DBU in MeCN.
FIG. 12 illustrates DBU-mediated conversions of aryl silyl ethers to fluorosulfates and diary lsulfates. The dotted lines in reaction B are meant to show connectivity, not mechanism.
FIG. 13 illustrates aryl fluorosulfates in Pd-catalyzed coupling reactions.
FIG. 14 illustrates preparations of enol fluorosulfates.
FIG. 15 illustrates, in Panels B-D, preparations of N-monosubstituted sulfamoyl fluorides,; Panel A provides a comparison with the direct reaction of primary amines with S02F2, which does not result in N-monosubstituted sulfamoyl fluoride formation.
FIG. 16 illustrates formation of N-disubstituted sulfamoyl fluorides, with selected examples. Yields are of analytically pure material isolated after extraction, (a) DMAP (30 mol%), MgO (5 equiv.), 4/1 CH2C12/H20, RT, 18 hours.
FIG. 17 provides (Top) example of sulfamoyl fluoride substitution by secondary amine; (Bottom) examples of transformations performed in the presence of the sulfamoyl fluoride moiety.
FIG. 18 graphically illustrates loss of sulfonimidoyl fluorides as a function of pH and nitrogen substituent.
FIG. 19 provides examples of sulfonyl fluorides made from the corresponding chlorides using potassium bifluoride. FIG. 20 illustrates structures of antibiotic compounds and fluorosulfonated derivatives thereof which were evaluated for activity against E. coli and B. subtilis.
FIG. 21 graphically illustrates reactions of fluorosulfates and sulfonyl fluorides with nucleophilic amino acid side chains in receptor active sites.
FIG. 22 schematically illustrates an screening assay embodiment.
FIG. 23 schematically illustrates reactions of fluorosulfates with multiple nucleophilic amino acid side chains in a receptor active site.
FIG. 24 schematically illustrates reactions of fluorosulfates with multiple thiol amino acid side chains in a receptor active site.
FIG. 25 illustrates work flow of SILAC identification of labeled protein targets using aryl-SF and aryl-OSF probes. High heavy/light ratio for FABP5 and CRABP2 indicates that they are covalently labeled by SF and OSF probes.
FIG. 26 shows recombinant FABP5 and CRABP2 were incubated with SF-3 and OSF-4 and the site of modification was identified by tandem mass spectrometry. The tyrosine residues in the Arg-Tyr-Arg modules are modified. Mutations of the tyrosine and arginine residues prevent or significantly impair the modification event.
FIG. 27 illustrates competition experiments using SF and OSF probes suggest chemoselective labeling. Covalent inhibitor SF-3-C1 (A) and OSF-4-E (B) could out-compete the labeling of FABP5/CRABP2 in live HeLa cells by SF-3 probe (A) or OSF-4 (B), respectively. Non-covalent inhibitors all-trans retinoic acid (RA), aP2 inhibitor BMS 309403 (BMS) or SOAT2 inhibitor Avamisibe could out compete the selective labeling of
FABP5/CRABP2 in live HeLa cells by aryl-SF and aryl-OSF probes (C).
FIG. 28 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
FIG. 29 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
FIG. 30 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF. FIG. 31 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
FIG. 32 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
FIG. 33 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
FIG. 34 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
FIG. 35 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with ESF.
FIG. 36 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with S02F2.
FIG. 37 illustrates additional examples of biologically active molecules that can be reacted with S02F2.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The term "alkyl" as used herein denotes saturated hydrocarbon moieties. Preferably, an alkyl group comprises 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the principal chain (e.g., 1 to 12 carbon atoms) and e.g., up to 30 total carbon atoms. These moieties may be straight or branched chain and include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, hexyl, octyl, and the like groups.
The term "alkenyl" as used herein denotes a univalent hydrocarbon group containing a double bond. Preferably, alkenyl groups comprise 2 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., 2 to 12 carbon atoms) in the principal chain, and up to 30 total carbon atoms. The alkenyl groups may be straight or branched chain, or cyclic, and include ethenyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, hexenyl, octenyl, oleyl, and the like.
The term "alkynyl" as used herein denotes a univalent hydrocarbon group containing a triple bond. Preferably, alkynyl groups comprise 2 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g., 2 to 12 carbon atoms) in the principal chain, and up to 30 total carbon atoms. The alkynyl groups may be straight or branched chain, and include ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, isobutynyl, hexynyl, octynyl, and the like. The term "aromatic" as used herein denotes chemical compounds or groups that contain conjugated planar ring systems with delocalized pi electron clouds instead of discrete alternating single and double bonds. The term "aromatic" encompasses the "aryl" and "heteroaryl" groups defined below.
The terms "aryl" or "Ar" as used herein alone or as part of another group denote optionally substituted homocyclic aromatic groups, preferably monocyclic or bicyclic groups containing from 6 to 12 carbons in the ring portion, such as phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, substituted phenyl, substituted biphenyl or substituted naphthyl.
The term "heteroaryl" as used herein alone or as part of another group denote optionally substituted aromatic groups having at least one heteroatom in at least one ring, and preferably 5 or 6 atoms in each ring. The heteroaryl group preferably has 1 or 2 oxygen atoms and/or 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms in the ring, and is bonded to the remainder of the molecule through a carbon. Exemplary heteroaryls include furyl, benzofuryl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, tetrazolopyridazinyl, carbazolyl, purinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazopyridyl and the like. Exemplary substituents include one or more of the following groups: hydrocarbyl, substituted hydrocarbyl, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, acyl, acyloxy, alkoxy, alkenoxy, alkynoxy, aryloxy, halogen, amido, amino, cyano, ketals, acetals, esters and ethers.
The terms "hydrocarbon" and "hydrocarbyl" as used herein describe organic compounds or groups consisting exclusively of the elements carbon and hydrogen. These moieties include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, carbocyclic moieties, and any combination of two or more thereof. These moieties also include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and aryl moieties substituted with other aliphatic or cyclic hydrocarbon groups, such as alkaryl, alkenaryl and alkynaryl. Unless otherwise indicated, these moieties preferably comprise 1 to 30 total carbon atoms.
As used herein, the term "organic" and grammatical variations thereof, in reference to a group or moiety, refers to a material comprising carbon, typically in combination with at least some hydrogen, and optionally including one or more other elements, such as oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorous, a halogen, or another non-metal or metalloid element from groups II-A (e.g., B), IV-A (e.g., Si), V-A (e.g., As), VI-A (e.g., Se) of the Periodic Table. The term "organic" also refers to materials traditionally described as organometallic materials (e.g., comprising one or more main group of or transition metal atoms covalently bound to a carbon atom), as well as materials that include metallic elements in a complex or as a salt with an organic moiety. Non-limiting examples of organic moieties or groups include, hydrocarbons, heterocycles (including materials comprising at least one saturated, unsaturated and/or aromatic ring comprising at least one carbon atom, and one or more other elements), carbohydrates (including sugars and polysaccharides), amino acids, polypeptides (including proteins and other materials comprising at least two amino acid groups bound together via a peptide bond), peptide analogs (including materials comprising two or more amino acids linked by a bond other than a peptide bond, e.g., ester bonds), and a combination of two or more thereof.
The "substituted" moieties described herein (e.g., substituted hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, aryl and heterocyclic moieties) are groups that are substituted with a group comprising at least one atom other than carbon, including moieties in which a carbon chain atom is substituted with a hetero atom such as nitrogen, oxygen, silicon, phosphorous, boron, sulfur, or a halogen atom. In some embodiments, these substituents include, e.g., one or more of halogen (F, CI, Br, I), heterocyclo, alkoxy, alkenoxy, alkynoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, acyl, acyloxy, nitro, amino, amido, nitro, cyano, ketals, acetals, esters and ethers. In some embodiments such substituent groups can be, e.g., -OR4, -N(R4)2, -N+(R4)3, -SR4, - OC(=0)R4, -N(R4)C(=0)R4, -SC(=0)R4, -OC(=0)OR5, -N(R4)C(=0)OR5, -SC(=0)OR5, -OC(=0)N(R4)2, -N(R4)C(=0)N(R4)2, -SC(=0)N(R4)2, -OC(=0)SR5, -N(R4)C(=0)SR5, -SC(=0)SR5, -C(=0)R4, -C(=0)OR4, -C(=0)N(R4)2, -C(=0)SR4, -OC(=NR4)R4,
-N(R4)C(=NR4)R4, -S02R4, -S02OR4, -S02(NR4)2, -N(R4)S02OR5, -N(R4)S02N(R4)2,
-OS02OR5, -OS02N(R4)2, -P(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)R5(OR4), fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, -N02, -N3,
Figure imgf000034_0001
-CN, a heteroaryl moiety, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; wherein each R4 independently is H, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; each R5 independently is hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; and each Ar1 independently is aryl or heteroaryl, which can be substituted as described above, or can be unsubstituted.
The use of the terms "a" and "an" and "the" and similar referents in the context of describing the invention (especially in the context of the following claims) are to be construed to cover both the singular and the plural, unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by context. The terms "comprising," "having," "including," and
"containing" are to be construed as open-ended terms (i.e., meaning "including, but not limited to,") unless otherwise noted. Recitation of ranges of values herein are merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range, unless otherwise indicated herein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein. All numerical values obtained by measurement (e.g., weight, concentration, physical dimensions, removal rates, flow rates, and the like) are not to be construed as absolutely precise numbers, and should be considered to encompass values within the known limits of the measurement techniques commonly used in the art, regardless of whether or not the term "about" is explicitly stated. All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g., "such as") provided herein, is intended merely to better illuminate certain aspects of the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention unless otherwise claimed. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element as essential to the practice of the invention.
"Pharmaceutically or pharmacologically acceptable" include molecular entities and compositions that do not produce an adverse, allergic or other untoward reaction when administered to an animal, or a human, as appropriate. For human administration, preparations should meet sterility, pyrogenicity, and general safety and purity standards as required by FDA Office of Biologies standards.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" or "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" as used herein refers to any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, that are compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. The compositions may also contain other active compounds providing supplemental, additional, or enhanced therapeutic functions.
The term "pharmaceutical composition" as used herein refers to a composition comprising at least one compound as disclosed herein formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, vehicles, or diluents.
"Individual," "patient," or "subject" are used interchangeably and include any animal, including mammals, preferably mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, and most preferably humans. Disclosed compounds may be administered to a mammal, such as a human, but may also be administered to other mammals such as an animal in need of veterinary treatment, e.g., domestic animals {e.g., dogs, cats, and the like), farm animals {e.g., cows, sheep, pigs, horses, and the like) and laboratory animals {e.g., rats, mice, guinea pigs, and the like). "Modulation" includes antagonism {e.g., inhibition), agonism, partial antagonism and/or partial agonism.
In the present specification, the term "therapeutically effective amount" means the amount of the subject compound that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system or animal, (e.g. mammal or human) that is being sought by the researcher,
veterinarian, medical doctor or other clinician. The compounds of the invention are administered in therapeutically effective amounts to treat a disease. Alternatively, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound is the quantity required to achieve a desired therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)" as used herein refers to salts of acidic or basic groups that may be present in compounds used in the compositions. Compounds included in the present compositions that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids. The acids that may be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, including, but not limited to, malate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, /?-toluenesulfonate and pamoate (i.e., l, -methylene-¾ 5-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts. Compounds included in the present compositions that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations. Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, particularly calcium, magnesium, sodium, lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts. Compounds included in the present compositions that include a basic or acidic moiety may also form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids. The compounds of the disclosure may contain both acidic and basic groups; for example, one amino and one carboxylic acid group. In such a case, the compound can exist as an acid addition salt, a zwitterion, or a base salt.
The compounds disclosed herein contain one or more chiral centers and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers. The term "stereoisomers" when used herein consists of all
enantiomers or diastereomers. These compounds may be designated by the symbols "(+)," "(-)," "R" or "S," depending on the configuration of substituents around the stereogenic carbon atom, but the skilled artisan will recognize that a structure may denote a chiral center implicitly. The present invention encompasses various stereoisomers of these compounds and mixtures thereof. Mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers may be designated "(±)" in nomenclature, but the skilled artisan will recognize that a structure may denote a chiral center implicitly.
The compounds disclosed herein may contain one or more double bonds and, therefore, exist as geometric isomers resulting from the arrangement of substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond. The symbol denotes a bond that may be a single, double or triple bond as described herein. Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond are designated as being in the "Z" or "E" configuration wherein the terms "Z" and "E" are used in accordance with IUPAC standards. Unless otherwise specified, structures depicting double bonds encompass both the "E" and "Z" isomers. Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond alternatively can be referred to as "cis" or "trans," where "cis" represents substituents on the same side of the double bond and "trans" represents substituents on opposite sides of the double bond. Compounds disclosed herein may contain a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring and therefore, exist as geometric isomers resulting from the arrangement of substituents around the ring. Substituents around a carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring may be referred to as "cis" or "trans", where the term "cis" represents substituents on the same side of the plane of the ring and the term "trans" represents substituents on opposite sides of the plane of the ring.
Mixtures of compounds wherein the substituents are disposed on both the same and opposite sides of plane of the ring are designated "cis/trans."
Individual enantiomers and diastereomers of contemplated compounds can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials that contain
asymmetric or stereogenic centers, or by preparation of racemic mixtures followed by resolution methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. These methods of resolution are exemplified by (1) attachment of a mixture of enantiomers to a chiral auxiliary, separation of the resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and liberation of the optically pure product from the auxiliary, (2) salt formation employing an optically active resolving agent, (3) direct separation of the mixture of optical enantiomers on chiral liquid chromatographic columns or (4) kinetic resolution using stereoselective chemical or enzymatic reagents. Racemic mixtures can also be resolved into their component enantiomers by well-known methods, such as chiral-phase liquid chromatography or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent. Stereoselective syntheses, a chemical or enzymatic reaction in which a single reactant forms an unequal mixture of stereoisomers during the creation of a new stereocenter or during the transformation of a pre-existing one, are well known in the art. Stereoselective syntheses encompass both enantio- and
diastereoselective transformations, and may involve the use of chiral auxiliaries. For examples, see Carreira and Kvaerno, Classics in Stereoselective Synthesis, Wiley- VCH: Weinheim, 2009.
The compounds disclosed herein can exist in solvated as well as unsolvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. It is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms. In one embodiment, the compound is amorphous. In one embodiment, the compound is a single polymorph. In another embodiment, the compound is a mixture of polymorphs. In another embodiment, the compound is in a crystalline form.
The invention also embraces isotopically labeled compounds as disclosed herein which are identical to those recited herein, except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 180, 170, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36C1, respectively. For example, a compound of the invention may have one or more H atoms replaced with deuterium.
Certain isotopically-labeled disclosed compounds (e.g., those labeled with 3H and 14C) are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3H) and carbon- 14 (i.e., 14C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labeled compounds of the invention can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the examples herein by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions (e.g., therapeutic agents or
medicaments, and compositions comprising the compounds or therapeutic agents or medicaments) are described herein, which comprise a compound represented by Formula (I):
(I) Y Z— (-X1— S(0)(X2)F )
m n
wherein: Y is a biologically active organic core group comprising one or more unsubstituted or substituted moiety selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group, to which each Z independently is covalently bonded; n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; each Z independently is O, NR, or N; when Z is O, m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond, and the Z is covalently bonded to an aryl or heteroaryl moiety of Y; when Z is NR, m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond or CH2CH2, and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or heteroaryl moiety of Y; when Z is N, either (a) m is 2, X1 is CH2CH2, and the Z is covalently bonded to a
nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or a heteroaryl moiety of Y; or (b) m is 1 , X1 is a covalent bond or CH2CH2, and the Z is a nitrogen in an aromatic or nonaromatic heterocyclic ring portion of core group Y; each X2 independently is O or NR; and each R independently comprises H or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group.
In some embodiments, a therapeutic compound or medicament represented by
Formula (II) is described:
(II) A Z— (-X1— S(0)(X2)F )
m n wherein A is an organic moiety comprising at least one substituent, R1; n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5; each Z independently is O, NR, or N; each Z is covalently bonded to an R1 moiety of A; each
R independently comprises a hydrocarbyl group; when Z is O, m is 1, and X1 is a covalent bond. Each X2 independently can be O or NR5 (preferably, X2 is O). When Z is NR, m is 1, and each X1 independently is a covalent bond or CH2CH2. When Z is N, m is 2, and X1 is CH2CH2. Each R1 independently is an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and a substituted aryl group having the formula:
Figure imgf000040_0001
Each R2 and R3 independently is a substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbyl moiety, -OR4, -N(R4)2, -N+(R4)3, -SR4, -OC(=0)R4, -N(R4)C(=0)R4,
-SC(=0)R4, -OC(=0)OR5, -N(R4)C(=0)OR5, -SC(=0)OR5, -OC(=0)N(R4)2,
-N(R4)C(=0)N(R4)2, -SC(=0)N(R4)2, -OC(=0)SR5, -N(R4)C(=0)SR5, -SC(=0)SR5, -C(=0)R4, -C(=0)OR4, -C(=0)N(R4)2, -C(=0)SR4, -OC(=NR4)R4, -N(R4)C(=NR4)R4, -S02R4, -S02OR4, -S02(NR4)2, -N(R4)S02OR5, -N(R4)S02N(R4)2, -OS02OR5, -OS02N(R4)2, -P(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)R5(OR4), fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, -N02, -N3, -N=N-Ar1, -CN, a heteroaryl moiety, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety. Alternatively, an R2 and an R3 together form a ring selected from a fused 5 -member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused 5 -member heterocyclic ring, a fused 6-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, and a fused 6-member nonaromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring. Each R4 independently is H, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety. Each R5 independently is hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety. Each Ar1 independently is aryl or heteroaryl. Each Ar1, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety, fused 5 -member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, fused 5 -member heterocyclic ring, fused 6-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, and fused 6-member nonaromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring independently is unsubstituted or is substituted with a group comprising at least one atom other than carbon. The parameters x and y are 0, 1 or 2; and the sum of x and y is at least 1 when R1 is the substituted aryl.
Certain compounds of Formula (II) or Formula (I) can be made by reacting a compound of Formula (IV) or (V), respectively, with S02F2 in the presence of a base:
(IV) A Z— (-H ) (V) Y Z— (-H )
m n m n in which A, Y, m and n are as defined for compounds of Formulas (II) and (I), and Z is O or NR. Examples of suitable bases include (e.g., an alkali metal hydroxide, such as NaOH, KOH and the like), an alkali metal alkoxide (e.g., potassium tert-butoxide, sodium
methoxide, and the like), a nitrogen base (preferably a tertiary amine, such as triethylamine or diisopropylethylamine; an amidine such as DBU; a guanidine such as
tetramethylguanidine), and the like.
In another embodiment, a method of preparing a compound of Formula (II) or Formula (I) in which each m is 2, each Z is N, and each X1 is CH2CH2, comprises reacting a compound of Formula (IV) or (V), respectively, with CH2=CH-S02F ("ESF"), which readily condenses with amino compounds comprising at least one N-H bond. The incorporation of a fluorosulfonyl (e.g., as CH2CH2SO2F) or fluorosulfonyloxy (i.e., -OSO2F) group into a therapeutically active compound (a medicament) in many cases surprisingly increases the metabolic stability of such compounds and contributes to bioavailability. In some cases, a non-covalent drug can be converted to a covalent drug by the incorporation of -SO2F or -OSO2F. In other cases, the solubility of the compounds of Formula (II) are enhanced relative to the parent therapeutic agents comprising the core, for example when an -OS02F replaces a CF3 or OCF3 group.
The therapeutically active compounds can be those which target a pathogen, as well as compounds that target a site of action in a host subject (e.g., a patient).
Illustrative therapeutically active compounds that target a pathogen and are suitable for incorporation of a -S02F or -OS02F group include, e.g., antibiotics such as vancomycin, rifamycin, rifampicin, teicoplanin, sulfacetamide, amoxicillin, novobiocin, tetracyclines (e.g., tetracycline, oxytetracycline, methacycline, minocycline, chlorotetracycline, doxycycline, rolitetracycline, demeclocycline, and the like), sulfanilamide, sulfamethoxazole, norfloxacin, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, trimethoprim, pyrimethamine, cefadroxil, anti-tubercular antibiotics (e.g., isoniazid, rifampicin; streptomycin, ciprofloxacin, moxifloxacin,
aminosalicylic acid, and the like); and anti-protozoal agents such as iodoquinol,
paramomycin, anti-malarial agents (e.g., quinine (by replacement of OMe with OSO2F), quinocrine, atovaquone (e.g., by replacement of CI or by reaction with an OH), mefloquine, sulfadoxine, hydrochloroquine, proguanil (e.g., by replacement of CI with OSO2F ), and the like.
Illustrative therapeutically active compounds that target a site of activity in host subject and are suitable for incorporation of a -S02F or -OS02F group include, e.g., nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory agents (NSAIDs) such as naproxen, ibuprofen, aspirin, tolmetin, flurbiprofen, sulindac, piroxicam, nabumeton, flufenamic acid, tolfenamic acid, diclofenac, and the like; antineoplastic agents such as bleomycin, cytarabine, dacarbazine, anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin, doxorubicin, and the like), epirubicin, etoposide, flutamide, gemcitabine, idarubicin, leuprolide, leuprorelin, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, pemetrexed, pentostatin, procarbazine, suramin, teniposide, thioguanine, thiotepa, uracil mustard (uramastine), and the like; opiates such as morphine, buprenorphine, hydromorphone, oxymorphone, dihydromorphone, methyldihydromorphinone, butorphanol, and the like; analgesics such as pregabalin, tetrahydrocannabinol, fentanyl, flupirtine, oxycodone, acetaminophen, salicylamide, and the like; anti-depressants such as fluoxetine (PROZAC), sertraline (ZOLOFT), duloxetine (CYMBALTA), amoxapine, maprotiline, mianserin, nomifensin, trazodine, viloxazine, aripirazole, bupropion (WELLBUTRIN), desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, paroxetine, and the like; COX 2 inhibitors such as celecoxib, rofecoxib, lumiracoxib, etoricoxib, firocoxib, nimesulide, and the like; COX-LOX inhibitors such as licofelone, clonidine, and the like; opioid receptor antagonists such as naltrexone, naloxone, naltrindole, and the like; Alzheimer's disease medications such as epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG), memantine, galantamine, and the like; statins such as atorvstatin
(LIPITOR), rosuvastatin, and the like; erectile dysfunction medications such as sildenafil (VIAGRA), tadalafil (CIALIS), vardenafil (LEVITRA), apomorphine, and the like; anti- asthma medications such as salbutamol (albuterol), salmeterol, terbutaline, formoterol, metaproterenol, and the like; cholinesterase inhibitors such as edrophonium, tacrine, and the like; sympathomimetic drugs such as phenylephrine, amphetamine, methoxamine, prenalterol, terbutaline, ritodrine, and the like; anti-seizure agents such as lamotrigine, vigabatrine, gabapentin, pregabalin, and the like; neuromuscular blockers such as tubocurarine, cisatracurium, and the like; intestinal steroid absorption inhibitors such as ezetimibe, (3R,4S)-l,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3-phenylpropyl)-2-azetidinone, and the like; endocrine drugs such as thyroxine, somatostatin, and the like; estrogenic agents, antagonists and agonists, such as raloxifene, estradiol, ethynylestradiol, diethylstilbesrol, and the like; antiviral agents such as acyclovir, valacyclovir, penciclovir, cidofovir, zalcitibine, adefovir, entacavir, and the like; anorectic agents such as phentermine, and the like;
anticoagulants such as warfarin, acenocoumarol, and the like; antihypertives and beta blockers such as lisinopril, nadolol, atenolol, acebutolol, betaxolol, carvediol, esmolol, and the like; seratonin receptor agonists and seratonin uptake inhibitors such as seratonin, sertraline, dolasetron, fluoxetine, and the like; diuretics such as hydrochlorothiazide, bumetanide, furosemide, pinoresinol, and the like; calcium channel blockers such as amlodipine besylate, mibefradin hydrochloride, and the like; as well as female libido enhancing compounds such as flibanserin (l-(2-{4-[3-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]piperazin-l- yl}ethyl)-l,3-dihydro-2H-benzimidazol-2-one; Sprout Pharmaceuticals). Other suitable materials include peptide-based and amino acid-based agents, particularly tyrosine, 2,6- dimethyltyrosine, lysine, and peptides comprising one or more residues selected from tyrosine, 2,6-dimethyltyrosine, and lysine such as leuprolide (ENANTONE, a tyrosine- containing peptide pituitary GnRH receptor antagonist), glatiramer (a random copolymer of lysine alanine aspartic acid and tyrosine, tradename CAPOXONE, an immunomodulator), and the like. As is well known in the medical art, drugs within in a particular classification (e.g., antibiotic, estrogenic agent, antineoplastic agent, and the like) may have therapeutic uses and indications for more than one type of disease or condition.
In many cases, the S02F group can attach to the biologically active core by replacement of a hydrogen of an aromatic or heteroaromatic OH or a hydrogen of an amino group of the core to form the an -OS02F, or -NRS02F group. Particularly in the case of amino groups bearing a hydrogen atom present in the medicament structure, a
NRCH2CH2S02F or N(CH2CH2S02F)2 group can be introduced by replacement of the hydrogen atom. These replacements are readily accomplished by reaction of virtually any OH or NHR group with S02F2 in the former case and reaction of an NH2 or NHR with ESF in the latter cases. In other embodiments, an OS02F group can be attached to the
medicament as a replacement for a methoxy or trifluoromethoxy group, or can be added to the medicament in place of a hydrogen of a CH or in place of some other substituent group by methods of organic synthesis that are well known in the chemical arts. Preferably, the S02F group is attached to the medicament by replacement of a hydrogen of an aromatic or heteroaromatic OH or a hydrogen of an amino group as described herein. Compounds comprising a -S(0)(NR5)F group can be obtained by replacement of CI from a corresponding -S(0)(NR5)C1 prepared by well-known conventional means as described herein.
Therapeutically active compounds comprising -S(0)(X2)F groups (e.g.,
NCH2CH2S02F, NS02F, OS02F and/or S(0)(NR5)F groups) described herein are suitable, e.g., as medicaments for humans and animals, since these functional groups generally do not significantly interfere with the biological/therapeutic activity of the parent therapeutic agents. In addition, the -S(0)(X2)F groups provide useful handles for selectively derivatizing the therapeutic agent, e.g., to add a useful functional or diagnostic group such as a dye, biotin, and the like.
Such therapeutic compounds can be formulated as a pharmaceutical composition in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle, or diluent, such as an aqueous buffer at a physiologically acceptable pH (e.g., pH 7 to 8.5), a polymer-based nanoparticle vehicle, a liposome, and the like. The pharmaceutical compositions can be delivered in any suitable dosage form, such as a liquid, gel, solid, cream, or paste dosage form. In one embodiment, the compositions can be adapted to give sustained release of the compound of Formula (I).
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising therapeutic compounds of Formula (I) can be administered to a subject or patient in a therapeutically effective amount to treat a disease or condition, e.g., a disease or condition for which the biologically active core group, A, is active.
In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions include, but are not limited to, those forms suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, topical, (including buccal and sublingual), transdermal, vaginal, or parenteral (including intramuscular, subcutaneous, and intravenous) administration, in a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation, or injection into amniotic fluid. The compositions can, where appropriate, be conveniently provided in discrete dosage units. The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical arts. Some preferred modes of administration include intravenous (iv), topical, subcutaneous, and injection into amniotic fluid.
Pharmaceutical formulations suitable for oral administration include capsules, cachets, or tablets, each containing a predetermined amount of one or more of the compounds of Formula (I), as a powder or granules. In another embodiment, the oral composition is a solution, a suspension, or an emulsion. Alternatively, the compounds of Formula (I) can be provided as a bolus, electuary, or paste. Tablets and capsules for oral administration can contain conventional excipients such as binding agents, fillers, lubricants, disintegrants, colorants, flavoring agents, preservatives, or wetting agents. The tablets can be coated according to methods well known in the art, if desired. Oral liquid preparations include, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups, or elixirs. Alternatively, the compositions can be provided as a dry product for constitution with water or another suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations can contain conventional additives such as suspending agents, emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles (which may include edible oils), preservatives, and the like. The additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions for oral administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. The compounds of Formula (I) will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts. For example, a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar.
Pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration (e.g. by bolus injection or continuous infusion) or injection into amniotic fluid can be provided in unit dose form in ampoules, pre-filled syringes, small volume infusion, or in multi-dose containers, and preferably include an added preservative. The compositions for parenteral administration can be suspensions, solutions, or emulsions, and can contain excipients such as suspending agents, stabilizing agent, and dispersing agents. Alternatively, the compounds of Formula (I) can be provided in powder form, obtained by aseptic isolation of sterile solid or by lyophilization from solution, for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile, pyrogen-free water, before use. The additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions for parenteral administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. The compounds of Formula (I) will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts. For example, a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 10 millimolar. Pharmaceutical compositions for topical administration of the compounds to the epidermis (mucosal or cutaneous surfaces) can be formulated as ointments, creams, lotions, gels, or as a transdermal patch. Such transdermal patches can contain penetration enhancers such as linalool, carvacrol, thymol, citral, menthol, t-anethole, and the like. Ointments and creams can, for example, include an aqueous or oily base with the addition of suitable thickening agents, gelling agents, colorants, and the like. Lotions and creams can include an aqueous or oily base and typically also contain one or more emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, coloring agents, and the like. Gels preferably include an aqueous carrier base and include a gelling agent such as cross- linked polyacrylic acid polymer, a derivatized polysaccharide (e.g., carboxymethyl cellulose), and the like. The additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions for topical administration to the epidermis within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. The compounds of Formula (I) will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts. For example, a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for topical administration in the mouth (e.g., buccal or sublingual administration) include lozenges comprising the compound in a flavored base, such as sucrose, acacia, or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the peptide in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier. The pharmaceutical compositions for topical administration in the mouth can include penetration enhancing agents, if desired. The additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions of topical oral administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. The compounds of Formula (I) will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts. For example, a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar.
A pharmaceutical composition suitable for rectal administration comprises a compound of the present invention in combination with a solid or semisolid (e.g., cream or paste) carrier or vehicle. For example, such rectal compositions can be provided as unit dose suppositories. Suitable carriers or vehicles include cocoa butter and other materials commonly used in the art. The additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions of rectal administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. The compounds of Formula (I) will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts. For example, a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar.
According to one embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for vaginal administration are provided as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams, or sprays containing a compound of Formula (I) of the invention in combination with a carriers as are known in the art. Alternatively, compositions suitable for vaginal administration can be delivered in a liquid or solid dosage form. The additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions of vaginal administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. The compounds of Formula (I) will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective
concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts. For example, a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar. Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for intra-nasal administration are also encompassed by the present invention. Such intra-nasal compositions comprise a compound of Formula (I) in a vehicle and suitable administration device to deliver a liquid spray, dispersible powder, or drops. Drops may be formulated with an aqueous or non-aqueous base also comprising one or more dispersing agents, solubilizing agents, or suspending agents. Liquid sprays are conveniently delivered from a pressurized pack, an insufflator, a nebulizer, or other convenient means of delivering an aerosol comprising the peptide.
Pressurized packs comprise a suitable propellant such as dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide, or other suitable gas as is well known in the art. Aerosol dosages can be controlled by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount of the peptide. Alternatively, pharmaceutical compositions for
administration by inhalation or insufflation can be provided in the form of a dry powder composition, for example, a powder mix of the compounds of Formula (I) and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch. Such powder composition can be provided in unit dosage form, for example, in capsules, cartridges, gelatin packs, or blister packs, from which the powder can be administered with the aid of an inhalator or insufflator. The additives, excipients, and the like typically will be included in the compositions of intra-nasal administration within a range of concentrations suitable for their intended use or function in the composition, and which are well known in the pharmaceutical formulation art. The compounds of Formula (I) will be included in the compositions within a therapeutically useful and effective concentration range, as determined by routine methods that are well known in the medical and pharmaceutical arts. For example, a typical composition can include one or more of the compounds of Formula (I) at a concentration in the range of at least about 0.01 nanomolar to about 1 molar, preferably at least about 1 nanomolar to about 100 millimolar.
Optionally, the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can include one or more other therapeutic agent, e.g., as a combination therapy.
Sulfonyl chlorides are the most commonly used S(VI) electrophiles. RS02C1 and C1S02C1 often cannot serve as reliable connective units because of the facile reductive failure of the bond between sulfur(VI) and chlorine (eq. 1). This emerges most vexingly in the attempted formation of inorganic sulfate, sulfamide, and sulfamate linkages such as RO-SO2- OR', RNH-SO2-NHR' and ArO-S02-NRR'. Attempts to develop quick and robust inorganic connectors for the fast assembly of sophisticated molecules has been delayed by these side reactions. As described herein, sulfonyl fluoride and related groups demonstrated to constitute components of a versatile new click chemistry, encompassing both carbon- (C- SO2F) and heteroatom-bound (N-SO2F and O-SO2F) species; see e.g., Equation (1).
Figure imgf000050_0001
An understanding of the unique stability-reactivity pattern of sulfonyl fluorides rests on five contributing factors, illustrated by the results in FIG. 1.
(1) Resistance to reduction. Since fluorine is the most electronegative element in the periodic table, sulfonyl-fluorine bond cleavage is exclusively heterolytic with the formation of fluoride ion (although rarely, if ever, as uncomplexed F~). In contrast, homolytic scission of S-Cl bonds is quite common. For aromatic cases, irreversible reduction to the sulfinic acid level (ArS(O)OR) occurs easily for ArSC^Cl with many nucleophiles, except alcohols and amines under limited conditions. Sulfonyl bromides and iodides are even more prone to reduction and radical reactions than sulfonyl chlorides, allowing sulfonyl chlorides, sulfonates, and sulfonic acids to be reduced cleanly if the iodide is generated in situ. A remarkable example of the differences between chlorine and fluorine in sulfuryl chemistry is provided by the parent compounds: SO2CI2 is a powerful oxidant, whereas sodium metal can be melted in hot SO2F2 without chemical change in either species.
(2) Thermodynamic stability. Whereas substitution at all sulfur centers in oxidation states below VI is kinetically accessible, including the sulfur(IV) oxyhalides SOF2 and SOCI2, the very sluggishness of S(VI) substitution chemistry makes it superior as a connector. Furthermore, sulfonyl fluorides are much more stable than other sulfonyl halides toward nucleophilic substitution (including hydrolysis) and thermolysis, making them the sulfonyl reagents of choice under demanding reaction conditions. These observations are consistent with the measured bond strengths of SO2-F relative to SO2-CI: the homolytic bond dissociation energy of the S-F bond in SO2F2 (90.5 ± 4.3 kcal/mol, 81 ± 2 kcal/mol) is far larger than the S-Cl bond in SO2CI2 (46 ± 4 kcal/mol). The difference is of similarly large magnitude (41 kcal/mol) in comparing the bond strengths of S-F vs. S-Cl bonds in S02FC1.
These factors produce a surprising and highly useful passivity in the -S02F group. An aliphatic example is provided by methanedisulfonyl fluoride [(FS02)2CH2, MDSF]. The S02F groups in this compound survive severe electrochemical oxidation conditions in the fluorination of the methylene group, and base-mediated and catalyzed alkylation and condensation reactions proceed perfectly (Eq. 3). The chloride analogue (C1S02)2CH2 decomposes under these circumstances. As a building block, MDSF is especially useful for its dual potential to link with electrophiles at carbon via its conjugate base and with nucleophiles at each 02S-F bond. Importantly, sulfonyl fluorides are surprisingly stable to aqueous conditions.
Figure imgf000051_0001
(3) Exclusive reaction at sulfur. Because of its polarizability, the chlorine center in - S02C1 and related groups is vulnerable to nucleophilic or reductive attack, so that reactions with carbon nucleophiles usually give mixtures of products resulting from both sulfonylation and chlorination pathways.
(4) Special nature of the fluoride-proton interaction. Both addition-elimination and direct substitution pathways are reasonable for nucleophilic substitution reactions of sulfonyl fluorides. While the details of the S02 center's participation in this reaction are both relevant and incompletely understood, the key feature that makes SuFEx chemistry unique is that it depends very much on stabilization of the developing fluoride ion in the substitution process. Other halides can be subject to similar effects, but fluoride stands alone in the magnitude and environmental sensitivity of the phenomenon. Furthermore, the agents that accomplish such fluoride stabilization under practical conditions are H+ and silyl groups (FIG. 2), making the SuFEx process controllable and useful in both biological and synthetic settings.
The special nature of the fluoride ion in water has long been recognized, but is not often taken advantage of in a synthetic context. In FIG. 2, the role of "FIX" in stabilizing fluoride represents the potential virtues of specific protic centers in accelerating reactions of -SO2F electrophiles (as in reactions with proteins, discussed below), and the power of aqueous environments to transmit acidic stabilization to the fluoride center. To understand the unique properties of fluoride as a base and leaving group, an appreciation of the bifluoride ion (HF2) is essential. The bifluoride bond is a strong, centrosymmetric, three atom-four electron bond, worth a remarkable 40 kcal/mol. The bifluoride bond is short and strong, and is not to be confused with the time-honored, albeit weak, hydrogen
bond/hydrogen bonding phenomenon. Hence, when fluoride encounters any acid in water , the bifluoride ion, [F-H-F] , is formed, which also is in equilibrium with substantial quantities of higher adducts such as [F-H-F— H-F] . In other words, F is a unique base: it gains strong stabilization in water by trapping a proton between two of itself. The proton is therefore uniquely effective at stabilizing fluoride as a leaving group. The reactivity of the bifluoride nucleophile, discussed below, is the complement to the helpful role of hydrogen bonding in the chemistry of sulfonyl fluorides in protic solvents.
(5) Closely related functional groups.
Aliphatic sulfonyl fluorides. Aryl sulfonyl fluorides are significantly more resistant to hydrolysis than alkyl derivatives with (-hydrogens, and electron-withdrawing substituents on the aromatic ring increase the electrophilic nature of S(VI) and make it more reactive.
Sulfonyl halides, including fluorides, bearing acidic protons in the (-position undergo reactions that often proceed via elimination to form sulfene-type intermediates (RR'C=S02). A good example is phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (PMSF), a serine protease inhibitor widely used in the preparation of cell lysates. However, this reaction pathway is fast only in the presence of base, allowing PMSF and other aliphatic sulfonyl fluorides to be stable and to selectively modify proteins in aqueous solution at moderate pH. Also noteworthy is the far better AlCl3-assisted Friedel-Crafts reactivity of alkyl-S02F compounds compared to alkyl- S02C1. Thus, while the current focus is on arylsulfonyl connectors, aliphatic derivatives also benefit from the unique chemistry of the S02F group. The PMSF homologue with an additional CH2 group, i.e., PhCH2CH2S02F, is less reactive towards hydrolysis, whether enzymatic or otherwise.
Sulfonimidoyl fluorides. Sulfonimidoyl fluorides generally have the same
advantageous properties as sulfonyl fluorides, and reactivity comparisons with sulfonimidoyl chlorides are similarly striking. However, the nitrogen substituent gives sulfonimidoyl fluorides an additional point of modification, and their reactivities toward nucleophiles can be dramatically altered by the nature of that substituent. Electron-withdrawing groups, such as acyl, carbonate and sulfonyl enhance the electrophilicity of S, making these classes of compounds similar in reactivity to sulfonyl fluorides, ranging from more to less reactive. In contrast, sulfonimidoyl fluorides with alkyl and aryl groups on N are much more stable than sulfonyl chlorides, even under basic conditions {vide infra).
The most common processes of sulfonylation of aromatic and aliphatic molecules are summarized in FIG. 3. The majority of these produce sulfonyl chlorides, making them the least expensive and most available substrates. The exchange of fluoride for chloride in these systems would seem to be a simple matter, but the transformation's history is unusual in several instructive ways.
The presence of water was found to be beneficial, and typical reaction conditions involve refluxing the water-organic biphasic mixtures. However, yields rarely exceed 80%. While "naked" fluoride (KF, dry acetonitrile, 18-crown-6) can be used, the bifluoride anion (F-H-F) (e.g., from potassium bifluoride) is consistently and substantially superior to other reagents for sulfonyl chloride-to-fluoride conversion, allowing the use of mild reaction conditions, broad substrate scope, simple reaction setup, effortless product isolation, and easy scale up. Bifluoride seems to be especially effective when it can be used "on water" - that is, in reactions performed with a vigorously stirred or agitated water-organic interface. Since solvation and H-bonding is important to the state and reactivity of fluoride, [FHF] at aqueous-organic interfaces presents a more nucleophilic, albeit less basic and less solvated, fluoride source to electrophiles in the organic phase, shown in schematic fashion in FIG. 4. Strong acid (HX) has the effect of enhancing the utility of fluoride as a nucleophile, but not as a base, by generating a form of the anion (bifluoride) that can be presented more effectively at water interfaces.
Examples of sulfonyl fluorides made from the corresponding chlorides in this way are shown in FIG. 5. If technical grade starting material is used, the sulfonyl fluoride product occasionally requires purification by a wash with aqueous base and/or by chromatography on a short silica gel column. The crude product, however, is virtually free of impurities. Liquid sulfonyl chlorides are simply stirred vigorously with saturated aqueous KFHF solution. Otherwise, acetonitrile (MeCN) generally is the co-solvent of choice. THF or CH2CI2 optionally can be used as diluents to dissolve a hydrophobic substrate and present it to the aqueous interface where the reaction with bifluoride likely occurs. Full conversion generally is achieved within several hours. When, as often happens, starting chloride and product fluoride overlap on TLC, reaction progress can be monitored by GC, LCMS, or 19F NMR.
Examples of the easy installation of alkyl (W. Qiu, D. J. Burton, J. Fluor. Chem. 1992, 60, 93-100) and aryl sulfonyl groups using the general methods of FIG. 3 are shown in FIG. 6. In all cases, the intermediate sulfonyl chloride was subjected without purification to an aqueous phase of saturated KFHF. The desired fluoride product can be easily purified if necessary by simple washing, recrystallization, or column chromatography. Such in situ conversion to the fluoride is particularly advantageous for certain heterocyclic sulfonyl chlorides, often generated by oxidation of thiols such as the 6-mercaptopurine shown in FIG. 6, that are unstable. KFHF, optimally already present during the CI2 oxidation stage, acts as both nucleophile and buffer, in this case carrying the Het-S02-Cl on to the Het-S02-F before it collapses to Het-Cl and SO2.
Sulfonimidoyl chlorides and sulfamoyl chlorides with electron withdrawing substituents on nitrogen are very similar in their reactivity to sulfonyl chlorides (vide supra) and can be converted to the corresponding fluorides by treatment with saturated aqueous KFHF (FIG. 7, Panels A,B). When electron donating groups are present on nitrogen, bifluoride is not reactive enough, giving low yields under standard conditions. In these cases, Bolm's silver fluoride in acetonitrile conditions are used to produce the sulfonyl fluoride on a preparative scale (FIG. 7, Panels C,D). Several useful reagents are shown in FIG. 9, involving reactive electrophilic groups such as benzyl bromide, phenacyl bromide, acyl halide, isocyanate, and iodide. The lower reactivity of -S02F allows these reagents to be selectively attached via the other electrophilic site. Azide- and alkyne- modified sulfonyl fluorides will also be useful since the S02F group does not interfere with any form of the catalyzed or strain-promoted azide-alkyne ligation methods.
One of the most powerful reagents for introduction of an S02F group is
ethenesulfonyl fluoride (ESF), a strong Michael acceptor as well as Diels- Alder dienophile. ESF is derived by elimination from 2-chloroethylsulfonyl fluoride, first described from the sulfonyl chloride in 1932 and reported in large scale with elimination as a side reaction in 1979. Using the new KFHF-modification (vida supra) in the first stage from
CICH2CH2SO2CI, ESF can be readily prepared in large quantities (FIG. 8). The related large-scale preparation of ESF from ethenylsulfonyl chloride (ESC1) was patented in 1950 by Hedrick (Dow Chemical), but with KF as the nucleophile rather than KFHF, resulting in a relatively low yield (75%).
Several examples of reactions of ESF are shown in FIG. 8. Reactions with active amines are usually complete within a few minutes at room temperature. The participation of amine-containing zwitterions such as amino acids achieves the full level of generality and convenience required of click reactions (FIG. 8, Panel A). One simply stirs a slurry of starting zwitterion in aqueous ethanol, adds the requisite amount of ESF (one molar equivalent for secondary amines like proline, two equivalents for primary amines), and monitors the stirred suspension for conversion to the new zwitterion. Upon completion, the product is harvested by concentration and filtration. Indeed, for most ESF-amine conjugate additions, purification is rarely required. Details of the improved preparative procedure for ESF (FIG. 8, top) can be found below. The literature also describes examples of fluorinated derivatives of ESF, which should be similarly useful. ESF is a toxic molecule, so strict attention to proper procedures for handling this volatile compound is recommended.
The smallest member of the S(VI) oxyfluorides family, S02F2 was first described in 1901 by Moissan and subsequently developed by Dow Chemical in the 1950s as VIKANE pest control agent. At normal temperature and pressure, S02F2 is a colorless, odorless gas, 3.5 times heavier than air (see Table 1). These properties, coupled with its high vapor pressure and ability to saturate air at concentrations lethal to pests, make S02F2 an effective fumigant, presently used against insects and rodents. The global production of S02F2 since 2000 averages approximately 3 million kilograms per year.
Table 1. Physical properties of S02F2.
Figure imgf000056_0001
S02F2 is relatively inert in gaseous form and is stable up to 400 °C when dry, but decomposes when heated in air, generating toxic fumes of HF and S02. It is slowly hydrolyzed in water under neutral conditions and more rapidly under basic conditions to produce fluorosulfate and fluoride ions. S02F2 has relatively small magnetic and quadrupole moments, does not undergo photolysis in the actinic region of solar radiation, and is inert toward ozone and the active radicals of the atmosphere (Cl», ΟΗ·). Again, comparison to sulfuryl chloride is instructive: S02C12 is less thermally stable (decomposes at 100 °C in an open system to chlorine and sulfur dioxide) and easily generates chlorine radicals.
Early published syntheses of fluorosulfates (also called sulfoxyl fluorides or sulfurofluoridates; fluorosulfonate is also used although this term should be reserved for compounds containing at least one carbon-sulfur bond) from phenols used C1S02F + SOF4 or S02F2 at high temperatures, giving poor results. Chlorosulfates (ROS02Cl), unlike the organic sulfonyl chlorides described above, respond poorly to attempted substitution with KF. Furthermore, chlorosulfates are unattractive starting materials, as they are prone to self- chlorination and other radical decomposition processes at low temperatures. The reaction of S02F2 with preformed sodium and lithium phenolates had previously been shown to provide better yields of fluorosulfates, but these procedures did not catch on. S02F2 therefore represents a curious combination of ton-scale application in the field and poor appreciation in the laboratory.
Reaction of S02F2 with oxygen nucleophiles in the presence of base gives fluorosulfates (FIG. 10), which have long been known to be quite stable toward hydrolysis under neutral or acidic conditions. Depending on the nature of the substituent R, the OS02F unit can be a good leaving group or a robust connector. The former reactivity pattern includes the conversion of carboxylic acids and primary alcohols to acyl and aliphatic fluorides, respectively, using S02F2 in the presence of base. Secondary fluorosulfates can be made and isolated when the carbinol center is embedded in the molecule between electron- withdrawing substituents that make both SN1 and SN2 substitution difficult, as is the case with a C6-f uorosulfate penicillin analogue tested as a covalent inhibitor of porcine pancreatic elastase. In addition, certain perfluorinated aliphatic fluorosulfates can be isolated and were shown to form stable sulfate and sulfamate connections (T. Huang, J. M. Shreeve, Inorg. Chem. 1986, 25, 496-498).
The reaction of S02F2 with alcohols reaches its zenith for aromatic substrates, since the derived aryloxyfluorosulfates are very stable. Even more importantly for biological applications, aromatic alcohols undergo selective modification by S02F2 gas, leaving aliphatic alcohols, aliphatic and aromatic amines, and carboxylates untouched. A wide variety of phenols can be converted to fluorosulfates in quantitative yields by exposure to gaseous S02F2 and triethylamine (FIG. 11). For reactions described herein, S02F2 was introduced from a balloon after the reaction flask was septum sealed, and the reactions were conducted with vigorous stirring of the liquid to facilitate gas dissolution in the condensed phases. The products were isolated by evaporative removal of solvent followed by acidic aqueous extraction to eliminate traces of base. Aqueous-organic biphasic conditions were found to suppress, almost completely, competitive fluorosulfonation of groups other than phenols in diversely functionalized molecules such as vancomycin. This selectivity for phenolic hydroxyls is remarkable; see FIG. 11, Panel B. Sterically hindered substrates performed best when phenolate anions were pre-formed. Cyclic sulfates are the exclusive products from 1 ,2-catechols under standard reaction conditions, obtained in much greater yields than is usually the case with sulfuryl chloride.
Since no reliable methods were previously available for the synthesis of
fluorosulfates, their chemistry has remained mostly unexplored. The aryl-sulfate connection (Ar-0-S02-) is a vastly underappreciated linkage, now formed with sufficient reliability to be applied to a wide variety of targets in biology and materials science. For example, sulfates are phosphate isosteres, and several members of the alkaline phosphatase superfamily can cross-catalyze both phosphoryl and sulfuryl transfer. The reactivity of aryl fluorosulfates towards nucleophiles, including hydroxide, is much diminished compared to the analogous sulfonyl fluorides. Thus, the unassisted reaction of fluorosulfates with secondary amines requires elevated temperatures in organic solvents. A very good way to activate these reagents for synthetic chemistry is with tertiary amine catalysts such as DBU as described below. The process can also be facilitated by vigorous stirring with an immiscible buffered aqueous phase. The blending of water with miscible cosolvents such as THF or acetonitrile will also aid the process, but with longer time for completion. A benefit of the two-phase process previously noted but not widely appreciated is that the interfacially-controlled biphasic reactions are usually cleaner than their homogeneous counterparts, even if rates are similar. Water-tolerant or water-assisted reactions, such as the addition of nucleophiles to arylfluorosulfates, preferably are tried first in a two-phase format with organic solvent. The productive interplay between 02S-F and F7H+ interactions makes this especially true for SuFEx chemistry, as highlighted in FIG. 2.
The synthesis and use of aryl fluorosulfates finds another powerful set of applications when silicon is brought into play. Aryl silyl ethers are excellent substrates for conversion to fluorosulfates with sulfuryl fluoride gas in the presence of catalytic amounts of 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU, FIG. 12, reaction A). Trimethylsilyl ethers to give fluorosulfates rapidly (substantially complete within minutes or seconds), whereas the bulkier tert-butyldimethylsilyl group requires several hours for the reaction to reach completion.
In a similar fashion, Lewis bases such as DBU mediate coupling between silyl ethers and fluorosulfates, representing the best synthesis of stable sulfate connections (FIG. 12, reaction B). Arylsulfates are generated in high yields with only inert (and sometimes volatile) silyl fluorides as byproducts. A wide variety of functional groups can be tolerated (FIG. 12), limited only by steric bulk at silicon and the presence of acidic protons that can quench the basic catalyst.
The conversion of aromatic silyl ethers into fluorosulfates and diarylsulfates is quite different from the popular use of silyl sulfonates (usually triflates) as catalysts in processes such as acetalization, aldol, and allylation reactions. In these and many other cases, the reaction is fundamentally one of electron deficiency, being accelerated by the Lewis acidity of silyl sulfonate; the electron-rich silicon component (silyl enol ether or allyl) is
nucleophilic enough to capture an activated intermediate. Silicon-oxygen bonds are swapped, or Si-C is exchanged for Si-O. In the present case, the reaction is electron-rich, pushed by base catalyst and the ability of sulfuryl and/or silicon centers to achieve higher coordination number and become nucleophilic. The sulfuryl-F bond is strong enough to avoid unwanted side reactions while allowing fluorine to be delivered to silicon as the thermodynamically favored destination.
Another important property of aromatic fluorosulfates is their ability to participate in transition metal catalyzed coupling reactions (FIG. 13). The participation of fluorosulfates as electrophilic components in Negishi and Stille cross-couplings (G. P. Roth, C. E. Fuller, J. Org. Chem. 1991, 56, 3493-3496), as well as palladium catalyzed alkoxycarbonylation reactions ((a) G. P. Roth, J. A. Thomas, Tetrahedron Lett. 1992, 33, 1959-1962. (b) G. P. Roth, C. Sapino, Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 4073-4076). Competition studies between phenyl fluorosulfate and phenyl triflate showed these groups to have similar coupling rates with an organotin reagent. Fluorosufate also has utility as an inexpensive triflate alternative (M. A. McGuire, E. Sorenson, F. W. Owings, T. M. Resnick, M. Fox, N. H. Baine, J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 6683-6686). Fluorosulfate prepared from the corresponding phenol and fluorosulfonic acid anhydride, the most common procedure at the time, engaged in efficient palladium catalyzed methoxycarbonylation on a 50-gallon scale.
The replacement of triflate (OTf) with fluorosulfate (OS02F) was also shown to be practical for enol ethers. Thus, fluorosulfonyl enolates participate in Stille (G. P. Roth, C. Sapino, Tetrahedron Lett. 1991, 32, 4073-4076) and Suzuki cross-couplings (L. N. Pridgen, G. K. Huang, Tetrahedron Lett. 1998, 39, 8421-8424), and can also be used as precursors to allenes (J. Kant, J. A. Roth, C. E. Fuller, D. G. Walker, D. A. Benigni, V. Farina, J. Org. Chem. 1994, 59, 4956-4966) and alkynes (M. Y. Lebedev, E. S. Balenkova, Zh. Org. Khim. 1988, 24, 1156-1161). We have found S02F2 to be an effective reagent for the synthesis of fluorosulfonyl enol ethers from the related lithium enolate or silyl ether (FIG. 14).
Primary amines are rapidly fluorosulfonylated by S02F2 gas, but the resulting adducts undergo facile elimination to azasulfene intermediates by virtue of the acidic nature of the N- sulfamoyl proton. Capture by amine provides symmetrically substituted sulfamides (FIG. 15, Panel A). A few reports are available on the synthesis of monosubstituted sulfamoyl fluorides by other means. These include Hofmann rearrangement of aryl sulfonamides (FIG. 15, Panel B), halide exchange of parent alkyl sulfamoyl chlorides (FIG. 15, Panel C), and ring opening of an aziridine under fluorinating conditions (FIG. 15, Panel D). All of these processes were performed under acidic or neutral conditions to avoid the aforementioned elimination of HF from the products.
In contrast, secondary amines react smoothly with S02F2 to give N-disubstituted sulfamoyl fluorides as remarkably stable compounds, dramatically more robust than analogous chlorides (FIG. 16). Typically, an activating agent such DMAP or DABCO is required, ranging from 0.5 equiv. for cyclic amines (exothermic reaction) to a full equivalent for acyclic amines. A variety of solvents can be used, with CH2C12 or THF providing the best reaction rates, and the reaction setup is identical to that described above for the synthesis of fluorosulfates (FIG. 11). The resulting sulfamoyl fluorides are purified by a simple acidic wash. Poor nucleophiles such as disubstituted anilines do not participate in the reaction with S02F2 under these conditions within a reasonable period of time.
We have found N-disubstituted sulfamoyl fluorides to be stable toward hydrolysis under basic conditions at room temperature for more than a week. Nucleophilic displacement of fluoride in this system requires heating and some assistance for the departure of fluoride by a hydrogen-bonding solvent, such as water (FIG. 17, top). The reaction is likely to have both SNI and SN2 character, depending on the nature of the substituents and nucleophile. Furthermore, this type of sulfamoyl fluoride is remarkably inert toward a wide range of nucleophiles at room temperature in organic solvents, including amines, phosphines, thiols, organo lithium and Grignard reagents, hydride, phenoxide, and hydroxide. FIG. 17 shows results from evaluations of the compatibility of the R2NSO2F group with a variety of useful synthetic transformations, including those involving strong nucleophiles, reducing agents, oxidants, radicals, and strong acids and bases.
Three key features characterize the SuFEx reactions described herein. First, the SO2-
F bond is unusually strong, so that undesired substitution (such as hydrolysis) is minimized. This allows precise modifications of complex targets such as biopolymers. Second, the fluoride radical is inaccessibly energetic, and so radical pathways that complicate the chemistry of other sulfonyl halides do not exist for sulfonyl fluorides. Third, two partners offer versatile ways to make and activate SO2-F bonds. The proton forms unusually strong hydrogen bonds to fluoride. Even weakly acidic solvents, additives, and especially interfaces can thereby assist the heterolytic cleavage of the S02-F bond. Furthermore, the bifiuoride ion (HF2 ~) is an excellent source of moderately nucleophilic fluoride for substitution reactions. Under non-protic conditions, silicon is useful, as Si and F form the strongest single bond in nature, allowing for the rapid formation of S02-0 bonds from very stable silyl ether precursors.
These factors allow for robust methods for the synthesis of carbon-, oxygen-, and nitrogen-substituted sulfonyl fluorides (sulfonyl fluorides, fluorosulfates, and sulfamoyl fluorides), spanning a wide range of stabilities and allowing them to be used in a predictable and powerful manner in a variety of settings. For synthetic chemists, the fluorosulfate group can function as an inexpensive triflate alternative. With regard to medicinal chemistry, fluorosulfate and sulfamoyl fluoride groups are useful pharmacophores, and controllable covalent modifiers of biomolecules. In all applications, simple, inexpensive, and easily scalable preparative methods are strongly enabling; we hope that those shown here using sulfuryl fluoride gas will spur the development of fluorosulfuryl building blocks for many useful purposes. The capacity to ignore the irrelevant and respond forcefully to the desired target or condition makes S02F groups particularly useful to probe complex molecular landscapes such as protein surfaces, or make small-molecule connections with absolute reliability.
Hydrolysis and conversion of ArOSC>2F groups to ArOH or ArO-SO groups. In addition to providing biologically active compounds, the ArOS02F group also can be utilized as a simple and selective protecting group for any ArOH and ArOS03 ~ groups or a convenient means for preparing ArOS03 " salts. For example, ArOS02F compounds can be selectively reductively hydrolyzed with aqueous sulfite to afford the corresponding ArOH compounds in very high yield. This facile hydrolysis can be achieved by simply stirring the ArOS02F compound with an aqueous sulfite salt such as potassium sulfite, sodium sulfite, and the like (e.g., about 20 mM to about 2 M sulfite in water). Alternatively, the ArOS02F compounds can be hydrolyzed to ArOS03 " salts by reaction with anhydrous ammonia in methanol in the presence of a carbonate salt such as potassium carbonate or cesium carbonate (e.g., about 2 molar equivalents of potassium or cesium carbonate). The reaction to form ArOS03 " is rapid and clean, unlike most syntheses of such compounds. For example, the 4- fluorosulfonyloxyphenylacetamide was readily converted to 4-hydroxyphenylacetamide and to phenylacetamide-4-sulfate in essentially quantitative yields by these procedures.
Figure imgf000062_0001
The following non-limiting examples are provided to further illustrate various features and aspects of the compositions and methods described herein. EXAMPLE 1.
Ex. 1(A). Abbreviations.
BEMP = 2~/6 /-buiylmim
diazaphosphorine, DBN = l,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene, DBU = 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, LHMDS = lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, TCEP = tr s(2- carboxyethyl) pliospliine hydrochloride, TMS = trimethylsilyl, TBS = fert-butyldimethylsilyl
Ex. 1(B). General Methods.
1H and 13C NMR spectra were recorded on Bruker DRX-500, Bruker DRX-600, Bruker AMX-400 instruments and the chemical shifts (δ) are expressed in parts per million relative to residual CHCI3, acetone, acetonitrile or DM SO as internal standards. Proton magnetic resonance (1H NMR) spectra were recorded at 600, 500, or 400 MHz. Carbon magnetic resonance (13C NMR) spectra were recorded at 150, 125, or 101 MHz. Fluorine magnetic resonance (19F NMR) spectra were recorded at 376 MHz. NMR acquisitions were performed at 295 K unless otherwise noted. Abbreviations are: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet, p, pentet; br s, broad singlet. Infrared spectra were recorded as pure undiluted samples using a THERMONICOLET AVATAR 370 Fourier transform infrared spectrometer with a SMART MIRACLE HATR attachment. Melting points (mp) were determined using a THOMAS-HOOVER melting point apparatus and are uncorrected. GC- MS data were recorded on an AGILENT 7890A GC system with an AGILENT 5975C Inert MSD system operating in the electron impact (EI+) mode [Method: To = 50 °C, t = 2.25 min; Ti = 300 °C, ramp = 60 °C /min, then Ti = 300 °C, t = 4 min]. HPLC was performed on an AGILENT 1100 LC/MSD with an Agilent 1100 SL mass spectrometer (electrospray ionization, ES) eluting with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid in H20 and 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid in CH3CN. High resolution mass spectrometry was performed on an Agilent ES-TOF instrument. Precoated MERCK F-254 silica gel plates were used for thin layer analytical chromatography (TLC) and visualized with short wave UV light or by potassium
permanganate stain. Column chromatography was carried out employing EMD (Merck) Silica Gel 60 (40-63 um). All starting materials were purchased from Alfa Aesar, Aldrich, Acros, AKScientific, Fisher, Lancaster, or TCI chemical companies and used as received. Solvents were purchased from Aldrich, Fisher or Acros chemical companies and used as received (no extra drying, distillation or special handling practices were employed).
Ex. 1(C). Reactions illustrating the properties of sulfonyl fluorides vs. other sulfonyl halides.
Figure imgf000064_0001
quan ^ ¾ 1.2
3-(Fluorosulfonyl)benzoyl chloride (1-1). 3-(Fluorosulfonyl)benzoic acid (2.1 g; 10 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (20 mL) at room temperature and oxalyl chloride (40 mL of 1M solution in CH2C12, 2 equiv) was added at 0 °C, followed by slow addition of DMF (0.2 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 6-8 hours. After that time, solvent and volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation to give 3-(fluorosulfonyl)benzoyl chloride as a yellow oil, which was used directly in the next step.
3-((3-Ethynylphenyl)carbamoyl)benzene-l -sulfonyl fluoride (1-2). After cooling to
0°C on an ice bath, a solution of compound 1-1 in CH2CI2 (20 mL) was treated with 3- ethynylaniline (1.2 g, 10 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20 mL), followed by slow addition of Et3N (1.5 mL, 11 mmol, 1.1 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, monitored by TLC. After that time, the reaction was washed twice with IN HC1, extracted with CH2CI2 (100 mL x 2). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (3 : 1
hexane:EtOAc, Rf 0.35) to give the desired product as a white solid in 95% yield (2.85 g for 2 steps), mp 155-157 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.40 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.88-7.84 (m, 2H), 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.33 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26- 7.23 (m, 1H), 3.50 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 165.8, 139.7, 138.0, 136.0, 134.7 (d, J= 25 Hz), 132.2, 131.6, 130.0, 129.3, 128.7, 125.3, 124.3, 122.5, 84.0, 78.9; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +64.7; ESI-MS (m/z): 304 [MH]+.
Figure imgf000065_0001
4-(Bromomethyl)benzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (1-3) was obtained in 93% yield as a white solid (0.9 g). GC-MS analysis revealed contamination of the titled compound with 15% of the chloro analogue (4-(chloromethyl)benzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride). This mixture was used in the next step without purification.
4-((( IR, 3S, 5S)-3-(4-( ( (l-Methyl-2-oxo-l, 2-dihydroquinolin-4-yl)oxy)methyl)-lH- 1,2, 3-triazol-l-yl)-8-azabicyclof 3.2.1 ]octan-8-yl)methyl)benzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (1-4).
Crude 4-(bromomethyl)benzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (51 mg; 0.2 mmol) and the 3- triazolyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane amine (see Grimster, N.P.; Stump, B.; Fotsing, J.R.; Weide, T.; Talley, T.T.; Yamauchi, J.G.; Nemecz, A.; Kim, C; Ho, K.-Y.; Sharpless, K.B. J Am Chem Soc 2012, 134, 6732-6740.) (73 mg; 0.2 mmol) were mixed in CH3CN (1 mL) at room temperature. Potassium carbonate (30 mg; 1.1 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, monitored by LC-MS. After completion, the reaction mixture was concentrated by rotary evaporation and the residue purified by column chromatography (6/1 EtOAc/MeOH), giving the desired product as a yellow oil (99 mg, 93% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.28 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.82 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.39 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (t, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.14 (s, 1H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 4.95 (m, 1H), 4.90 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.38 (m, 2H), 2.34 (t, J= 4.0 Hz, 2H), 2.22-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.97 (s, 1H), 1.84 (d, J = 12.0 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD3OD) δ 165.4, 163.2, 150.0, 143.0, 140.6, 132.8,
132.5 (d, J= 25 Hz), 131.1, 129.5, 124.5, 124.2, 123.3, 117.3, 115.7, 97.6, 63.1, 60.4, 56.1, 54.9, 38.7, 29.7, 27.2; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CD3OD) δ +64.6; ESI-MS (m/z): 538 [MH]+. Ex. 1(D). Demonstration ofhydrolytic stability of sulfonimidoyl fluorides.
Figure imgf000066_0001
Sulfonimidoyl fluoride (1 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (0.1 M), diluted with equal amount of buffer to initiate the hydrolysis process, and stirred at room temperature for several hours. Aliquots were taken at time periods and the composition of the mixture analyzed by mass spectrometry. Figure 19 shows the loss of starting fluoride as a function of time.
Ex. 1(E). Sulfonyl fluorides made with potassium bifluoride (see FIG. 19).
Representative procedure for the synthesis of sulfonyl fluorides using saturated aqueous KHF2 and CH3CN. 4-Bromobenzene-l -sulfonyl fluoride (5-1).
KHF2 (71 g; 2.3 equiv) was dissolved in H20 (200 mL) to make a saturated solution (endothermic reaction), which was treated with a solution of 4-bromobenzene-l -sulfonyl chloride (100 g, 1 equiv) in acetonitrile (400 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h, monitored by GC-MS. After that time, the reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and the organic layer was collected. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (300 mL), and the combined organic extracts were washed with
10% aqueous NaCl (2x), saturated sodium chloride (lx), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated by rotary evaporation to give the desired product as a white solid (91.5 g, 98%> yield), mp 63-64 °C. 1H NMR: (400MHz, CDC13) δ 7.88 (dd, J = 9.2Hz, 2Hz, 2H), 7.78 (dd, J = 9.2Hz, 2Hz, 2H); 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 133.1, 131.9 (d, J = 25.5Hz), 131.3, 129.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +65.9; GC-MS: 4.68 min; EI (m/z): 240/238 [Mf.
None of the sulfonyl fluoride compounds prepared by this procedure required extra purification.
2-Bromobenzene-l -sulfonyl fluoride (5-2): light yellow crystals (1.1 g, 97%> yield), mp 48-49 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 8.12 (dd, J = 7.2Hz, 2.4Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J = 7.2Hz, 1.6Hz, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 136.1, 135.9, 133.8 (d, J 23.9Hz ), 132.0, 127.9, 121.0; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +57.4; GC-MS (tR): 34.8 min; EI-MS (m/z): 240/238 [M]+.
2- Methylbenzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (5-3): colorless oil (1.54 g, 90% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.01 (d, J= 8Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.60( m, 1H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 2.68 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 139.0, 135.4, 132.9, 132.3 (d, J =22.2Hz), 130.0, 126.7, 20.2; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +59.8; GC-MS (tR): 4.1 min; EI-MS (m/z): 174 [M]+.
4-(Fluorosulfonyl)benzoic acid (5-4): white solid (6.9 g, 90% yield) prepared by the above procedure using THF instead of acetonitrile. mp 273-274 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD-d4) δ 8.21-8.18 (m, 2H), 8.07-8.03 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD3OD-d4) δ
167.3, 138.9, 137.6 (d, J =25.3Hz), 132.0, 129.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CD3OD-d4) δ +64.2; EI-MS (m/z): 205 [M]+.
3- (Fluorosulfonyl)benzoic acid (5-5): white solid (19.5 g, 96%> yield) prepared by the above procedure using THF instead of acetonitrile. mp 152-154 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD-d4) δ 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J= 8Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J= 8Hz, 1H), 7.71 (t, J= 8Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD3OD-d4) δ 166.9, 137.7, 134.7 (d, J =25.3Hz), 134.2, 133.2, 131.7, 130.3; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CD3OD-d4) δ +64.5; EI-MS (m/z): 205 [M]+.
4- Nitrobenzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (5-6): white solid (22.6 g, 97%> yield), mp 75-76 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.49 (d, J= 8Hz, 2H), 8.25 (d, J= 8Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 151.9, 138.4 (d, J =27.3Hz), 130.1, 125.0; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +66.0; GC-MS (tR): 4.9 min; EI-MS (m/z): 205 [M]+.
5 '-Nitrobenzene- 1 -sulfonyl fluoride (5-7): white solid (22.3 g, 97%> yield), mp 42-43 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.86 (t, J= 2.4Hz, 1H), 8.64 (d, J= 8Hz, 1H), 8.35 (d, J = 8Hz, 1H), 7.93 (t, J= 8Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 148.4, 134.9 (d, J =28.3Hz), 133.8, 131.4, 130.0, 123.9; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +65.9; GC-MS (tR): 4.85 min; EI-MS (m/z): 205 [M]+.
2 -Nitrobenzene- 1 -sulfonyl fluoride (5-8): yellow solid (2.1 g, 98%> yield), mp 55-57 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.23 (dd, J =8Hz,1.6Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 8Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dt, J =8Hz,1.6Hz,lH), 7.88 (m,lH); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 136.7, 133.4, 131.7, 126.8 (d, J = 28.6Hz), 125.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13,) δ +64.5; GC-MS (tR): 5.2 min; EI-MS (m/z): 205 [M]+.
Benzene-1 ,2-disulfonyl difluoride (5-9): white solid (0.87 g, 100% yield), mp 126-128 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.44 (dd, J =5.6Hz, 3.2Hz, 2H), 8.07 (dd, J = 6Hz, 3.2Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 136.1, 133.5, 132.2 (d, J = 28.7Hz); 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +65.3; GC-MS (tR): 5.15 min; EI-MS (m/z): 242 [M]+.
4-Iodobenzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (5-10): white solid (1.4 g, 92% yield), mp 84-85 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.02 (d, J = 8.8Hz, 2H), 7.71 (d, J = 8.8Hz, 2H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 139.03, 132.5 (d, J = 25.5Hz), 129.4, 104; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +65.6; GC-MS (tR): 5.0 min; EI-MS (m z): 286 [M]+.
2-Cyanobenzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (5-11): white solid (0.97 g, 97% yield), mp 87- 89 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.23-8.21 (m, 1H), 8.03-8.01 (m, 1H), 7.98-7.92(m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 135.8,135.7, 134.7(d, J = 26.5Hz ), 133.6, 130.8, 114.1, 111.5; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +64.0; GC-MS (tR): 5.0 min; EI-MS (m/z): 185 [M]+.
4-(Trifluoromethyl)benzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (5-12): white crystalline solid (1.0 g, 98% yield), mp 68-69 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.17 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 2H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 137.0 (q, J = 33.5Hz), 136.4 (d, J = 26.7Hz), 129.1, 126.9 (q, J = 3.7Hz), 122.7(q, J = 271.7Hz); 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +65.4, - 64.0; GC-MS (tR): 3.7 min; EI-MS (m/z): 228 [M]+.
2,4-Dimethoxybenzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (5-13): white solid (2 g, 94% yield), mp 108-109 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.41 (d, J = 3.2Hz, 1H), 7.24 (dd, J = 9.2Hz, 3.2Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 9.2 Ηζ,ΙΗ), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 152.9,152.2, 123.6, 121.3(d, J = 23.3Hz), 114.9, 114.3, 56.9, 56.1; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +58.6; GC-MS (tR): 6.0 min; EI-MS (m/z): 236 [M]+.
(E)-Methyl 3-(4-(fluorosulfonyl)phenyl)acrylate (5-14): white solid (0.3 g, 93% yield), mp 138-139 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.01 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 2H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.4Hz,2H), 7.69(d, J = 16Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J = 16Hz, 1H), 3.83(s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 166.2, 141.6, 141.4,133.6 (d, J = 25.1Hz), 129.0, 128.7,122.8, 52.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +65.6; GC-MS (tR): 5.9 min; EI-MS (m/z): 244 [M]+. 2,4,6-Triisopropylbenzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (5-15): white solid (0.6 g, 100% yield), mp 67-68 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.25 (s, 2H), 3.96 (dq, J = 6.8Hz, 2.4Hz, 2H), 2.95 (q, J = 6.8Hz, 1H), 1.30 (d, J = 6.8Hz, 12H), 1.27 (d, J = 6.8Hz, 6H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 155.3, 150.7, 128.0 (d, J = 18.4Hz ), 124.0, 34.4, 30.1, 24.5, 23.4; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +72.2; GC-MS (tR): 5.7 min; EI-MS (m/z): 286 [M]+.
Phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride (PMSF) (5-16): white solid (1.7 g, 98%> yield), mp 93-94 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.46-7.44 (m, 5H), 4.59 (d, J= 4Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 130.8, 130.0, 129.4, 125.6, 56.9 (d, J =17.2Hz); 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +50.5; GC-MS (tR): 4.5 min; EI-MS (m/z): 174 [M]+.
3-Chloropropane-l-sulfonyl fluoride (5-17): light yellow oil (3.27 g, 98%> yield) prepared by the above procedure but omitting acetonitrile (the reaction was performed in suspension on water). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.70 (t, J = 6.4Hz, 2H), 3.58 (dt, J =4.8Hz, 7.6Hz, 2H), 2.40 ( m,2H ); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 48.0 (d, J =17.7Hz), 41.6, 26.4; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +53.9; GC-MS (tR): 3.7 min; EI-MS (m/z): 160 [M]+.
((lR,4R)-7, 7-Dimethyl-2-oxobicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-l-yl)methanesulfonyl fluoride (5- 18): colorless crystals (1.2 g, 94% yield), mp 78-80 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.82 (dd, J =15.2Hz, 2.8Hz, 1H), 3.29 (dd, J =15.2Hz, 2.8Hz, 1H), 2.45-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.16 (t, J = 4.4Hz, 1H), 2.07(m, 1H), 1.98 (d, J = 18.8Hz, 1H), 1.73(m, 1H), 1.48(m, 1H),1.11 (s, 3H), 0.90 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 213.0, 57.7, 48.3, 48.1 (d, J = 19.4Hz), 42.8,
42.2, 26.7, 25.1, 19.5; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +63.7; GC-MS (tR): 5.34 min; EI-MS (m/z): 234 [M]+.
Ex. 1(F). Sulfonyl fluorides made from sulfonic acids. iGOCS)g, DMF (cat.) < , HFZ (sat.)
R-S03Na R-S02C! *»► R-S02F
PhCFs or CH?Ci? 1 1 P CF3 or CH2£¾
0sG to R 12 stock solution 0*C lo RT. 5 h stock solution Representative procedure for the synthesis of 3-azidopropane-l -sulfonyl fluoride (6- 1). Sodium 3-azidopropane-l -sulfonate was obtained as a white solid (16.25 g, 87% yield) according to the procedure in Kong, X., et al. US 2008/0146642 Al .
Sodium 3-azidopropane-l -sulfonate (9.35 g, 50 mmol) was suspended in
trifluoromethylbenzene (20 mL, 2.5M). Oxalyl chloride (4.3 mL; 50 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture at 0 °C, followed by 5 drops of DMF. The resulting white suspension was stirred at room temperature under a dry atmosphere (nitrogen or a drying tube packed with desiccant). The reaction mixture was then added to a cold saturated aqueous solution of KHF2 (approx. 4.5 M, 2.5 equiv) in a plastic bottle and the biphasic suspension was stirred at room temperature. GC-MS analysis after five hours showed full conversion, and the mixture was filtered into a separatory funnel using extra organic solvent to wash the solid material. The organic phase was separated, washed with brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The separated aqueous phase was back-extracted with trifluoromethylbenzene, and the organic phase was dried and combined with the primary organic solution. Since 3- azidopropane-1 -sulfonyl fluoride is a volatile compound, the solution was stored and used as a stock solution. The concentration of sulfonyl fluoride was established as 16 wt-% by quantitative 1H NMR against the solvent, consistent with a quantitative yield. The analogous procedure was performed using 0.5M CH2C12 in MeCN as the solvent, a 1M concentration of 3-azidopropane-l -sulfonate (25 mmol scale), and 1.5 equiv. of oxalyl chloride gave the sulfonyl fluoride 6-1 in 87% yield (23 wt-% stock solution) measured by 1H NMR integration. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.54 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.51 - 3.45 (m, 2H), 2.19 (dq, J= 8.8, 6.4 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 48.9, 48.1 (d, J= 17.6 Hz), 23.5; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 53.7; Rf (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc): 0.22; GC (tR): 3.8 min; EI-MS (m/z): 139 [M-28]+.
3 -Azidobutane-1 -sulfonyl fluoride (6-2). Sodium 3-azidobutane-l -sulfonate was obtained as a white solid (21.6 g, 90% yield) according to the procedure in Kong, X., et al. US 2008/0146642 Al . Here, the above method in trifluoromethylbenzene gave a 74% yield of 6-2, whereas the reaction in 0.5M CH2C12 in MeCN provided the desired product in 92% yield (30 wt-% stock solution). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.45 - 3.40 (m, 2H), 3.38 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.17 - 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.84 - 1.72 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 50.5, 50.3 (d, J= 17.1 Hz), 27.1, 21.1; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 53.2; Rf (9: l hexane:EtOAc): 0.28; GC (tR): 5.0 min; EI-MS (m/z): 153 [M-28]+.
Pent-4-yne-l -sulfonyl fluoride (6-3). Pent-4-yne-l -chloride (0.2 mol) and Na2S03 (0.2 mol) were heated in water (200 mL) at 95 °C for 16 h. The solution was concentrated and dried under vacuum to provide a mixture of sodium pent-4-yne-l -sulfonate and NaCl. This material was used in the above procedure without further purification. The reaction in trifluoromethylbenzene (25 mmol scale) gave a 50% yield (three steps from pent-4-yne-l- chloride) of the sulfonyl chloride (as a 5.3 wt-% stock solution), whereas the reaction in 0.5M CH2C12 in MeCN provided the desired product, 6-3, in 60% yield (three steps, 27 wt-% solution). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.63 - 3.56 (m, 2H), 2.48 (td, J= 6.7, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 2.28 - 2.17 (m, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 80.8, 70.8, 49.5 (d, J= 17.6 Hz), 22.6, 16.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 53.4; Rf (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc): 0.30.
4-(3-Bromopropyl)benzene-l-sulfonyl fluoride (6-4). A solution of 3- bromopropyl)benzene (1.1 g) in CHC13 (10 mL) was cooled to 0 °C on an ice bath and was treated with chloro sulfuric acid (2.2 mL, 6 equiv) slowly by syringe with continued cooling. After 30 min, the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was poured into an ice-water mixture (100 g) and the crude sulfonyl chloride was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and concentrated. The resulting crude sulfonyl chloride was dissolved in acetonitrile (10 mL) and treated with saturated aqueous KHF2 (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, monitoring by GC-MS. Upon completion, the sulfonyl fluoride was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL), and the combined organic phases were dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated to give 6-4 as a yellow oil (1.4 g, 90% yield for two steps). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.92 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.47 (d, J= 8.0 Hz , 2H), 3.39 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 149.7, 130.8 (d, J= 25 Hz), 129.9, 128.7, 34.0, 33.4, 32.4; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CD3OD) δ +65.8; GC-MS (tR): 5.8 min; EI-MS (m/z): 280 [M]+.
4-Hydroxybenzene-l -sulfonyl fluoride (6-5). A 50 mL round-bottom flask was charged with 4-hydroxybenzenesulfonate (2.56 g). Thionyl chloride (10 mL) was added and the mixture was heated to reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 6 hours. The bulk of the excess thionyl chloride was removed by distillation, and the last traces were removed by addition of toluene (10 mL) and rotary evaporation. The resulting crude sulfonyl chloride (a yellow oil) was dissolved in CH3CN (20 mL) and treated with saturated aqueous KHF2 (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and monitored by GC- MS. Upon completion, the sulfonyl fluoride was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2S04, and concentrated. The desired product was obtained as colorless crystals (1.84 g, 80% yield for two steps). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.86 (d, J= 12.0 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 162.7, 131.2, 123.2 (d, J= 23 Hz), 116.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +66.8; ESI-MS (m/z): 177 [MH]+.
Ex. 1(G). Sulfonimidoyl fluorides prepared from corresponding chlorides. l . SOC¾, Ε½0, 3 ΗΓ8 (Χ = ΟΗ}; AgF {1.2 equiv.), CH3CN,
O or SOCk neat 1 hr (X = ONa) <3 , -R r.t, 1 -2 hfS;
^ " X 2. H?N-R, DCM, DIPEA, 0 °C, 1 hr (| T "Ct then HCi { M) quench (! j " F
3. feuOCi, THF, 0 °C, 15 mm " -S*
7-5, 7-6
X = OH, ONa
General procedure: The starting sulfonimidoyl chloride was dissolved in acetonitrile (0.33 M) and an equal volume of saturated aqueous KHF2 was added with stirring. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for several hours. Upon completion (monitored by LC-MS or GC), the acetonitrile layer was separated, dried over Na2S04 and concentrated. In cases in which crude sulfonimidoyl chlorides were used, pure samples of the product fluoride were obtained by column chromatography.
N-(Methylsulfonyl)benzenesulfonimidoyl fluoride (7-1) was isolated as a white solid in 95% yield (0.9 g). mp 77-78 °C; 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3CN) δ 8.15 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.93 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (126 MHz,
CD3CN) 0 137.9, 133.4 (d, J= 19.9 Hz), 131.3, 128.9, 45.0; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 71.9; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.31; ESI-MS (m/z): 238 [MH]+.
N-Tosylbenzenesulfonimidoyl fluoride (7-2). Starting from the crude sulfonimidoyl chloride, the crude fluoride product was purified by short column chromatography (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc to 1/1) to give a white solid (3.8 g, 71% yield), mp 60-61 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.04 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.94 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 2.43 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (1 MHz, CDC13) δ 144.5, 139.0, 136.3, 133.3 (d, J= 20.2 Hz), 129.9, 129.8, 128.2, 127.2, 21.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 73.5; Rf (6:4 hexane:EtOAc): 0.46; ESI-MS (m/z): 294 [MH]+.
N-((3-Azidopropyl)sulfonyl)benzenesulfonimidoyl fluoride (7-3). Starting from the crude sulfonimidoyl chloride, the crude fluoride product was purified by short column chromatography (1 : 1 CH2Cl2:hexane) to give a colorless oil (1.32 g, 79% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3CN) δ 8.13 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.96 - 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.78 - 7.70 (m, 2H), 3.53 - 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.46 - 3.39 (m, 2H), 2.17 - 2.07 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (126 MHz, CD3CN) 0 137.9, 133.3 (d, J= 19.6 Hz), 131.2, 128.9, 54.4, 50.0, 24.3; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 72.9; Rf (6:4 hexane:EtOAc): 0.49; ESI-MS (m/z): 329 [MNa]+.
N-Methylcarbonatebenzenesulfonimidoyl fluoride (7-4). The product was isolated as yellow oil in 82% yield (0.9 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.09 - 8.05 (m, 2H), 7.78 - 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.63 - 7.57 (m, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 154.3, 135.8, 133.3 (d, J = 20.6 Hz), 129.7, 128.1, 54.2; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 68.5; Rf (8:2 hexane:EtOAc): 0.40; ESI-MS (m/z): 218 [MH]+.
General procedure. Sulfonimidoyl fluorides with alkyl or aryl substituents on nitrogen were prepared according to the sequence previously described by Kowalczyk, R.; Edmunds, A.J.F.; Hall, R.G.; Bolm, C. Org. Lett. 2011, 13, 768-771. The starting sulfonimidoyl or sulfamoyl chlorides were dissolved in acetonitrile (0.1 M) and treated with AgF (1.2-1.5 equiv) in a foil-wrapped flask for 1 hour. Upon completion, the reaction was quenched with 1M HCl (0.2 M) and stirred at room temperature for 30-60 min, then filtered through CELITE, washed with CH2C12, concentrated, and purified by short silica gel column chromatography.
N-(3-Ethynylphenyl)benzenesulfonimidoyl fluoride (7-5) was isolated as a brown oil
(0.5 g, 80% yield). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3CN) δ 8.22 - 8.19 (m, 2H), 7.85 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (t, J= 7.9 Hz, 2H), 7.38 - 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.31 - 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.30 - 7.28 (m, 1H), 3.43 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (151 MHz, CD3CN) δ 140.6 (d, J= 5.4 Hz), 136.4, 136.3, 135.6 (d, J = 24.8 Hz), 130.8, 129.0, 128.6, 127.9 (d, J= 5.0 Hz), 125.5 (d, J= 4.6 Hz), 124.1, 83.5, 79.4; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CD3CN) δ 80.3; Rf (6:4 hexane:EtOAc): 0.47; ESI-MS (m/z): 260 [MH]+.
N-(l -Ethynylcyclohexyl)-4-nitrobenzene-l -sulfonimidoyl fluoride (7-6). The starting sulfonimidoyl chloride was prepared starting from the sulfenyl amide, followed by oxidation with mCPBA. Using the above general procedure, 7-6 was isolated as a yellow oil 1.0 g, 81% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.37 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 8.23 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (s, 1H), 2.15 - 2.04 (m, 2H), 1.92 - 1.83 (m, 2H), 1.72 - 1.61 (m, 4H), 1.59 - 1.50 (m, 1H), 1.37 - 1.26 (m, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 150.8, 142.5 (d, J= 30.2 Hz), 142.4, 129.1, 124.3, 86.1 (d, J= 5.8 Hz), 72.3, 56.4 (d, J= 3.2 Hz), 41.0 (d, J= 2.2 Hz), 40.8 (d, J = 4.0 Hz), 25.1, 22.9 (d, J = 3.8 Hz); 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 90.5; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.68; ESI-MS (m/z): 311 [MH]+.
Ex. 1(H). Preparation of 2-chloroethanesulfonyl fluoride and ESF (adapted from Hyatt et al. JOC, 1979, 44, 3847-3858).
KHF2 (2.3 equfv.} MgO (0.55 equiv,}
H20. 3 ii HaO, 25 *C\ 2 h
99%, 154 g 73%, 128 g
All manipulations with 2-chloroethane-l -sulfonyl chloride, 2-chloroethane-l -sulfonyl fluoride, and ESF must be performed in a well-ventilated fume hood. As powerful alkylating agents, care must be taken to avoid inhalation or skin contact.
2-Chloroethanesulfonyl fluoride. A IL round-bottom flask was charged with a magnetic stirring bar, KHF2 (187 g, 2.4 mol) and water (0.5 L). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 min until complete dissolution of KHF2 was achieved (this is an endothermic process, reaching an internal temperature of 5°C). 2-Chloroethane-l- sulfonyl chloride (180.7 g, 1.05 mol) was poured into the cold saturated potassium bifluoride solution, and the reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction was monitored by GC-MS (using a low injection and column temperature) or by NMR. Upon completion, the organic layer of the neat sulfonyl fluoride was separated and washed with brine, giving approximately 150 g of 2-chloroethane-l -sulfonyl fluoride as a light yellow oil. The rest of the product was extracted from the aqueous KHF2 layer with CH2C12 (100 mL). This organic extract was washed with brine, concentrated, and combined with the first batch of product. 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 3.94-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.78 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 52.5 (d, J = 7.2Hz), 35.0; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +57.2; GC-MS (tR): 2.3 min; EI-MS (m/z): 146 [M]+.
The recovered bifluoride solution (now containing a mixture of KH2F3 and KC1) was recharged by adding 1 equiv KF solution. The above reaction was repeated using this solution at 0.5 mol scale, providing 2-chloroethanesulfonyl fluoride in 100% yield. Two more re-charge/reaction cycles at the same scale each gave 98% yields.
Ethenesulfonyl fluoride (ESF). A IL 2-necked round-bottom flask equipped with stirring bar and internal thermometer was placed in an ice-water bath. The reaction flask was charged with ice-cold water (0.4 L) and 2-chloroethane-l-sulfonyl fluoride (232.5 g; 1.59 mol; 1 equiv). MgO (35.3 g; 0.875 mol; 0.55 equiv) was added portion-wise to the vigorously stirred reaction mixture, keeping the reaction temperature below 35 °C, with optimal temperature being about 25°C. (Higher temperatures result in decreased yields, lower reaction temperatures slow down the reaction too much). After final portion of MgO was added, the reaction mixture was stirred for an additional 2-3 hours. Upon completion (monitored by GC, NMR), the bottom layer of neat ESF was removed in a separatory funnel. The product was dried by stirring with MgS04 for 20 min and filtered giving 125.7 g of neat ESF (72%o yield), which was stored in a plastic bottle. The rest of the product (about 2.3 g) was extracted from the aqueous layer with dichloromethane (150 mL) and dried over MgS04. The resulting solution can be either used as a stock solution, or can be concentrated under low-pressure vacuum to give neat ESF. Ex. 1(1). ESF decorations of nitrogen, oxygen, and carbon nucleophiles.
Figure imgf000075_0001
Section A: (S)-l-(2-(Fluorosulfonyl)ethyl)pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid (10-1).
Proline (5 g; 43 mmol) was suspended in 95:5 EtOH:H20 (100 mL) and treated with ESF (4 mL, 44 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for several hours. Upon completion, the yellow solution was concentrated and dried under vacuum to give the product as white solid (9.45 g, 97% yield). 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.18 - 4.03 (m, 2H), 3.35 - 3.28 (m, 1H), 3.25 (dt, J = 13.6,7.0 Hz, 1H), 3.04 - 2.94 (m, 2H), 2.55 - 2.51 (m, 1H), 2.07 - 1.97 (m, 1H), 1.87 - 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.77 - 1.67 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (151 MHz, CDCls) δ 174.4, 64.2, 51.9, 48.9 (d, J= 11.5 Hz), 28.7, 23.0; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ +57.6; ESI-MS (m/z): 226 [MH]+.
(7R)-7-((R)-2-(Bis(2-(fluorosulfonyl)ethyl)ammonio)-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)acetamido)- 3-methyl-8-oxo-5-thia-l-azabicyclo[4.2.0]oct-2-ene-2-carboxylate (10-2). Cefadroxil (363 mg; 1 mmol) was suspended in absolute EtOH (2 mL) and treated with ESF (0.2 mL; 2.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C overnight. The resulting yellow solution was concentrated by rotary evaporation and the residue purified by column chromatography (90: 10:3 to 90: 10:6 EtOAc:EtOH:H20) to give the desired product as a white solid (0.5 g, 86% yield), mp 225-230 °C (dec); 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.56 (bs, 1H), 9.00 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 6.70 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 5.59 (t, J= 8Hz, 1H), 5.00
(d, J = 4 Hz, 1 H), 4.70 (s, 1 H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 2H) , 3.90-3.82 (m, 2H) , 3.46 (d, J =
16Hz, 1H), 3.23-3.18 (m, 3H), 3.06-2.99 (m, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, DMSO- ά6) δ 172.0, 163.7, 157.7, 130.3, 126.5, 115.6, 66.5, 58.8, 57.4, 49.3 (d, J= 10 Hz), 45.1, 29.3, 19.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ +57.9; Rf (EtOAc/EtOH/H20 - 90/10/6): 0.41; ESI-MS (m/z): 606 [MNa]+.
Section B: General procedure for the reaction of primary and secondary amines with ESF (adapted from Krutak, J.J.; Burpitt, R.D.; Moore, W.H.; Hyatt, J.A. J. Org. Chem. 1979, 44, 3847-3858). The starting amine (1 equiv) was dissolved in organic solvent (usually CH2C12 or THF, 0.1-0.5 M in substrate) and treated with ESF (1-2.5 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for several minutes to several hours, monitoring conversion by LC-MS. Upon completion, the solvent and excess of ESF were removed by rotary evaporation and dried under vacuum, usually providing clean product. When purification by column chromatography is mentioned, it was done to remove trace impurities.
2,2'-((2-(lH-Indol-3-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)diethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-3). Reaction in CH2C12; the product was further purified by flash column chromatography (9: 1 to 6:4 hexane:EtOAc) to obtain 11-3 as a yellow oil (1.9 g, 100% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.57 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J= 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (br s, 1H), 3.48 - 3.39 (m, 4H), 3.15 - 3.05 (m, 4H), 2.96 - 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.89 - 2.80 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 136.3, 127.1, 122.3, 122.2, 122.1, 119.6, 118.5, 113.0, 111.5, 54.2, 49.4 (d, J= 13.2 Hz), 47.9, 23.3; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ +57.9; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.27; ESI-MS (m/z): 381 [MH]+.
2,2'-((Furan-2-ylmethyl)azanediyl)diethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-4). Reaction in CH2CI2 (0.33 M) in the presence of 2 equiv ESF. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (95:5 to 7:3 hexane:EtOAc) to give 11-4 as a yellow oil (1.6 g, 99% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.41 (dd, J= 1.9, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (dd, J= 3.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (dd, J= 3.2, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.53 (td, J= 6.9, 3.6 Hz, 4H), 3.16 (td, J= 7.0,
I .2 Hz, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 149.9, 143.1, 110.7, 110.1, 49.6, 49.4 (d, J =
I I .1 Hz), 47.9; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ +57.9; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.47; ESI- MS (m/z): 340 [MNa]+.
2-((4-(2-Oxopiperidin-l-yl)phenyl)amino)ethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-5). Reaction in
DMF (0.38 g substrate, 2 mmol) and ESF (0.2 mL, 1.1 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C overnight, monitored by LC-MS. After that time, reaction mixture was concentrated by rotary evaporation and the crude product was purified by column
chromatography to give a beige solid (570 mg, 95% yield), mp 188-189 °C. Rf (EtOAc): 0.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.08 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (d, J = 8 Hz, 2H), 5.96 (t, J = 8 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (dd, J= 12, 4Hz, 2H), 3.59 (dd, J= 12, 4Hz, 2H), 3.47 (t, J= 4Hz, 2H), 2.31 (t, J= 4Hz, 2H), 1.80 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 168.6, 145.5, 133.3 127.1, 112.1, 51.3, 49.7 (d, J= 10 Hz), 37.6, 32.5, 23.1, 21.0; 19F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ +58.4; ESI-MS (m/z): 301 [MH]+.
2-(l-((lS,2S)-2-Hydroxycyclohexyl)-2-(4-methylbenzoyl)-hydrazinyl)ethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-6). Reaction in THF with substrate (0.5 g, 2 mmol) and ESF (0.2 mL, 1.1 equiv), giving a white crystalline solid (mp 174-176 °C) in quantitative yield (0.712 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.67 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 3H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 3.81 - 3.71 (m, 1H), 3.65 - 3.57 (m, 1H), 3.57 - 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.26 (ddd, J= 11.0, 9.4, 4.6 Hz, lH), 2.66 (ddd, J= 11.4, 9.3, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.10 - 2.02 (m, 1H), 1.91 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 1.84 - 1.77 (m, 1H), 1.77 - 1.68 (m, 1H), 1.40 - 1.13 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 168.4, 143.5, 129.7, 129.1, 127.3, 72.0, 70.4, 49.9 (d, J= 15.3 Hz), 49.8, 33.0, 25.0, 24.2, 24.1, 21.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +56.8; ESI-MS (m/z): 359
[MH]+.
4-(3-Carboxy-l-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxo-l, 4-dihydroquinolin- 7-yl)-l-(2-
(fluorosulfonyl)ethyl)piperazin-l-ium chloride (10-7). A suspension of the starting material (HC1 salt) in DMF (0.5 M in substrate) was treated with 4 equiv ESF and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C overnight. The product was collected as a white precipitate by filtration, washed with hexanes, and dried (4.2 g, 88% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, TFA-di) δ 9.35 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J= 12 Hz, 1H), 8.00 (d, J= 4 Hz, 1H), 4.34-4.29 (m, 4H), 4.14-4.11 (m, 3H), 4.04 (t, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (t, J= 12 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (t, J= 12Hz, 2H), 1.6 9(d, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 1.44 (d, J= 4 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (151 MHz, DMSO-d6 with Py-d5) δ 176.5, 166.1, 153.1 (d, J= 250.0 Hz), 147.8, 145.0 (d, J= 10.1 Hz), 139.0, 118.8 (d, J= 7.8 Hz), 111.0 (d, J= 22.7 Hz), 106.9, 106.3 (d, J= 3.2 Hz), 51.7, 50.9, 49.2 (d, J= 4.6 Hz), 48.1 (d, J= 11.5 Hz), 35.7, 7.5; 19F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d6 with Py-d5) δ +59.3, -121.4; ESI-MS (m/z): 442 [MH]+.
2-(4-( 2-chlorodibenzofb ]f 1, 4] oxazepin-11 -yl)piperazin-l -yl) ethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-8). Reaction in CH2CI2 with the starting amine (314 mg, 1 mmol) and ESF (0.1 mL, 1.1 equiv), giving the desired product as a white solid (420 mg, quant, yield), mp 158-159 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-d6) δ 7.57 (dd, J= 8, 4Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J= 4Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J= 8Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.03-6.98 (m, 1H), 4.03 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, 4H), 3.07 (m, 2H), 2.79 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 159.3, 158.7, 151.9, 139.8, 134.4, 132.8, 130.3, 129.0, 127.1, 125.9, 124.9, 124.8, 122.8, 120.2, 52.4, 51.2, 48.7 (d, J= 15Hz), 47.2; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +57.5; ESI-MS (m z): 424 [MH]+.
2-(2-Methyl-4-nitro-lH-imidazol-l-yl)ethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-9). Reaction in
THF with starting imidazole (38 mg, 0.3 mmol) and ESF (0.03 mL; 1.1 equiv), giving a white crystalline solid. Further purification was performed by flash column chromatography to provide the desired product (65 mg, 91% yield), mp 164-165 °C. Rf (EtOAc): 0.60; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-d6) δ 8.23 (s, 1H), 4.81 (t, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 4.53 (q, J= 8 Hz, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, acetone-d6) δ 206.3, 146.3, 121.7, 50.6 (d, J= 16.2 Hz), 41.7, 12.9; 19F NMR (376 MHz, Acetone-d6) δ +56.8; ESI-MS (m/z): 238 [MH]+.
Section C: General procedure for the reaction of ESF with sulfonamides and alcohols. The starting material (1 equiv) and triphenylphosphine (0.1 equiv) were dissolved in CH2CI2 (0.33 M in substrate) and treated with ESF (1-2.5 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, monitoring conversion by LC-MS, GC-MS, or TLC as appropriate. Upon completion, CH2C12 and excess of ESF were removed by rotary evaporation and the crude product was purified by chromatography on a short silica gel column.
2-(4-Methyl-N-(prop-2-yn-l-yl)phenylsulfonamido)ethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-10) was obtained as a white solid (251 mg, 78% yield). Rf (5: 1 hexane:EtOAc): 0.25; mp 125- 126 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.74 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.35 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 4.15 (d, J= 2.5 Hz, 2H), 3.87 - 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.71 - 3.65 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.19 (t, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 144.8, 134.5, 130.1, 127.9, 76.2, 75.0, 50.4 (d, J = 16.0 Hz), 41.9, 38.8, 21.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 55.9; ESI-MS (m/z): 320
[MH]+.
2,2'-(((4-(3-Phenyl-5-(trifluoromethyl)-lH-pyrazol-l-yl)phenyl)sulfonyl)azanediyl)- diethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-11) was obtained as a white solid (175 mg, 60%> yield). Rf (5: 1 hexane:EtOAc): 0.21; mp 135-137 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.84 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.47 - 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.43 - 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.28 - 7.23 (m, 3H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 3.86 - 3.80 (m, 4H), 3.71 - 3.66 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 145.4, 144.8 (d, J= 38.3 Hz), 143.9, 135.7, 130.0, 129.4, 129.0, 128.8, 128.6, 117.4 (d, J = 336.3 Hz), 107.2, 50.7, 50.6 (d, J= 16.1 Hz), 45.6; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +59.4, - 62.8; ESI-MS (m/z): 588 [MH]+.
2-(Prop-2-yn-l-yloxy)ethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-12) was isolated as a colorless oil
(2 g, 60%) yield). Since the product is quite volatile, evaporative removal of EtOAc was done gently, leaving a small amount of the solvent in the sample. Rf (7:3 hexane: EtOAc): 0.43. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.20 (d, J= 4Hz, 2H), 4.00 (dt, J= 4, 8 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (m, 2H), 2.51 (t, J= 4 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 78.3, 75.9, 62.5, 58.6, 51.0 (d, J = 17.2 Hz) ; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +58.5. EI-MS (m/z): 166 [M]+. Section D: 2,2'-((3-Ethynylphenyl)azanediyl)diethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-13).
(adapted from Hyatt et al. J. Org. Chem., 1979, 44, 3847-3858) ESF (1.8 mL, 20 mmol) was added to aniline (1.17 g, 10 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (3 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 24 h. Upon completion, the crude product was isolated by filtration, washed with hexanes, and recrystallized from CCI4-CH2CI2. The desired product was obtained as light brown crystals (2.94 g, 87% yield), mp 98-100 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.31 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.10 - 7.06 (m, 1H), 6.85 - 6.82 (m, 1H), 6.78 - 6.73 (m, 1H), 4.01 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 4H), 3.67 - 3.59 (m, 4H), 3.10 (s, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 144.0, 130.5, 124.3, 124.2, 117.6, 115.0, 83.3, 78.0, 48.3 (d, J= 14.4 Hz), 46.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +57.2; ESI-MS (m/z): 338 [MH]+.
Section E: 2-(Naphthalen-2-yloxy)ethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-14). 2-Naphthol (0.29 g; 2 mmol) dissolved in THF (2 mL) was treated with ESF (0.2 mL, 1.1 mmol), followed by addition of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (0.2 mL of 1M solution in THF, 10 mol%). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 h. After removal of solvent by rotary evaporation, the crude product was purified by column chromatography (95 : 5
hexane:EtOAc) to give the product as a white solid (0.42 g, 81% yield), mp 70-72 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.82-7.74 (m, 3H), 7.50 (t, J= 8Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J= 8Hz, 1H) 7.19-7.13 (m, 2H), 4.54 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 155.3 134.2, 130.0, 129.6, 127.8, 126.9, 126.8, 124.4, 118.5, 107.3, 61.0, 50.6 (d, J= 17.1 Hz); 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +59.1; GC-MS (tR): 6.56 min; EI-MS (m/z): 254 [M]+.
Section F: General procedure for the reaction of ESF with 1,3-dicarbonyl compounds. The starting compound (1 equiv) and quinine (0.1 equiv) were dissolved in CH2CI2 (0.33M in substrate) and treated with ESF (1.1 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for several hours, monitoring conversion by LC-MS, GC-MS, or TLC, as appropriate. Upon completion, CH2CI2 and excess of ESF were removed by rotary evaporation and the crude product was purified by short column chromatography (9: 1 to 6:4 hexane:EtOAc).
2-(l-Acetyl-2-oxocyclopentyl)ethanesulfonyl fluoride (10-15) was obtained as a white solid (2.23 g, 95% yield), mp 76-78 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.47 - 3.31 (m, 4H), 2.60 - 2.47 (m, 1H), 2.43 (br s, 2H), 2.34 - 2.24 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.07 - 1.96 (m, 4H), 1.81 (dt, J= 12.6, 6.5 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 215.3, 203.5, 65.7, 46.7 (d, J = 18.2 Hz), 38.4, 32.6, 26.9, 26.5, 19.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +51.8; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.29; EI-MS (m/z): 194 [M-COMe]+, 236 [M]+.
Ethyl l-(2-(fluorosulfonyl)ethyl)-2-oxocyclopentane-carboxylate (10-16) was obtained as a white solid (2.4 g, 88% yield), mp 36-38.5 °c. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 4.17 (qq, J= 7.2, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.87 - 3.73 (m, 1H), 3.57 - 3.43 (m, 1H), 2.56 - 2.42 (m, 2H), 2.41 - 2.27 (m, 1H), 2.30 - 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.15 - 2.03 (m, 1H), 2.03 - 1.86 (m, 2H), 1.23 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 213.9, 170.6, 62.2, 57.5, 46.9 (d, J= 17.6 Hz), 38.0, 34.9, 27.3, 19.7, 14.1; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +51.4; Rf (7:3
hexane:EtOAc): 0.50; EI-MS (m/z): 266 [M]+.
3-Cyano-4-oxo-4-(piperidin-l -yl)butane-l -sulfonyl fluoride (10-17) was obtained as thick yellow oil (2.0 g, 76% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.96 (t, J= 8 Hz, 1H), 3.81-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.51 (m, 2H), 3.49-3.39 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.58 (m, 6H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 160.5, 115.8, 47.8 (d, J= 18.1 Hz), 47.1, 44.0, 31.8, 25.7, 25.2, 23.9, 23.4; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +53.7; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.29; EI- MS (m/z): 262 [M]+.
Ex. l(j). Aryl fluorosulfates prepared by a convenient procedure with gaseous
S02F2.
Figure imgf000081_0001
19? Λ g. > 93% pure by GC
Section A. Representative procedure using triethylamine as base: propane-2,2- diylbis(4,l-phenylene) difluorosulfonate (12-10). A 2-liter single-neck round-bottom flask was charged with bisphenol-A (114.9 g, 0.5 mol), CH2C12 (1 L) and Et3N (174 mL, 1.25 mol, 2.5 equiv). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. The reaction flask was then sealed with a septum, the atmosphere above the solution was removed with gentle vacuum, and S02F2 gas (sulfuryl fluoride, VIKANE) was introduced by needle from a balloon filled with the gas. For large scale reactions such as this, depletion of the sulfuryl fluoride from the balloon was easily observed, and more reagent was introduced with a fresh balloon when required. For small scale reactions, S02F2 was used in excess. These reactions can be easily followed by TLC.
The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 2-4 hours, monitoring by GC-MS and TLC. After completion, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation, the residue was dissolved in EtOAc (1 L), and the solution was washed with IN HC1 (2 x 500 mL) and brine (2 x 500 mL). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated. The resulting solid was dried under high vacuum at 60 °C overnight to give the desired compound as a white crystalline solid in quantitative yield (197.1 g, 100% yield), mp 48-49 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.34-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.28- 7.26 (m, 2H), 1.72 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 150.4, 148.2, 128.7, 120.5, 42.9, 28.4, 30.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +37.0; GC-MS (tR): 7.2 min; EI-MS (m/z): 392 [M]+.
Phenyl fluorosulfonate (12-1) was isolated as a colorless oil in 94% yield (1.65 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.51-7.47(m, 2H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.34(2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 150.1, 130.4, 128.6, 120.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +37.0; GC-MS (tR): 3.85 min; EI-MS (m/z): 176 [M]+.
3- Acetamidophenyl fluorosulfonate (12-2) was isolated as a light brown solid (mp 113-114 °C) in 99% yield (2.3 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.45 (bs, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.41 (m,lH), 7.38-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.04 (m, 1H), 2.19 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 169.4, 150.1, 139.9, 130.4, 119.5, 116.1, 112.5, 24.3; 19F NMR (376 MHz,
CDC13) δ +37.4; GC-MS (tR): 6.0 min; EI-MS (m/z): 233 [M]+.
(1 , l '-Biphenyl)-4-yl fluorosulfonate (12-3) was isolated as a white solid (mp 89-90
°C) in 99% yield (5.0 g). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.70-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.57 (m,
2H), 7.52-7.47 (m,2H), 7.45-7.41 (m, 3H); 13C NMR: (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 149.4, 141.9, 139.2, 129.0, 128.1, 127.2, 121.1; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +37.1; GC-MS (tR): 5.9 min; EI-MS (m/z): 252 [M]+.
4- Nitrophenyl fluorosulfonate (12-4) was isolated as yellow oil in 95% yield (4.2 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.37 (dd, J= 7.2Hz, 2.4Hz, 2H), 7.55 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 153.3, 147.3, 126.1, 122.1; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +38.9; GC-MS (tR): 4.9 min; EI-MS (m z): 221 [M]+. 4-Aminophenyl fluorosulfonate (12-5) was isolated as brown solid (mp 41-42 °C) in 91% yield (8.0 g) according to the general procedure F17 using 3 equiv of Et3N. 1FiNMR (400 MHz, CDCls) δ 7.08 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (br s, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 146.9, 142.1, 121.8, 115.6, 115.5; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +35.5; GC-MS (tR): 5.0 min; EI-MS (m/z): 191 [M]+.
2- Isopropyl-5-methylphenyl fluorosulfonate (12-6) was isolated as a colorless oil in 99% yield (2.4 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.29 (d, J= 8Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 8Hz, 1H), 7.13 (s,lH), 3.28 (q, J = 2.8Hz, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 1.27 (d, J= 2.4Hz, 3H), 1.25 (d, J = 2.4Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 147.8, 137.8, 137.4, 129.6, 127.6, 120.9, 26.7, 23.1, 20.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ +38.9; GC-MS (tR): 4.6 min; EI-MS (m/z): 232 [M]+.
3- Methoxyphenyl fluorosulfonate (12-7) was isolated as a colorless oil in 91 > yield (0.4 g). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.36 (m, 1H), 6.96-6.92 (m, 2H), 6.86 (m,lH), 3.83 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101MHz, CDC13) δ 161.0, 150.8, 130.8, 114.5, 112.7, 107.0, 55.8; 19F NMR (376MHz, CDC13) δ +37.2; GC-MS (tR): 4.5 min; EI-MS (m z): 206 [M]+.
Naphthalen-2-yl fluorosulfonate (12-8) was isolated as an off-white solid (mp 34-35 °C) in 98% yield (22.13 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.95 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.93 - 7.87 (m, 2H), 7.82 (d, J= 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 - 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.44 (ddd, J= 9.0, 2.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 147.7, 133.5, 132.6, 131.0, 128.2, 128.1, 127.8, 127.5, 119.1, 119.0; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 37.2; GC (tR): 5.4 min; EI-MS (m/z): 226 [M]+.
1,4-Phenylene difluorosulfonate (12-9) was isolated as a light brown solid (mp 92-93 °C) in 92% yield (5.1 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.21 (s, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 142.6, 125.3, 111.7; 19F NMR (376MHz, CDCI3) δ +40.6; GC-MS (tR): 4.7 min; EI-MS (m/z): 274 [M]+.
(E)-Hex-3-ene-3,4-diylbis(4,l-phenylene) difluorosulfonate (12-11) was isolated as a white solid (mp 122-123 °C) in 95% yield (0.8 g). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 7.38-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.30 (m, 2H), 2.12 (q, J = 7.6Hz, 2H), 0.78 (t, J = 7.6Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 148.7, 142.6, 138.7, 130.5, 120.6, 28.4, 13.1; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ +37.0; GC-MS (tR): 7.5 min; EI-MS (m/z): 432 [M]+. (E)-2-((2-Fluorosulfoxybenzylidene)amino)benzene fluorosulfate (12-12) was isolated as a grey solid (mp 78-79 °C) in 95% yield (1.8 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.79 (s, 1H), 8.39 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.0Hz, 1H), 7.66-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.53 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J = 8.0, 2Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 155.3, 149.8, 143.6, 143.4, 133.7, 129.7, 129.6, 129.2, 127.9, 122.1, 121.5, 120.2; 19F NMR (375 MHz, CDC13) δ 40.0, 38.4; GC-MS (tR): 6.9 min; EI-MS (m/z): 377 [M]+.
( 3-Oxo-l, 3-dihydroisobenzofuran- 1 , l-diyl)bis(4, 1-phenylene) difluorosulfonate (12- 13) was isolated as a white solid (mp 89-91 °C) in 94% yield (11.3 g). 1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.98 (d, J= 8.0Hz, 1H), 7.79 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.59 (d, J= 7.6Hz, 1H), 7.49-7.45 (m, 4H), 7.36-7.33 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 168.5, 150.2, 149.9, 140.9, 134.8, 130.2, 129.2, 126.6, 125.2, 123.8, 121.3, 89.5; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +37.7; GC-MS (tR): 9.9 min; EI-MS (m/z): 482 [M]+.
Ethane-1 ,1 ,1 -triyltris(benzene-4,l -diyl) trifluorosulfonate (12-14) was isolated as a white solid (mp 94-95 °C) in quantitative yield (5.6 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.33- 7.30 (m, 6H), 7.21-7.18 (m, 6H), 2.23 (s,3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 148.6, 148.0,
130.4, 120.8, 52.0, 30.8; 19F NMR: (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +37.4; GC-MS (tR): 9.3 min; EI- MS (m/z): 454 [M-OS02F]+.
(8R,9S,13S,14S, 17R)-17-Ethynyl-l 7 -hydroxy- 13 -methyl- 7, 8,9,11, 12,13,14,15,16, 17- decahydro-6H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl fluorosulfonate (12-15) was isolated as a thick colorless gel in 96% yield (0.8 g). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 7.36 (d, J = 8.4Hz, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J = 8.8Hz, 2.4Hz 1H), 7.03 (d, J = 2.0Hz, 1H), 2.90-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.62 (s,lH), 2.38-2.25 (m, 3H), 2.17 (s, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.68 (m, 3H), 1.53- 1.36 (m, 4H), 0.89 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 147.9, 140.9, 139.5, 127.2, 120.5,
117.5, 87.3, 79.6, 74.1, 49.3, 46.9, 43.6, 38.8, 38.6, 32.5, 29.4, 26.6, 26.1, 22.7, 12.5; 19F NMR (376MHz, CDC13) δ +36.8; GC-MS (tR): 8.5 min; EI-MS (m z): 378 [M]+.
3-(Diphenylphosphoryl)phenyl fluorosulfonate (12-16) was isolated as a thick yellow oil in 97% yield (3.7 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.72 - 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.65 - 7.57 (m, 8H), 7.57 - 7.51 (m, 5H), 7.51 - 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.48 - 7.41 (m, 8H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 145.0, 149.8, 136.9, 135.9, 132.6, 132.60, 132.2, 132.1, 132.0, 131.9, 131.5, 131.0, 130.9, 130.5, 128.9, 128.8, 124.5 (d, J= 5.3 Hz), 124.4 (d, J= 3.2 Hz); 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 38.0; Rf (EtOAc): 0.6; ESI-MS (m/z): 377 [MH]+.
5-Chloroquinolin-8-yl fluorosulfonate (12-17) was isolated as a pale yellow solid (mp 105-107 °C) in 99% yield (6.5 g) following general procedure F17 with 2 equivalents of DIPEA. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.09 (dd, J= 4.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (dd, J= 8.6, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 - 7.61 (m, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 152.4, 144.8, 141.0, 133.4, 132.1, 127.9, 125.9, 123.6, 121.4; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 40.5; Rf (7:3
hexane:EtOAc): 0.67; GC (tR): 5.98 min; EI-MS (m/z): 261 [M]+.
2-Oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl fluorosulfonate (12-18) was isolated as an off- white solid (mp 121-124 °C) in 98% yield (11.9 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.73 (dd, J= 9.7, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (ddd, J= 8.5, 2.4, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J= 9.7 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 159.3, 154.8, 151.3, 142.2, 129.8, 119.1, 118.1, 117.3, 110.4; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 38.8; GC (tR): 5.94 min; EI-MS (m/z): 244 [M]+.
4-(2-Amino-2-oxoethyl)phenyl fluorosulfonate (12-19) was isolated as a white solid
(mp 109-110 °C) in 96% yield (11.22 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.38 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.18 (br s, 1H), 5.70 (br s, 1H), 3.58 (s, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 172.9, 149.3, 135.7, 131.5, 121.4, 42.2; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 37.2; ESI-MS (m/z): 234 [MH]+.
2-(2H-Benzo[d] [1 ,2,3] triazol-2-yl)-4-methylphenyl fluorosulfonate (12-20) was isolated as a thick colorless oil (solidifies upon standing) was isolated in 98%> yield (4.54 g) following the general procedure using 4 equivalents of triethylamine. Further purification was performed by silica gel column chromatography (5-20% EtOAc in hexane). mp 63-64 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.04 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.98 - 7.92 (m, 2H), 7.50 - 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.35 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 145.3, 140.4, 139.6, 132.5, 131.2, 127.9, 127.0, 123.0, 118.7, 21.1; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 42.4; Rf (9: 1 hexane: EtOAc): 0.44; ESI-MS (m/z): 308 [MH]+.
Benzofd] ' [l,3]dioxol-5-yl fluorosulfonate (12-21) was isolated as a colorless oil in 88% yield (9.68 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.83 - 6.80 (m, 3H), 6.05 (s, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 148.7, 147.8, 144.2, 114.2, 108.4, 103.1, 102.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 36.1; Rf (9: 1 hexane :EtO Ac): 0.54; GC (tR): 4.82 min; EI-MS (m/z): 220 [M]+.
6-Methylpyridin-3-yl fluorosulfonate (12-22) was isolated as colorless needles in 78% yield (2.97 g). Crude product was purified by extraction with EtOAc (50 mL x 2); wash with NaHCC"3 (35 mL), brine (10 mL), followed by filtration through short column (Si02; 30%> EtOAc in hexane). mp 33-34.5 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.52 (d, J= 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 7.27 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 2.60 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) 5 159.5, 145.4, 141.8, 128.8, 124.5, 24.1; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 37.4; Rf (7:3 hexane :EtO Ac): 0.46; ESI-MS (m/z): 192 [MH]+.
5-Formyl-2-methoxyphenyl fluorosulfonate (12-23) was isolated as yellow oil in 98%> yield (4.25 g). Crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (Si02; 30%> EtOAc in hexane). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.84 (s, 1H), 7.87 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J= 2.0, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 189.1, 156.0, 139.2, 132.4, 129.9, 122.7, 113.4, 56.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 40.1; Rf (7:3 hexane: EtOAc): 0.41; GC (tR): 5.4 min; EI-MS (m/z): 234 [M]+.
4-Formyl-2-methoxyphenyl fluorosulfonate (12-24) was isolated as yellow solid (mp 45-49 °C) in 97% yield (45.37 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.94 (s, 1H), 7.70 - 7.34 (m, 3H), 3.96 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 190.4, 152.0, 142.7, 137.1, 123.9, 123.2, 112.2, 56.5; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 40.4; Rf (9: 1 hexane: EtOAc): 0.36; GC (tR): 5.2 min; EI-MS (m/z): 234 [M]+.
4-Allyl-2-methoxyphenyl fluorosulfonate (12-25) was isolated as a colorless oil in 97%) yield (119.56 g). Crude product was purified by filtration through a short pad of silica (10% EtOAc in hexane) to remove brown impurities. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.23 (dd, J= 8.3, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (ddt, J= 8.3, 2.0, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 6.02 - 5.91 (m, 1H), 5.16 (td, J= 1.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.15 - 5.11 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.43 - 3.40 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 151.0, 142.4, 137.4, 136.3, 122.1, 120.9, 116.9, 113.7, 56.1, 40.1; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 38.9; Rf (9: 1 hexane :EtO Ac): 0.64; GC (tR): 5.3 min; EI-MS (m/z): 246 [M]+.
Mesityl fluorosulfonate (12-26) was prepared using 4 equiv triethylamine, followed by short filtration through a plug of silica gel to give the desired product in 85%> yield (0.68 g) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.97 - 6.94 (m, 2H), 2.39 - 2.36 (m, 6H), 2.32 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 146.9, 138.2, 130.5, 129.2, 20.7, 16.5; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 42.4; Rf (95:5 hexane:EtOAc): 0.72; GC (tR): 4.6 min; EI- MS (m/z): 218 [M]+.
Catechol cyclic sulfate (12-27) was obtained as a colorless crystalline solid (1.6 g,
92% yield), mp 33-35.5 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.23-7.18 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 142.6, 125.3, 111.7; GC-MS (tR): 4.4 min; EI-MS (m/z): 172 [M]+.
7, 7, 7', 7'-Tetramethyl-6,6', 7, 7'-tetrahydro-5, 5 'spirobifindenof 5, 6- d] [1,3,2] dioxathiole] 2,2,2',2'-tetraoxide (12-28). The above procedure was employed with 6 equiv Et3N in CH2CI2 solvent (0.25 M in substrate). The crude product was suspended in a small amount of hexane (dissolving a brown impurity) and 12-28 was isolated by filtration as a white crystalline solid (15.27 g). A second batch of the product was obtained after concentration of the mother liquor (3.18 g), giving a total of (18.55 g, 80% yield), mp 223- 225 °C. Rf (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc) 0.54. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.02 (s, 2H), 6.62 (s, 2H), 2.32 (dd, J= 90.4, 13.3 Hz, 4H), 1.41 (s, 6H), 1.35 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (101 MHz,
CDC13) δ 149.45, 146.07, 142.40, 142.14, 107.79, 106.06, 58.81, 58.31, 44.24, 31.70, 30.20.
3-(o-Tolyl)naphtho[2,3-e] ' [1,2,3] oxathiazin-4(3H)-one 2,2-dioxide (12-29). The above procedure was employed with 3.5 equiv Et3N. The crude product was suspended in a small amount of CH2C12 and filtered. The pure product was collected as a white powder and dried (2.81 g, 78% yield), mp 203-204 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.08 - 8.05 (m, 1H), 7.96 - 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.74 (ddd, J= 8.3, 6.9, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (ddd, J= 8.2, 6.9, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 - 7.34 (m, 4H), 2.36 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 160.4, 145.9, 138.5, 136.7, 133.8, 131.9, 131.1, 131.0, 130.9, 130.7, 130.0, 129.8, 127.9, 127.7, 127.6, 116.1, 116.0, 18.1; EI-MS (m/z): 339 [M]+.
II. Representative procedure for biphasic reaction conditions. 3,5-
Bis(fluorosulfonate)benzoic acid (12-30). 3,5-Dihydroxybenzoic acid (0.77 g, 5 mmol) was dissolved in a 3:2 CH2Cl2:water mixture (0.5 M). Diisopropylethylamine (4.5 mL, 25 mmol) was added, the reaction flask was sealed with a septum, air was evacuated, and a balloon filled with SO2F2 gas was introduced. The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred under SO2F2 atmosphere at room temperature overnight. Upon completion, the volatiles were removed by rotary evaporation, and the residue was acidified and extracted with CH2CI2. The desired product was obtained as a white solid (1.45 g, 91% yield), mp 127-128 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 10.8 (br s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 2H), 7.68 (t, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 168.1, 150.1, 133.8, 123.3, 120.3; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ +39.1; ESI-MS (m/z): 317 [M]".
(4R,4aS, 7aR,12bS)-3-(Cyclopropylmethyl)-4a-hydroxy-7-oxo-2, 3,4,4a,5,6, 7, 7a- octahydro-lH-4, 12-methanobenzofuro [3 ,2-e] isoquinolin-9-yl fluorosulfate (12-31). The above procedure was performed starting with Naltrexone -HC1 salt dihydrate (50 mg, 0.12 mmol) and 3 equiv Et3N in 1 : 1 CH2Cl2:water (0.1 M). After workup (sat. NaHC03) and purification by column chromatography (95:5 CH2Cl2:MeOH, Rf 0.47), the desired product was obtained as a white solid (42 mg, 82% yield), mp 135-138 °C. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.06 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.80 (s, 1H), 3.23 (d, J= 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.11 (d, J= 19.0 Hz, 1H), 3.04 (td, J= 14.5, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 2.73 (dd, J= 12.3, 4.8 Hz, 2H), 2.63 (dd, J= 18.9, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 2.46 (td, J= 12.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 2.41 (dd, J= 6.5, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (dt, J= 14.5, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.08 (td, J= 12.3, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 1.92 (ddd, J= 13.3, 5.0, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 1.57 (ddd, J= 26.4, 13.3, 3.5 Hz, 2H), 0.86 (p, J= 5.7 Hz, 1H), 0.60 - 0.53 (m, 2H), 0.15 (q, J= 4.8 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (151 MHz, CDC13) δ 206.7, 147.6, 133.9, 131.9, 131.5, 122.6, 120.2, 91.7, 69.9, 61.7, 59.2, 51.1, 43.3, 36.1, 31.4, 30.8, 23.2, 9.4, 4.1, 3.9; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 38.3; ESI-MS (m/z): 424 [MH]+.
(S)-2-Azido-3-(4-((fluorosulfonyl)oxy)phenyl)propanoic acid (12-32). The above procedure was performed starting with the dicyclohexyl amine salt of (5)-2-azido-3-(4- ((fluorosulfonyl)oxy)phenyl)propanoic acid and 2 equiv Et3N. The product was obtained as a yellow oil (0.65 g, 89% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.02 (bs, 1H), 7.38 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, 2H), 4.20 (q, J = 4.4Hz, 1H), 3.23 (dd, J = 14.4Hz, 3.2Hz, 1H), 3.05 (dd, J = 14.4Hz, 8.8Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (101MHz, CDC13) δ 174.4, 149.2, 136.7, 131.3, 121.1, 62.6, 36.5; 19F NMR (376MHz, CDC13) δ +37.2; ESI-MS (m/z): 262 [(M-N2)H]+, 312[(M+Na)]+.
(E)-2-((4-((Fluorosulfonyl)oxy)phenyl)diazenyl)benzoic acid (12-33). The above procedure was performed with 2 equiv Et3N. The crude product was purified by quick filtration through silica gel, washing away impurities with 50% EtOAc in hexanes and eluting the product with 70% EtOAc in hexanes. Rf (1 : 1 hexane:EtOAc) 0.19. The desired product was obtained as an orange solid in (7.16 g, 88% yield), mp 101-102 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.46 - 8.36 (m, 1H), 8.04 - 7.92 (m, 3H), 7.76 - 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.58 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (101MHz, CDC13) δ 166.5, 152.4, 151.0, 149.7, 134.0, 133.4, 133.2, 127.7, 125.5, 122.6, 116.3; 19F NMR (376MHz, CDC13) δ 38.5; ESI-MS (m/z): 262 [M-H].
4-(5-Thioxo-4,5-dihydro-lH-tetrazol-l-yl)phenyl fluorosulfate (12-34). The above procedure was performed with 1.2 equiv Et3N. The product was obtained as a pink solid (6.29 g, 98% yield), mp 130-131 °C (dec). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.18 - 8.12 (m, 2H), 7.92 - 7.86 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101MHz, CDC13) 5149.3, 134.2, 126.9, 126.5, 122.4; 19F NMR (376MHz, CDCI3) δ 39.8; ESI-MS (m/z): 277 [MH]+.
2-Oxo- 7-(( (2S, 3R, 4S, 5S, 6R)-3, 4, 5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2-yl)oxy)-2H-chromen-6-yl fluorosulfate (12-35). The above procedure was performed starting with esculin hydrate (540 mg, 1.5 mmol) and approximately 10.6 equiv Et3N (added in 2 portions) in CH2Cl2:water (9 mL:6 mL, overall 0.1 M in substrate). The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel [99: 1 - 97:3
CH3CN:water, Rf (95:5 CH3CN:water) 0.49]. After evaporation from acetonitrile solution, the desired product was obtained as a white solid (469 mg, 74%> yield), mp 145-147 °C. 19F NMR indicated the presence of a mixture of two conformational isomers in a 9: 1 ratio. 19F NMR (376 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 41.4 (major), 38.5(minor); 1H NMR (major isomer) (500 MHz, DMSO-de) δ 7.55 (d, J= 9.7 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.30 (s, 1H), 6.16 (d, J= 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.91 (d, J= 5.0 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (d, J= 4.5 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, lH), 4.12 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (ddd, J= 11.7, 5.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (dt, J= 11.6, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 2.99 - 2.94 (m, 1H), 2.86 - 2.82 (m, 2H), 2.79 - 2.73 (m, 1H); 13C NMR (major isomer) (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 159.3, 147.7, 144.9, 143.2, 139.8, 119.6, 117.9, 115.8, 111.6, 100.9, 77.3, 76.8, 73.1, 69.5, 60.5; ESI-MS (m/z): 423 [MH]+.
III. Representative procedure using NaH as base. Mesityl fluoro sulfonate (12-26): The starting mesityl phenol (2.89 g, 21 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF and NaH (1.26 g of 60%) suspension in mineral oil, 31.5 mmol, 1.5 equiv) was added under inert atmosphere at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 15-30 min. After evolution of H2 ceased, the mixture was cooled to 0 °C, the inert gas inlet was removed, a low vacuum was created, and S02F2 gas was introduced from a balloon with vigorous stirring. After 15 min at 0 °C, the reaction mixture was warmed to room
temperature. After 1 hour, GC-MS showed 97% conversion to the fluorosulfate, a residual amount of starting phenol, and a small amount of disulfate (less than 1%). The reaction mixture was opened to air, quenched with IN HC1 (about 35 mL) until a pH of 3-4 was established, extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL), washed with brine, dried over MgS04 and concentrated. The crude product was further purified by short column chromatography to give a colorless oil (4.37 g, 94% yield). Rf (95:5 hexane:EtOAc) 0.72.
Fluorosulfate of (+)-a-tocopherol (12-36). (+)-a-Tocopherol was extracted from a commercially available mixture of (+)-a-tocopherol and vegetable oil according to the literature procedure of Isso, B.; Ryan, D. Eur. J. Lipid Sci. Technol. 2012, 114, 927-932. The vitamin E/oil mixture (20 g, approximately 60% vitamin E) was dissolved in hexane (40 mL). A mixture of 20 mL acetonitrile and 20 mL methanol was added and the resulting mixture was vortexed for 1 min, then allowed to stand for 5 min to separate. The top acetonitrile-methanol layer was isolated, washed with hexanes, and concentrated, providing 13.4 g of (+)-a-tocopherol (77% recovery). Rf (95:5 hexane:EtOAc) 0.56.
After subjection to the above S02F2 reaction procedure, the crude fluorosulfate of (+)-a-tocopherol was purified by column chromatography (100:0 to 95:5 hexane:Et20). Rf (95:5 hexane:EtOAc) 0.90. The product was obtained as a thick colourless oil (9.82 g, 82% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 2.62 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H),
2.13 (s, 3H), 1.83 (ddt, J= 35.5, 13.2, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.66 - 1.50 (m, 3H), 1.51 - 1.36 (m, 4H), 1.36 - 1.22 (m, 8H), 1.27 (s, 3H), 1.20 - 1.05 (m, 6H), 0.93 - 0.85 (m, 12H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 151.1, 142.0, 127.6, 126.2, 124.5, 118.5, 75.9, 40.1, 39.5, 37.6, 37.5, 37.4, 33.0, 32.8, 31.0, 28.1, 25.0, 24.6, 24.0, 22.9, 22.8, 21.1, 20.8, 19.9, 19.8, 13.7, 12.9, 12.1; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 40.8; Anal. Calcd. for C29H49F04S: C, 67.93; H, 9.63; F, 3.71. Found: C, 67.73; H, 9.56; F, 3.72.
2, 5-Dimethyl-4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl fluorosulfate (12-37). In the above procedure, 3 equiv NaH was used with 2,5-dimethyl-4-(morpholinomethyl)phenol-HCl hydrate as the starting material. Column chromatography (9: 1 to 7:3 hexane:EtOAc) gave the desired product as a white solid (2.4 g, 54% yield), mp 93.5-95.5 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 3.69 (br s, 4H), 3.41 (s, 2H), 2.43 (br s, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 147.9, 137.7, 136.8, 133.4, 127.1, 122.4, 67.2, 60.6, 53.8, 19.0, 15.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 38.4; ESI-MS (m/z): 304
[MH]+.
IV. Representative procedure using DBU as base. Dinaphtho[2,l-d: Γ,2'- f] [1,3,2] dioxathiepine 4,4-dioxide (12-38). Binaphthol (1.0 g, 3.5 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (35 mL, 0.1 M in substrate). The reaction flask was sealed with a septum, air was evacuated, and a balloon filled with S02F2 gas was introduced, followed by addition of DBU by syringe (1.1 mL, 7.2 mmol, 2.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred under S02F2 atmosphere at room temperature for several hours, monitoring by GC- MS and TLC. Upon completion, the reaction was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with IN HC1 (2 x 25 mL), brine 10 mL), dried over MgS04, and concentrated. The desired product was obtained as a white solid (1.21 g, quant.), mp 198-199 °C. Rf (7:3
hexane:EtOAc) 0.33. GC-MS (tR): 9.6 min; EI-MS (m/z): 348 [M]+. NMR spectra matched the data reported previously by Koy, C; Michalik, M.; Oehme, G.; Aim, J.; Kempe, R. Sulfur Letters, 1998, 21(2), 75-88.
Ex. 1(K). Fluorosulfates and sulfates via silyl-fluoride metathesis.
Section A. Representative procedure for the synthesis of fluorosulfates from silylated phenols and sulfuryl fluoride gas in the presence of DBU. 4-(methylamino)phenyl fluorosulfonate (13A-1). TBS protected phenol (2.4 g, 10.15 mmol) was dissolved in dry acetonitrile (20 mL, 0.5 M in substrate). The reaction flask was sealed with septa, air was evacuated, a balloon filled with S02F2 gas was introduced, and DBU was injected by syringe (145 1 mmol). The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for several hours, monitoring by GC-MS or LC-MS. Upon completion, the reaction was quenched with IN HC1 (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The organic extracts were washed with brine (35 mL), dried over MgS04, and concentrated. The product was obtained as a brown oil, which solidified upon standing (2.05 g, 99% yield), mp 37-40 °C. Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.55. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.15-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.59 (m, 2H), 4.12 (bs, 1H), 2.83 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 148.9, 141.4, 121.6, 112.8, 30.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +35.3; GC (tR): 5.2 min; EI-MS (m/z): 205 [M]+.
Polar aprotic solvents (acetonitrile, NMP and DMF) facilitate the transformation. Aprotic solvents (CH2CI2, chloroform, trifluorotoluene, THF) can be used as well, at the cost of longer reaction times. The choice of the phenolic silyl ether group also has a pronounced effect on reaction rate. Reactions involving TMS-protected phenols usually require 1-4 h to reach completion, whereas reactions with the bulkier TBS group require 6-8 h. The DBU catalyst can be replaced with DBN or BEMP.
Benzene- 1,3, 5 -triyl trifluorosulfonate (13Λ-2). The use of l,3,5-tris((tert- butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)benzene (1.0 g, 2.1 mmol) in CH3CN:THF (10 mL + 10 mL) and 30 mol% of DBU gave a white solid. Additional purification was performed by column chromatography (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc) to give the desired compound as a white solid (0.69 g, 86% yield), mp 96-98 °C. Rf (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc) 0.62. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.53 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 150.3, 115.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 39.5; GC-MS (tR): 4.9 min; EI-MS (m/z): 372 [M]+.
2,2-Dioxidobenzofd] ' [1,3,2] dioxathiol-4-yl fluorosulfonate (13Λ-3). 1,2,3- Tris((trimethylsilyl)oxy)benzene (3.42 g, 10 mmol) in CH3CN (100 mL) was treated with DBU (30 mol%, 450 μί) and SO2F2 gas was introduced to the solution cooled to 0 °C in an ice bath. The reaction mixture was vigorously stirred for 4-5 hours, after which EtOAc was used instead of ether for the reaction workup. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (95:5 to 7:3 hexane:EtOAc) to give the desired compound as a colorless oil (1.9 g, 70% yield). Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc) 0.66. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.39 - 7.29 (m, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 143.72, 134.49, 132.87, 125.81, 119.03, 112.24; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 40.2; GC-MS (tR): 5 min; EI-MS (m z): 270 [M]+.
(S)-tert-Butyl (3-(2, 2-dioxidobenzof d][ 1, 3,2]dioxathiol-5-yl)-l-
(methoxy(methyl)amino)-l-oxopropan-2-yl)carbamate (13Λ-4). The bis-TBS protected phenol (1.62 g, 2.85 mmol) was taken up in CH3CN (20 mL). DBU (20 mol%; 85 pL) and SO2F2 gas were introduced at room temperature as described above, and the reaction mixture was vigorously stirred for 18 h. The crude material was passed through a short plug of silica gel, eluting with hexane:EtOAc (3: 1 to 1 : 1) to give the desired product as a pure colorless oil that solidified on standing (1.1 g, 96% yield), mp 108-111 °C. Rf (3:2 hexane:EtOAc) 0.41. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.04 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.88 - 4.80 (m, 1H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.01 (dd, J = 13.7, 5.4 Hz, lH), 2.80 (dd, J= 13.8, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 1.30 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (126 MHz, CDC13) δ 171.4, 155.1, 142.3, 141.3, 135.1, 126.2, 112.7, 111.3, 79.7, 61.6, 51.4, 38.4, 32.0, 28.1; EI-MS (m/z): 425 [M+Na]+.
Section B. Representative procedure for the synthesis of sulfates from silylated phenols and fluorosulfates in the presence ofDBU. Silylated ether (1 equiv) was dissolved in acetonitrile (0.1-0.5 M in substrate), fluorosulfate (1 equiv) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for several minutes to obtain a homogeneous solution. DBU (10-30 mol%) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (unless noted otherwise) for several hours, monitoring reaction progress by LC-MS or TLC. Note that the reaction vessel must be vented to allow for escape of the volatile silyl fluoride byproduct. Upon completion, the reaction was quenched with IN HC1 (unless amine functionality was present in the substrate), extracted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over MgSC"4, and concentrated. Crude products were purified by column chromatography when necessary.
Polar aprotic solvent (acetonitrile, NMP, DMF) facilitate the transformation. When the silyl ether has poor solubility in acetonitrile, THF can be used as a co-solvent. The choice of the silyl group on the phenol component should be adjusted depending on the steric properties of the fluorosulfate component. Since sterically hindered fluorosulfates require prolonged reaction time and elevated temperatures, the use of more stable TBS-protected phenols as coupling partners in this case generally provide cleaner transformations. More reactive fluorosulfates give cleaner transformations with more reactive TMS-protected phenols. In cases when reactive fluorosulfates are coupled with slow TBS protected phenols, the symmetric product of homocoupling of fluorosulfates can be observed in various amounts. DBU catalyst can be replaced with DBN or BEMP.
(8R,9S,13S,14S, 17R)-17-Ethynyl-l 7 -hydroxy- 13 -methyl- 7, 8,9,11, 12,13,14,15,16, 17- decahydro-6H-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl ( (R)-2, 5, 7, 8-tetramethyl-2-(( 4R, 8R)-4, 8, 12- trimethyltridecyl)chroman-6-yl) sulfate (13B-1). Prepared from fluorosulfate (493 mg, 0.96 mmol), acetonitrile (4 mL), the TBS-protected steroid (381 μί, 0.96 mmol), and DBU (30 μί, 0.19 mmol), with stirring at 80 °C overnight. Column chromatography (9: 1 to 7:3 hexane:EtOAc) provided the desired product as a white foam (0.73 g, 98% yield). Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc) 0.47. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.33 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 2.88 (br s, 1H), 2.62 (br s, 2H), 2.43 - 2.32 (m, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.10 - 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.00 - 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.88 - 1.68 (m, 4H), 1.66 - 1.28 (m, 20 H), 1.27 (s, 6H), 1.20 - 1.03 (m, 6H), 0.95 - 0.81 (m, 12H).
2,5-Dimethyl-4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl phenyl sulfate (13B-2). Prepared from fluorosulfate (883 mg, 2.91 mmol), acetonitrile (6 mL, 0.5 M in substrate),
trimethyl(phenoxy)silane (527
Figure imgf000094_0001
0.28 mmol), with stirring at room temperature for 5 h and quenching of the reaction with sat. NaHC03 (5 mL).
Column chromatography (9: 1 to 7:3 hexane:EtOAc) gave the desired product as a colorless oil (0.95 g, 86% yield). Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc) 0.42. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.40 - 7.25 (m, 5H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 3.63 (t, J= 4.6 Hz, 4H), 3.35 (s, 2H), 2.37 (t, J= 4.5 Hz, 4H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 150.3, 147.8, 137.0,
135.5, 133.0, 129.9, 127.5, 127.2, 122.3, 121.2, 66.9, 60.4, 53.5, 18.8, 15.6; ESI-MS (m/z): 378 [MH]+.
Bis(2-oxo-2H-chromen-7-yl) (propane-2,2-diylbis(4,l-phenylene)) bis (sulfate) (15B- 3). Prepared from fluorosulfate (513 mg, 2.1 mmol), acetonitrile (5 mL), TMS-protected bisphenol A (373 mg, 1 mmol), and DBU (30 μί; 0.2 mmol), with stirring at room temperature for 4 h. The product was isolated directly as a precipitated white solid (filtered and washed with acetonitrile, 0.5 g, 75% yield), mp 169-174 °C. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.67 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 2H), 7.51 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.26 - 7.20 (m, 12H), 6.41 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 1.66 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (126 MHz, CDC13) δ 159.7, 154.8, 152.2, 145.0, 148.5, 142.5, 129.4, 128.7, 120.8, 118.2, 117.6, 117.4, 110.1, 43.0, 30.9; ESI-MS (m/z): 677 [MH]+.
(S)-Benzyl 2 -amino- 3- (4-(((( 6-methylpyridin-3- yl)oxy)sulfonyl)oxy)phenyl)propanoate (13B-4). Prepared from fluorosulfate (478 mg, 2.5 mmol), acetonitrile (10 mL), TBS-protected tyrosine derivative (964 mg, 2.5 mmol), and DBU (75
Figure imgf000094_0002
0.5 mmol), with stirring at room temperature for 4 h. Column chromatography (9: 1 CH2Cl2/MeOH) gave the desired compound as a yellow oil (0.9 g, 83% yield). Rf (9: 1 CH2Cl2:MeOH) 0.44. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.43 (d, J= 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 8.5, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36 - 7.27 (m, 6H), 7.20 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (m, 3H), 5.12 (q, J = 12.2 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (t, J= 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (dd, J= 13.6, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 2.90 (dd, J= 13.6, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 1.66 (br s, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 174.6, 158.1, 149.1, 145.5, 142.0, 137.2, 135.4, 131.1, 129.0, 128.7, 128.6, 128.6, 124.1, 120.9, 66.9, 55.6, 40.2, 24.0; EI-MS (m/z): 443 [MH]+.
4- (2-Amino-2-oxoethyl)phenyl (4-(l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-2- (methylamino) ethyl) -phenyl) sulfate (13B-5). Prepared from fiuorosulfate (483 mg, 2.07 mmol), acetonitrile (10 mL), TBS-protected phenol (818 mg, 2.07 mmol), and DBU (75 μί, 0.5 mmol), with stirring at room temperature overnight. Column chromatography (reversed- phase, 0-60% gradient of acetonitrile in water) gave the desired product as a white solid (0.8 g, 75% yield), mp 108-110 °C. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.39 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.56 (d, J= 122.4 Hz, 2H), 4.85 (dd, J= 8.3, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (s, 2H), 2.75 (dd, J= 12.1, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (dd, J = 12.1, 3.9 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 0.89 (s, 9H), 0.05 (s, 3H), -0.14 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (151 MHz, CDC13) δ 172.5, 149.7, 149.5, 143.4, 134.5, 131.2, 127.8, 121.7, 120.9, 73.4, 60.7, 42.5, 36.4, 25.9, -4.4, -4.8; ESI-MS (m/z): 495 [MH]+.
1 ,4-Phenylene bis(4-allyl-2-methoxyphenyl) bis(sulfate) (13-B6). Prepared from fiuorosulfate (1.23 g, 5 mmol), acetonitrile (5 mL), l,4-bis((trimethylsilyl)oxy)benzene (636 mg, 2.5 mmol), and DBU (75 μΐ,, 0.5 mmol), with stirring at 50 °C for 5 h. The crude product was purified on a short column chromatography (9: 1 to 8:2 hexane:EtOAc) to give a white solid (1.3 g, 92% yield), mp 62-65 °C. Rf (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc) 0.22. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.48 (s, 4H), 7.20 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (s, 2H), 6.78 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 5.93 (ddt, J= 18.1, 9.5, 6.7 Hz, 2H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 5.09 (d, J= 4.3 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 6H), 3.38 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 4H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 151.2, 149.1, 141.4, 137.7, 136.6, 122.9, 122.5, 120.9, 116.8, 113.5, 56.0, 40.1; EI-MS (m/z): 563 [MH]+.
5- Chloroquinolin-8-yl (4-(methylamino)phenyl) sulfate (13-B7). Prepared from fiuorosulfate (786 mg, 3 mmol), acetonitrile (12 mL), TBS-protected phenol (711 mg, 3 mmol), and DBU (90
Figure imgf000095_0001
0.6 mmol), with stirring at room temperature overnight. Column chromatography (9: 1 to 6:4 hexane:EtOAc) gave the product as a yellow solid (0.7 g, 61% yield), mp 99-100.5 °C. Rf (1 : 1 hexane:EtOAc) 0.62. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.08 (dd, J= 4.3, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.58 (dd, J= 8.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64 - 7.53 (m, 3H), 7.31 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.58 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (151 MHz, CDC13) δ 151.9, 148.7, 145.6, 141.7, 141.5, 133.1, 130.4, 127.6, 125.9, 123.1, 122.4, 121.1, 112.5, 30.8; ESI- MS (m/z): 365 [MH]+.
Ex. 1(L). Synthesis of enol fluorosulfates.
3,4-Dihydronaphthalen-l -yl sulfonate from silylated enol ether (15-1). A round- bottom flask was charged with ((3,4-dihydronaphthalen-l-yl)oxy)trimethylsilane (436 mg, 2 mmol) and dry CH2CI2 (5 mL), then sealed with septa. Air was evacuated and S02F2 gas was introduced in a balloon, followed by addition of 1M solution of BEMP in hexane by syringe (200
Figure imgf000096_0001
0.2 mmol, 10 mol%). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, monitoring by TLC. Upon completion, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the crude product was purified by column chromatography (10: 1 hexane:EtOAc) to give a colorless oil (350 mg, 77% yield). Rf (8:2 hexane:EtOAc) 0.67. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.40-7.37 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.19 (m, 1H), 6.11 (dt, J = 8Hz, 4Hz, 1H), 2.90 (t, J = 8Hz, 2H), 2.57-2.51 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) 5 147.2, 136.4, 129.4, 128.0, 127.0, 121.2, 117.6, 26.9, 22.2; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +39.1; GC-MS (tR): 5.2 min; EI-MS (m/z): 228 [M]+.
Note: The analogous reaction in acetonitrile was complete within several minutes.
3,4-Dihydronaphthalen-l -yl sulfonate from lithium enolate generated in situ (15-1). A Schlenk flask was charged with a-tetralone (333
Figure imgf000096_0002
2.5 mmol) in dry THF (5 mL) and cooled to -78 °C under dry atmosphere. LHMDS (3.75 mL of 1M in THF, 3.75 mmol) was added by syringe and the reaction mixture was stirred at -78 °C for an additional 30 min. Low vacuum was then applied, S02F2 was introduced from a balloon, the reaction was allowed to warm to 0 °C, and stirring continued for 1 hour at that temperature. The reaction was monitored by TLC and GC-MS. Upon completion, the reaction was quenched with water (5 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2 x 10 mL), washed with brine, and concentrated. Purification by chromatography on a short silica column (10: 1 hexane:EtOAc) gave the desired compound as a colorless oil (400 mg, 75 %> yield). Ex. 1(M). Synthesis of sulfamoyl fluorides.
General Procedure. Secondary amine (1 equiv), DMAP (0.5-1 equiv) and triethylamine (2 equiv) were mixed in CH2CI2 (0.33 M) in a round-bottom flask filled to one- third capacity. The flask was sealed with septa, air was evacuated, and SO2F2 gas was introduced from a balloon. The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 3-18 h, and reaction progress was monitored by GC or LC-MS. Upon completion, the mixture was concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed with IN HC1 and brine, dried over MgS04, and concentrated to give the desired compound, usually in quite pure form. In some cases, additional purification was performed by passage through a short silica gel column.
Activated cyclic amines react rapidly with SO2F2; in some cases, cooling of the reaction mixture with a water bath is required. Acyclic amines require 1-1.5 equiv DMAP. When 1.5 equiv of DMAP are used, the addition of triethylamine or other extra base is not required. Activated amines can even react in buffer at pH 8 (phosphate, borate, or HEPES buffers).
Di(prop-2-yn-l-yl)sulfamoyl fluoride (17-1) was prepared with 1 equiv DMAP and 2 equiv Et3N. Brown impurities in the product were removed by passing the material through a short plug of silica gel (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc). The product was obtained as a pink oil (3.3 g, 76% yield, accounting for CH2C12 impurity by 1H NMR). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 4.28 (t, J= 2.2 Hz, 4H), 2.47 (t, J= 2.4 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 75.7, 74.8 (d, J= 1.6 Hz), 37.9 (d, J = 1.3 Hz), ; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 46.4; Rf (9: l hexane:EtOAc) 0.29; EI-MS (m/z): 174 [M]+.
Diallylsulfamoyl fluoride (17-2) was prepared with 1 equiv DMAP and 2 equiv Et3N, obtained as a yellow oil (2.9 g, 65% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 5.81 (ddtd, J = 16.8, 10.2, 6.5, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 5.36 - 5.28 (m, 4H), 3.94 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 130.7 (d, J= 1.6 Hz), 120.9, 50.8 (d, J= 2.0 Hz).; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 50.00; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.72; GC-MS (tR): 3.7 min; EI-MS (m/z): 178 [M]+.
Bis(2-azidoethyl)sulfamoyl fluoride (17-3) was prepared from the bis(2- azidoethyl)amine mesylate salt, 1 equiv DMAP, and 3 equiv Et3N, isolated as a yellow oil (4.49 g, 76% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.64 - 3.59 (m, 4H), 3.59 - 3.54 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 50.2 (d, J = 1.9 Hz), 49.7 (d, J = 1.6 Hz); 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 50.0; Rf (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc): 0.52; HRMS (ESI-TOF) (m/z): [M + H]+ calcd for C4H8FN7O2S, 238.0517; found 238.0524.
(2,2-Dimethoxyethyl)(methyl)sulfamoyl fluoride (17-4) was prepared with 1 equiv DMAP and 2 equiv Et3N, obtained as a colorless oil (3.4 g, 88% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.50 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (s, 6H), 3.35 (dd, J= 5.4, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 3.08 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 103.0 (d, J= 2.4 Hz), 55.0, 52.8 (d, J= 2.1 Hz), 37.9 (d, J= 1.5 Hz); 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 50.0; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.44; EI-MS (m/z): 201 [M]+.
4-(2-Azidoacetyl)piperazine-l-sulfamoyl fluoride (17-5) was prepared from 2-azido- l-(piperazin-l-yl)ethanone-TFA salt, 0.5 equiv DMAP, and 5 equiv Et3N. The product was obtained as a pink solid (4.4 g, 70% yield), mp 92-94 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 3.93 (br s, 2H), 3.72 (br s, 2H), 3.55-3.30 (m, 6H);13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 165.9, 50.7, 46.7, 44.0, 40.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 40.1; Rf (1 : 1 hexane:EtOAc): 0.44; GC-MS (tR): 6.3 min; EI-MS (m z): 251 [M]+.
6, 7-Dimethoxy-l-phenyl-3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2(lH)-sulfamoyl fluoride (17-6) was prepared with 1 equiv DMAP and 2 equiv Et3N, obtained as a white solid (0.6 g, 80%> yield), mp 109-111 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.35-7.32 (m, 3H), 7.26 - 7.19 (m, 2H), 6.70 (s, 1H), 6.44 (s, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 3.98 - 3.89 (m, 1H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.43 - 3.29 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.75 (ddd, J= 16.6, 4.4, 1.6 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 148.8, 148.0, 139.8 (d, J= 2.3 Hz), 129.1, 128.7, 128.7, 125.4, 124.1, 111.4, 110.7, 60.5 (d, J= 1.4 Hz), 56.1 (d, J= 5.5 Hz), 40.6 (d, J= 2.7 Hz), 26.8; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDCI3) δ 50.0; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.56; GC-MS (tR): 8.3 min; EI-MS (m/z): 351 [M]+.
4-(Dibenzofb,fJ fl,4Joxazepin-l 1 -yl)piperazine-l -sulfamoyl fluoride (17-7) was prepared with 0.5 equiv DMAP and 2 equiv Et3N, obtained as a white solid (0.5 g, 73%> yield), mp 142-144 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.44 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.25 - 7.00 (m, 5H), 3.66 (s, 4H), 3.58 (s, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCI3) δ 159.6, 158.4, 151.8, 139.5, 133.3, 130.8, 128.7, 127.3, 126.1, 125.6, 124.6, 123.1, 120.4, 46.6, 46.65 F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 38.6; Rf (9: 1 hexane:EtOAc): 0.48; EI-MS (m/z): 396
Figure imgf000099_0001
17-8 17-Sa 1?-8b
4-((3-Methylbutylidene)amino)piperidine-l-sulfamoyl fluoride (17-8) was prepared with 0.5 equiv DMAP and 2 equiv Et3N. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was washed with water, dried, and concentrated. The product was obtained as a yellow oil yield (1.8 g,
70% yield, accounting for DMAP contamination in 1H NMR). For characterization, the imine group was hydrolyzed (treatment with 'PrOH/water mixture at 50 °C for 1.5 hours) followed by treatment with MsOH to make the shelf stable salt (17-8a). EI-MS (m z): 183 [MH]+.
The amine was then converted to the corresponding acetamide (17-8b) (treatment with Ac20/Py in CH2C12 at room temperature for 18 h, followed by acidification (1M HCl) and extraction with CH2C12). The amide was obtained as a beige solid in 48% yield (3 steps from crude 4-((3-methylbutylidene)amino)piperidine-l-sulfonyl fluoride, 160 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 5.71 (s, 1H), 4.02 - 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.13 (t, J= 12.6 Hz, 2H), 2.04 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, 2H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.63 - 1.46 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 169.8, 46.5, 45.6, 30.9, 23.5; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ (pm): 41.4; Rf (CH2Cl2/MeOH - 9/1): 0.54; EI-MS (m/z): 225 [MH]+.
4- (Hydroxydiphenylmethyl)piperidine-l-sulfamoyl fluoride (17-9). The amine precursor (6.68 g, 25 mmol), DMAP (1.5 g, 12.5 mmol), and MgO (2.5 g, 62.5 mmol) were mixed in a 4: 1 CH2C12: water mixture (0.5 M in substrate) in a 500 mL round-bottom flask. The flask was sealed with septa, air was evacuated, and a S02F2-filled balloon was introduced. The reaction was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 6-18 h. Upon completion, the mixture was filtered through a short plug of CELITE®, and washed with water (50 mL) and then CH2C12 (200 mL). The organic layer was washed with IN HCl (50 mL), brine (50 mL), dried over MgS04, and concentrated. The product was obtained as a white solid (8.2 g, 94% yield), mp 109-112 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.61 - 7.42 (m, 4H), 7.42 - 7.29 (m, 4H), 7.29 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 3.94 (d, J= 9.4 Hz, 2H), 3.02 (br s, 2H), 2.58 (br s, 1H), 2.33 (s, 1H), 1.74 - 1.51 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 145.0, 128.5, 127.1, 125.7, 79.4, 47.7, 43.3, 25.6; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ (pm): 39.2; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.56; EI-MS (m/z): 332 [(M-H20)H]+.
l,4-Dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-8-sulfamoyl fluoride (17-10) was obtained as a yellow solid (5.6 g, 99% yield) using the same general procedure as described above for the synthesis of 17-9, but with l,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane as the amine precursor, mp 87- 89 °C. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 3.97 (s, 2H), 3.62 - 3.53 (m, 2H), 1.81 (t, J= 5.9 Hz, 2H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 105.5, 64.7, 45.8 (d, J= 1.3 Hz), 34.1 (d, J= 1.2 Hz); 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ 41.7; Rf (7:3 hexane:EtOAc): 0.41; GC-MS (tR): 5.35 min; EI-MS (m/z): 225 [M]+.
EXAMPLE 2. Modified antibiotics
ArOS02F is a non-polar functional group on an aromatic ring. It is an electrophile that can coexist with nucleophiles and withstand biological systems. ArOS02F is very stable and can selectively react with different protein targets. Its non-polar functionality means introduction of the functional group on the parent minimally impacts, if at all, the affinity for the parent molecule.
Any known small molecule drugs which have one or more aromatic substitution can be readily converted to ArOS02F. Many antibiotics include functional groups such as aryl- OH, amino groups, and the like, which can be derivatized to introduce an S02F group (e.g., OS02F, NCH2CH2S02F, or NS02F) into the antibiotic structure. In this study, five fiuorosulfonyl antibiotic derivatives (cephalosporin derivative 10-2, ciprofloxacin derivative 10-7, and three vancomycin derivatives - vancomycin-SF, vancomycin-SF-1 and
vancomycin-SF-2, the latter two of which include N-propargyl groups as potential reactants in copper-catalyzed azide/alkyne click coupling reactions) were evaluated for antimicrobial activity against E. coli and/or B. subtilis in comparison to the non-modified versions of the antibiotics. See FIG. 20 for the structures of the antibiotic compounds.
The antibiotic compounds were serially diluted in LB medium (lOg/L tryptone, 5 g/L yeast extract, 10 g/L NaCl in deionized water) on a 96-well culture plate from DMSO stock solution. Bacteria were inoculated into the wells and allowed to grow overnight at 37°C, 300 rpm. Overnight growth was assessed by measuring the turbidity of the media by absorbance at 605 nm in a plate reader. The results for Bacillus subtilis are shown in Table 2, and the results for E. coli are shown in Table 3. Low turbidity (low optical density at 605 nm, OD6o5) relative to medium or vehicle alone indicates antibacterial activity.
Table 2. Bacillus subtilis (Gram positive) results.
Antibiotic 50 μΜ Structure in OD60s after overnight growth
Fig. 20
LB medium only N/A 0.425
Vehicle (DMSO) N/A 0.422
Cephalosporin A 0.527
Cephalosporin-SF B 0.16
Ciprofloxacin C 0.036
Ciprofloxacin-SF D 0.036
Vancomycin E 0.036
Vancomy cin-F S F 0.037
Vancomycin-FS- 1 G 0.037
Vancomy cin-F S -2 H 0.049
Table 3. Escherichia coli (Gram negative) results.
Antibiotic20 μΜ Structure in OD605 after overnight
Fig. 20 growth
Vehicle (DMSO) - 0.325
Cephalosporin A 0.253
Cephalosporin-SF B 0.339
Ciprofloxacin C 0.036
Ciprofloxacin-SF D 0.037
The results in Tables 2 and 3 clearly indicate that the fluorosulfonylated antibiotics exhibit similar activity to the non-derivatized antibiotics, although the cephalosporin derivative appears to have improved activity against B. subtilis relative to cephalosporin itself in these tests. EXAMPLE 3. Modified tyrosine and peptides prepared therewith.
Fluorosulfate-Fmoc tyrosine is a useful building block for peptide synthesis.
Figure imgf000102_0001
Using fluorosulfate-Fmoc tyrosine, several analogues of market peptide drugs were synthesized with tyrosine-OS02F instead of tyrosine in sequence by standard solid phase peptide synthesis methods that are well known in the art, demonstrating the utility of this functional group in peptide chemistry.
Tyrosine O-sulfation is a common enzymatic post-translational modification that occurs while the secreted and transmembrane proteome traffics through the Golgi
compartment of the cell. While it is clear that phosphorylation and sulfation of tyrosine (Tyr) similarly modulate protein-protein interactions and affect conformational changes within a protein, much less is known about sulfation partly because sulfotyrosine (sY) peptides cannot be easily made by laboratories without substantial chemistry expertise.
Currently, several approaches are used for the solid-phase peptide synthesis (SPPS) of sY-containing peptides, all of which have drawbacks. In one embodiment, the present invention provided an efficient approach to make sY-containing peptides wherein Fmoc- protected fluorosulfated Tyrosine (Y(OS02F)) is incorporated into the peptide-of-interest using a near-standard Fmoc solid phase synthesis strategy either manually or by using a peptide synthesizer. Like other sulfur(VI) fluorides, aromatic fluorosulfates are
hydro lyrically stable, redox-resistant, and they do not serve as halogenation agents. They are very stable toward hydrolysis under neutral or acidic conditions and are stable for up to two weeks in phosphate buffer at pH 10. However, they can become reactive in the presence of an appropriate nucleophile under conditions that stabilize the departure of the fluoride leaving group. The ease of obtaining Fmoc protected Y(OS02F) building block and the high stability of aromatic fluorosulfates enables the efficient synthesis of peptides containing the Ar-0-S02F substructure using an Fmoc chemistry strategy. The Fmoc-Y(OS02F)-OH (Fmoc-Y-SF, 1) used in SPPS is prepared in one step in high yield from the reaction of commercially available Fmoc-protected Tyr with sulforyl fluoride (gas) as described elsewhere herein (Scheme 1). Conveniently, 2-methyl-piperidine (2 -MP) was used to remove the Fmoc primary amine protecting group during each SPPS coupling cycle (Scheme 2) instead of piperidine, as piperidine inefficiently reacts with the fluorosulfate functionality lowering the yield and purity of the desired Y(OS02F)-containing peptides. The fluorosulfate functional group is stable under the standard Rink amide resin-peptide cleavage (95:2.5:2.5 = TFA:TIPS:H20) conditions used to liberate the side chain deprotected peptide from the resin. Y(OS02F) residue(s) in the peptide-of-interest were then converted into the sY functionality by hydrolysis with a base (CS2CO3, or l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene(DBU)) dissolved in ethylene glycol at 25 °C for 60-120 min with stirring (Scheme 3).
Five sY peptides 2-6 were prepared by an optimized protocol of Y(OS02F)- containing peptide synthesis and arylf uorosulfate hydrolysis employing Cs2C03/ethylene glycol(Table 4). The sequence of first peptide DADEsYL-NH2 (P2) corresponds to a sequence in the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) and P2 is expected to be a good inhibitor of protein tyrosine phosphatase IB. The sequence of a monosulfated peptide sYEsYLDsYDF-NH2 (P3) and a trisulfated peptide sYEsYLDsYDF-NH2 (P4) corresponds to residue 5-12 of mature P-selectin glycoprotein ligand 1 (PGSL-1) that binds to P-selectin and plays important role in the rolling adhesion of leukocytes on vascular endothelium.
Disulfated peptide TTPDsYGHsYDDKDTLDLNTPVDK-NH2 (P5) is from C5aR, a classical G-protein coupled receptor that is implicated in many inflammatory diseases. The sequence of tetrasulfated peptide DADSENSSFsYsYsYDsYLDEVAF-NH2 (P6) corresponds to residue 14-33 of chemokine receptor D6, which scavenges extracellular pro-inflammatory CC chemokines and suppresses inflammation and tumergenesis. Peptides P4-P6 contain multiple sY residues and their synthesis poses significant challenge to the coupling efficiency, stability and efficiency of hydrolysis for Y(OS02F) in different sequence environments. For all couplings in SPPS, including the coupling of amino acid 1, we used 5 equiv. of the appropriate side chain protected amino acid preactivated with HCTU/HOBt/DIPEA for 30 min) (refs). The activated amino acid was added to the resin-bound primary amine with shaking for a coupling period of 30-60 min to generate a new amide bond. Every Fmoc protecting group was removed employing 3 applications of 20% 2-MP in dimethylformamide or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone for 10 min. We used and prefer a 95:2.5:2.5 = TFA:TIPS:H20 deprotection solution (25 °C, 180 min) to cleave the peptide-of-interest off the Rink resin and to liberate the side chain protecting groups, however the other cleavage/deprotection cocktail mentioned above performs similarly. The crude yield of Y(OS02F) peptides carried out on a 200 μιηοΐ scale ranged from 77-89 %. The Y(OS02F)-containing peptides can be easily purified by reverse phase-high performance liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC), exemplified by DADEY(OS02F)L-NH2 (P7) in a 64% yield. Fluorosulfate hydrolysis in peptide 7 was accomplished in ethylene glycol utilizing Cs2C03 as a base (10 equiv) and was followed by semi-preparative RP-HPLC using a C18 column and an 20 mM ammonium acetate/CH3CN mobile phase gradient, revealing near-quantitative conversion (Figure 1A, SI and S2).
In the optimization of the hydrolysis of Y(OS02F)-containing peptide 7 to sY- containing peptide 2, we observed significant desulfation of sY in the presence of base in aqueous solutions. Upon treating peptide 7 with Cs2C03 dissolved in methanol, we observed the apparent methylation of carboxylate side chains, presumably owing to the formation of a Tyr-0-S02-OCH3 intermediate. Although no consensus sequence is reached for tyrosine sulfation, acidic residues preponderate the known sites of tyrosine sulfation and such side reaction is likely to happen to other sulfated tyrosine sequences. (Lin 1992, Kehoe 2000, Seibert 2007, Teramoto 2013) While utilization of methanol/NH3(2M)/Cs2C03 attenuated methylation, it was still observed. Utilizing Cs2C03 dissolved in ethanol resulted in peptide ethylation, consistent with formation of Tyr-0-S02-OCH2CH3 intermediate. With Cs2C03 dissolved in isopropanol or tertiary butyl alcohol, no reaction occurred. Notably, while Cs2C03/ethylene glycol and Cs2C03/l,4 butanediol afforded quantitative hydrolysis with no side reactions, Cs2C03/l,3 propanediol afforded < 50 % yield of sY peptide 2 and numerous side products.
Outside of hydrolysis methodology development explored in the preceding paragraph, there is no need to purify the crude Y(OS02F) peptides resulting from 95:2.5:2.5 =
TFA:TIPS:H20 treatment. Thus, the crude Y(OS02F)-containing peptides were directly subjected to arylfluorosulfate hydrolysis using ethylene glycol/Cs2C03 method. Using this approach sY peptides P2-P6 were obtained in 36-67% yield (Table 4) after RP-HPLC purification using the column and conditions mentioned above.
The synthesis of GDsYDSMKEPCFR-NH2 (P8), a sY peptide containing Cys residue, is achieved by a different protocol employing DBU as the base in ethylene glycol. The sequence of 8 corresponds to residue 19-30 of CXCR4, which is crucial for embryonic development and have been implicated in cancer metastasis and HIV infection. sY has been reported to make the largest contribution to CXCR4-CXCL12 binding. Using the optimized SPPS strategy and side chain deprotection / resin cleavage strategy outlined above, the crude peptide GDY(OS02F)DSMKEPCFR-NH2 (P9) (Table 4) was successfully synthesized. Peptide 9 was HPLC purified in an isolated yield of 30% in order to optimize the hydrolysis strategy for producing Cys-containing sY peptides. The standard ethylene glycol/Cs2C03 method didn't perform well because it appeared that we generated a Cys-S-COOH containing peptide, hydrolysis of peptide P9 employing 5% DBU in ethylene glycol containing 0.5%> dithiothreitol (DTT) was effective, however. This approach afforded sY peptide P8 in 25 % isolated yield (Table 4). Adding DTT was the key to minimize the formation of byproducts.
The Fmoc synthesis of Y(OS02F) containing peptides described herein is both practical and efficient. Standard side chain deprotection and resin cleavage solutions perform well. Two different fluorosulfate hydrolysis protocols are introduced for the efficient production of sY peptides. The method used depends on whether the peptide lacks or contains a Cys residue. The facile synthesis described herein takes advantage of the unique reactivity of sulfur(VI) fluorides. This approach can easily be implemented by commercial and academic peptide synthesis facilities. Scheme 1. Synthesis of protected amino acid 1
Figure imgf000106_0001
Scheme 2. Overview of Y(OS02F)-containing peptide synthesis
Fmoc-AA-OH (5 eq)
HCTU (5 eq)
HOBt (5 eq) O O
PI PEA (5 eq) ^ H 20% 2-MP/DMF H
H2N— H2N— (AA)-C-N-' H2N— (AA)-C-N-
DMF
Rink amide resin
F F
Stepwise o=s=o o=s=o
Fmoc SPPS o 0 M H TFA/TIPS/H O ? °
H2N— (AA)y— Y— (AA)— C-N■ H2N— (AA)y— Y— (AA)— C-NHs
Scheme 3. Overview of arylfluorosulfate hydrolysis to afford sY peptides
F O
0=S=0 For 3-7: 0=S=0
O O ethylene glycol/Cs2C03 O O
H2N— (AA)y- Y— (AA)x-C-NH2 *-H2N— (AA)y- Y— (AA)x-C-NH2
For 9:
ethylene glycol/DBU/DTT
Table 4.
Isolated
Peptide Protein Sequence
Yield
P2 EGFR (988-993) DADEsYL-NH2 67%
P3 PGSL-1 (5-12) YEsYLDYDF-NH2 54%
P4 PGSL-1 (5- 12) sYEsYLDsYDF-NH2 58%
P4 C5aR (7-28) TTPDsYGHsYDDKDTLDLNTPVDK-NH2 54%
P6 D6 (14-33) DADSENSSFsYsYsYDsYLDEVAF-NH2 36%
P7 EGFR (988-993) D ADE Y(0 S 02F)L-NH2 64%
P8 CXCR4 (19-30) GDsYDSMKEPCFR-NH2 25%
P9 CXCR4 (19-30) GDY(OS02F)DSMKEPCFR-NH2 30%
Four other commercial peptide drug derivatives were synthesized using the fluorosulfate-Fmoc tyrosine: Thymopentin LY001 :RKDVYG*G; Oxytocin
LY002:cYIQNCPLG*G; Arginine vasopressin (2 modified forms)
LY003 :CYFQNCPRG*G; and Indolicidin LY005:I*PWKWPYWPWRR-NH2 where Y is modified tyrosine (fluorosulfonated) and *G is propargylglycine.
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000108_0002

Figure imgf000109_0001
Modified Arglnlne Vasopressin
The fluorosulfate ester groups of such peptides also can be converted to sulfate esters by selective hydrolysis with cesium carbonate and ammonia in methanol. For example, the modified indolicin was hydrolyzed to the corresponding sulfate ester as verified by LCMS after direct transfer to PBS buffer.
EXAMPLE 4. Fluorosulfate TTR substrates.
An ArOS02F functional group can serve as a covalent modifier in drug design. Almost 30% of the marketed drugs whose molecular targets are enzymes act by irreversible inhibition. J. Singh, R.C. Petter, T.A. Bailie, A. Whitty, Nat. Rev. Drug Discov. 2011, 10, 307-317. By installing an ArOS02F functional group on azo analogs of tafamidis, a reversible stabilizer substrate of transthyretin (TTR), the analogs can be transformed into an irreversible stabilizer. Small molecule analogues of tafamidis react with TTR protein in PBS buffer (half-life is about 80 min). As shown, below, installation of an-OS02F group via the general procedure for reactions of phenolic compounds with gaseous S02F2 (Ex. 1(J)), above, changes the reversible parent inhibitor to irreversible versions (i.e. azo compounds 4, 5, 6, and 7) which had half-lives ranging from about 80 min to well over 6 hours after reaction with TTR.
Figure imgf000110_0001
Tafamidis, trade name Vyndaqel
Figure imgf000110_0002
TT cava lent
modification
(t112)
<6 ) (13 h) (80 min)
Additionally, compounds in which the diazo group has been replaced by an oxadiazole have been prepared, as well. These compounds also exhibited TTR binding activity with covalent binding to the active site, albeit with subsequent hydrolysis by a ly residue to form a sulfated lysine in the active site.
Figure imgf000111_0001
EXAMPLE 5. Fluorosulfate compounds for 1HF PET scan applications.
Due to its stability and ability to maintain affinity of the parent molecule, ArOS02F is a useful compound for performing 18F PET scans for small molecules, peptides, and proteins. If a covalent reaction occurs, fast releasing fluoride ion will be readily confirmed by the enrichment of 18F ion in bones, which would then be detectable by PET scan techniques. The reaction conditions are simple, fast, and provide for direct loading of 18F on the target molecule. For example, a compound with a phenol group can be reacted with sulfuryl fluoride gas for about 1-2 hours in buffer under mild condition to afford an Ar-OS02F compound. The very high conversion rate allows for simply removing the buffer without purification. Subsequent exchange of 19F by 18F can be readily accomplished by, e.g., exposure to Ag18F, or preferably 18F bifluoride. Proteins are an attractive target for this application as there is currently no known simple chemical way to install a small enough piece containing a stable F molecule onto proteins. This process is similar to known bioconjugation; however, this generally requires multiple steps and larger molecules. For example, derivatization of dapagliflozin by replacing the OEt group with an OS02F group provides a means of accessing an 18F version of dapagliflozin by 18F/19F exchange.
Figure imgf000112_0001
0-(2-[18F]fluoroethyl)-L-tyrosine has been used as a PET reagent in a clinical study. O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine is a fluorosulfonyl ester analog of 0-(2-fluoroethyl)-L-tyrosine, and is stable in HEK cell lysates for at least 3 hours, which is a sufficient biostability for PET applications. The 18F version of O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine can be used for PET imaging, and can be prepared rapidly and efficiently by exchange of 19F by 18F by contacting the of non-radiolabeled O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine with 18F-enriched potassium bifluoride and a potassium complexing agent in a solvent such as acetonitrile. EXAMPLE 6. Fluorosulfate compounds as "click-tag" reagents and probes for drug discovery.
Including an S02F group on a biologically active molecule can also provide an opportunity to probe the active site of receptor molecules (e.g., by covalent reaction of the fluorosulfonyl moiety with an amino acid side chain of a receptor when the
fluorosulfonylated molecule is docked in the active site). In this regard, the S02F group also - I l l - can be conveniently combined with other functional probe/linking groups, for participation in additional coupling reactions with other useful materials, such as dyes or other markers. For example, a molecule with both an S02F group and an alkynyl group can be utilized as a coupling partner in an azide/alkyne "click" coupling reaction. This process affords a convenient and selective means of designing new fluorosulfonyl-based probes that include markers or other useful groups attached to the biologically active drug structure.
In one example, ethynylestradiol fluorosulfate was readily reacted with an azo- substituted fluorescein derivative via a copper catalysed azide/alkyne complexing reaction ("click reaction") to tether the estradiol derivative to fluorescein without affecting the OS02F group.
Figure imgf000113_0001
Molecular Weight: 378.46
Figure imgf000113_0002
Probe-eth iny I est radio I -OS 02 F
Molecular Weight: 955.01 In the case of ethynylestradiol, the alkyne moiety already is part of the normal drug structure. Alternatively, an alkyne can be separately introduced onto the drug structure in addition to the fluorosulfonyl group, such as in the fluorosulfonylated propargyl vancomycin
compounds, vancomycin-FS-1 and vancomycin-FS-2, from Example 2. Such probes can selectively pull down substrates for the biologically active portion of the probe from cell lysates and other complex mixtures of proteins and other biomolecules.
Ethynylestradiol fluorosulfate probes effectively capture tryptophanase from E coli lysates. The affinity of the ethynylestradiol fluorosulfate probe described above for tryptophanase was as verified with recombinant tryptophanase, which was tagged with the probe with greater than 90% modification (50 micromolar tryptophanse, 500 micromolar probe, in TBS pH 8 buffer for 16 hours at 37 °C). Tryptophanase has been implicated in biofilm formation, thus, the ethynylestradiol fluorosulfate materials provides a means for inhibiting biofilm formation. EXAMPLE 7. Covalent attachment of S02F compounds to receptor sites.
The S02F moiety, in the various forms described herein also, in some cases, can provide a handle for covalent attachment of organic compounds to receptor sites that include a nucleophilic amino acid side chain, such as a phenolic OH group, an amino group, a thiol, and the like, in the reactive site in an orientation that can react to displace fluoride from sulfur. This concept is summarized in FIG. 21, which graphically illustrates docking of fluorosulfate and fluorosulfonyl-substituted substrate molecules in a receptor site, and subsequent reaction to displace fluoride and covalently bind the substrate molecule in the active site. When several fluorosulfates or sulfonyl fluorides are present for potential reaction with the receptor, only molecules that have an appropriate molecular configuration will interact/dock with the active site of the receptor bind to the receptor site. Thus, this process can be utilized as a screening assay, where a series of S02F substituted candidate molecules (i.e., a library) are screened in a functional assay for binding to a target receptor protein (see FIG. 22). EXAMPLE 8. Selective Sulfonation of Nucleophilic Amino Acid Side Chains in Receptor Active sites.
In addition, the biologically active -OS02F compounds described herein can be utilized in some instances to sulfonate a nucleophilic amino acid side chain in the active site of a receptor protein, e.g., by initial reaction of a receptor-docked fluorosulfate to displace fluoride, and subsequent reaction with another nucleophilic side chain (Nu) to displace the substrate molecule and form a Nu-S03- group, as illustrated in FIG. 23. In some cases, if the nucleophilic side chains both comprise thiols, an additional elimination step can occur to form a disulfide bond in the active site, as illustrated in FIG. 24.
EXAMPLE 9. Sulfur(VI) fluoride-based functional groups on probes that selectively and covalently modify enzymes and non-enzymes in living cells
The binding-induced activation of sulfur (VI) fluoride functional groups also can be used in modifying proteins in biological systems. Aryl-S02F and aryl-OS02F probes were studied in live HeLa cells using gel-based assays and SILAC -based mass spectrometry approaches. Selective labeling of proteins by both aryl-S02F and aryl-OS02F probes were observed and the protein targets were identified.
We examined the reactivity and selectivity of covalent labeling by aryl-S02F and aryl-OS02F probes and select probes SF-3 and OSF-2 for target identification via the SILAC technique (Figure 25). Target proteins for both probes were found to befunctional unrelated enzymes or non-enzymes. Surprisingly, two non-enzymes, FABP5 and CRABP2, were labeled in both cases. Using recombinant FABP5 and CRABP2 the labeling event was confirmed and the site of labeling was identified as a functionally important tyrosine in an Arg-Tyr-Arg cluster that could bind the carboxyl group in fatty acids (FIG. 26). Since the expressions of these intracellular lipid-binding proteins (iLBPs) are quite tissue specific it was hypothesized that other iLBPs with this structural feature could be labeled by SF-3 and OSF-2. Such labeling was confirmed using recombinant FABP3 and FABP4.
Covalent inhibitors based on SF-3 and OSF-2 (similar molecules without an alkyne handle) were synthesized and used to compete with the probes (FIG. 27(A and B)). With increasing concentrations of covalent inhibitors a decreasing labeling event toward FABP5/CRABP2 was observed, suggesting the labeling is chemoselective and could be completed at certain concentration. These S02F and OS02F probes also were used to examine known and previously unknown non-covalent inhibitors of iLBPs in live HeLa cells (FIG. 27(C)). Surprisingly, an SOAT inhibitor (Avasimibe Pfizer, phase III) could compete out the labeling on FABP5 and CRABP2 in live HeLa cells suggesting strong binding in the substrate binding pockets. These studies provide a new way to covalently target iLBPs and suggest that the promiscuous reactivity of sulfur (VI) fluoride functional groups can be tuned and utilized for selective protein modification. EXAMPLE 10. Additional examples of ESF and S02F2 modified drugs and other biologically active compounds.
Biologically active compounds, such as drugs, enzyme inhibitors, other therapeutic agents, agrochemicals (e.g., herbicides, fungicides, and pesticides), and the like, which have a pendant primary or secondary amino nitrogen group are readily reactive toward
ethylenesulfonyl fluoride (ESF), as described in detail herein, to form an ESF derivative via Michael addition of the amino group to the ESF double bond. In the case of primary amino compounds, one or two ESF groups can be added, by controlling the stoichiometry (one equivalent of ESF will replace one hydrogen of a primary amine with an fluorosulfonylethyl group; if two equivalents of ESF are used, both hydrogens of the amino group will be replaced by fluorosulfonylethyl groups). The reaction with ESF can be carried out in the presence of hydroxyl groups, includeing phenolic hydroxyl groups, without any substantial interference. FIGURES 28 to 35 provide examples of biologically active compounds that can be reacted with ESF to form ESF adducts according to the methods described herein.
Biologically active compounds that have one or more pendant aromatic or heteroaromatic hydroxyl group or a pendant secondary amino group are readily reactive toward S02F2 in the presence of a base (e.g., a teriary amine) to form fluorosulfate esters with the hydroxyl group, or a fluorosulfamate with the amino group, as described in detail herein. FIGURES 36 and 37 provide examples of biologically active compounds that can be reacted with S02F2 in the presence of a base to form fluorosulfates and fluorosulfamides, according to the methods described herein. Methods for evaluating the activity of the various modified biologically active compounds described herein are well known in the art, as most of the biologically active core compounds from which the fluorosulfonyl-containing derivatives (e.g., fluorosulfates, fluorosufamates, and ESF adducts, collectively referred to as SF-modified compounds) are prepared have been extensively studied in the literatue and many are or have been
commercial drugs or products. Non- limiting examples of methods for evaluating the activity of some of the SF-modified compounds described herein are based on methods for assaying the activity of the parent compounds, as described in the paragraphs below.
Mephentermine is obtained from Cerilliant (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified Mephentermine is evaluated for activity in assay as described by G. Fawaz and J. Simaan, "The Tachyphylaxis caused by mephentermine and tyramine," British Journal of
Pharmacology, Vol 24 (1965) pp. 526-531.
Mecamylamine hydrochloride is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified mecamylamine is evaluated for activity in assay as described by N. Gentile, et al., "Sexually diergic hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HP A) responses to single-dose nicotine, continuous nicotine infusion, and nicotine withdrawal by
mecamylamine in rats," Brain Research Bulletin, Vol 85 (2011) pp. 145-152.
Levallorphan tartrate salt is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified levallorphan compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by B. Brdar and P. Fromageot, "Inhibition of viral RNA synthesis by levallorphan," FEBS Letters, Vol. 6, No. 3 (1970) pp. 190-192.
Naltrexone Hydrochloride is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee,
Wisconsin). The SF-modified naltrexone compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Moore, "The efficacy of a low dose combination of topiramate and naltrexone on ethanol reinforcement and consumption in rat models," Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior, Vol. 116 (2014) pp. 107-115.
Levothyroxine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by D. Pabla, et al, "Intestinal permeability enhancement of levothyroxine sodium by straight chain fatty acids studied in MDCK epithelial cell line," Eurpoean Journal of Pharmacetical Sciences, Vol. 40
(2010) pp. 466-472.
Lio thyronine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified liothyronine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Wu, et al., "Tissue responses to thyroid hormone in a kindred with resistance to thyroid hormone harboring a commonly occurring mutation in the thyroid hormone receptor β gene (P453T)," Journal of Laboratory and Clinical Medicine, Vol. 146, Issue 2 (2005) pp. 85-94.
Metaraminol is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified metaraminol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by A. Sagie, et al., "Effect of metaraminol during acute inferior wall myocardial infarction accompanied by hypotension: preliminary study," Journal of the American College of Cardiology, Vol. 10, Issue 5 (1987) pp. 1139-1144.
Nabilone is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified nabilone compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J. Lile, et al, "Separate and combine effects of the cannabinoid agaonists nabilone and A9-THC in humans discriminating A9-THC," Drug and Alcohol Dependence, Vol. 116, Issues 1-3 (2011) pp. 86- 92.
Sulfadoxine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The The SF- modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Happi, et al., "Polymorphisms in Plasmodium falciparum dhfr and dhps genes and age related in vivo sulfadoxine -pyrimethamine resistance in malaria-infected patients from Nigeria" Acta Tropica, Vo\. 95 (2005) pp. 183-193.
Sumatriptan is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified sumatriptan compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Y.
Watanabe, et al., "Monitoring cortical hemodynamic changes after sumatriptan injection during migraine attack by near-infrared spectroscopy," Neuroscience Research, Vol. 69
(2011) pp. 60-66.
Tacrine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified tacrine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Gao, et al, "Tacrine induces apoptosis through lysosome- and mitochondria- dependent pathway in HepG2 cells," Toxicology In Vitro, Vol. 28, Issue 4 (2004) pp. 667-674.
Theophyline is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified theophyline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by E.
Hashimoto, et al., "Adenosine as an endogenous mediator of hypoxia for induction of vascular endothelial growth factor mRNA in U-937 cells," Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, Vol. 204, No. 1 (1994) pp. 318-324.
Tadalafil is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified tadalafil compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Zhu, et al,
"Preventive effect of phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitor Tadalafil on experimental post- pyelonephritic renal injury in rats," Journal of Surgical Research, Vol. 186 92014) pp. 253- 261.
Tranexamic is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified tranexamic compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by H. Kakiuchi, et al., "Tranexamic acid induces kaolin intake stimulating a pathway involving tachykinin neurokinin 1 receptors in rats," European Journal of Pharmacology, Vol. 723 (2014) pp. 1-6.
Varenicline is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). SF- Modified varenicline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Cunningham and L. McMahon, "The effects of nicotine, varenicline, and cystine on schedule-controlled responding in mice: Differences in α4β2 nicotinic receptor activation," European Journal of Pharmacology, Vol. 654 (2011) pp. 47-52.
Vancomycin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T. Dilworth, et al, "Vancomycin and piperacillin-tazobactam against methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus and vancomycin-intermediate staphylococcus aureus in an in vitro
pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic model," Clinical Therapeutics, Vol. 36 (2014) pp. 1335- 1344.
Vigabatrin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J. Plum, et al, "The anti-epileptic drug substance vigabatrin inhibits taurine transport in intestinal and renal cell culture models," International Journal of Pharmaceutics, Vol. 473 (2014) pp. 395-397.
Salicyclic Acid is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by H. Chen, et al, "Salicylic acid mediates alternative signal transduction pathways for pathogenesis-related acidic P-l,3-glucanase (protein N) induction in tobacco cell suspension culture," Journal of Plant Physiology, Vol. 159 (2002) pp. 331-337.
Terbutaline is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by A. Hodi, et al, "Tocopherol inhibits the relaxing effect of terbutaline in the respiratory and reproductive tracts of the rat: The role of the oxidative stress index," Life Sciences, Vol 105 (2014) pp. 48-55.
Rotigotine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Oster, et al, "Rotigotine protects against glutamate toxicity in primary dopaminergic cell culture," European Journal of Pharmacology, Vol. 724 (2014) pp. 31-42.
Prazosin hydrochloride is obtained from Alfa Aesar® (Ward Hill, Massachusetts). The SF-modified Prazosin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by A. Antonello, et al, "Design, synthesis, and biological evaluation of prazosin-related derivatives as multipotent compounds," Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 48, No. 1 (2005), pp. 28- 31.
Pregabalin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified Pregabalin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by K. Fink, et al, "Inhibition of neuronal Ca2+ influx by gabapentin and pregabalin in the human neocortex," Neuropharmacology, Vol. 42 (2002) pp. 229-236.
Procainamide is obtained from Alfa Aesar® (Ward Hill, Massachusetts). The SF- modified procainamide compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by B. Lee, et al., "Procainamide is a specific inhibitor of DNA methyltransferase 1," The Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. 280, No. 49 (2005) pp. 40749-40756.
Procarbazine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified procarbazine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by D. Clive, et al., "Procarbazine is a potent mutagen at the heterozygous thymidine kinase (tk+/-) locus of mouse lymphoma assay," Mutagenesis, Vol. 3, No. 2 (1988) pp. 83-87.
Propafenone is obtained from Alfa Aesar® (Ward Hill, Massachusetts). The SF- modified propafenone compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by H.
Komura and M. Iwaki, "Nonlinear pharmacokinetics of propafenone in rats and humans: application of a substrate depetion assay using hepatocytes for assessment of nonlinearity," Drug Metabolism and disposition, Vol. 33 (2005), pp. 726-732.
Protriptyline is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified protriptyline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S.
Bansode, et al., "Molecular investigations of protriptyline as a multi-target directed ligand in alzheimer's disease," PLoS ONE, Vol. 9, Issue. 8 (2014) el05196.
doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0105196.
Pseudoephedrine is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified pseudoephedrine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Z. Wu, et al., "Pseudoephedrine/ephedrine shows potent anti-inflammatory activity against TNF-a-mediated acute liver failure induced by lipopolysaccharide/D-galactosamine," European Journal of Pharmacology, Vol. 724 (2014), pp. 112-121.
Ramipril is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified ramipril compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by X. Ji, et al,
"Comparison of cardioprotective effects using ramipril and DanShen for the treatment of acute myocardial infarction in rats," Life Sciences, Vol. 72 (2003) pp. 1413-1426.
Rasagiline is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified rasagiline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Y. Aluf, et al, "Selective inhibition of monoamine oxidase A or B reduces striatal oxidative stress in rats with partial depletion of the nigro-striatal dopaminergic pathway," Neropharmacology, Vol. 65 (2013) pp. 48-57.
Reboxetine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified reboxetine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by B. Benedetto, et al, "N-desalkylquetiapine activates ERK1/2 to induce GDNF release in C6 glioma cells: A putative cellular mechanism for quetiapine as antidepressant," Neuropharmacology, Vol. 62 (2012) pp. 209-216.
Rimantadine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified rimantadine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by G.
Stamatiou, et al., "Heterocyclic rimantadine analogues with antiviral activity," Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 11 (2003) pp. 5485-5492.
Ritodrine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified ritodrine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by F. Plenge-Tellechea, et al., "Ritodrine inhibition of the plasma membrane Ca2+-ATPase from human erythrocyte," Archives of Biochemistry and Biophysics, September 15, Vol. 357, No. 2 (1998) pp. 179- 184.
S-adenosylmethionine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified s-adenosylmethionine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by F. Zhang, et al., "S-adenosylmethionine inhibits the activated phenotype of human hepatic stellate cells via Racl and Matrix metalloproteinases," International Immunopharmacology, Vol. 19 (2014) pp. 193-200.
Salmeterol is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified salmeterol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Andrea Teschemacher and Horst Lemoine, "Kinetic analysis of drug-receptor interactions of long-acting β2 sympathomimetics in isolated receptor membranes: evidence against prolonged effects of salmeteroland formoterol on receptor-coupled adenylyl cyclase," The Journal of
Pharmocology and Experimental Therapeutics,Vol. 288, No.3 (1999) pp. 1084-1092.
Saxagliptin is obtained from Astatech Inc. (Bristol, Pennsylvania). The SF-modified saxagliptin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J. Kosaraju, et al, "Saxagliptin: a dipeptidyl peptidase-4 inhibitor ameliorates streptozotocin induced
Alzheimer's disease," Neuropharmacology, Vol 72 (2013) pp. 291-300.
Sitagliptin is obtained from Astatech Inc. (Bristol, Pennsylvania). The SF-modified sitagliptin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Tremblay, A., "Effects of sitagliptin therapy on markers of low-grade inflammation and cell adhesion molecules in patients with type 2 diabetes," Metabolism Clinical and Experimental, Vol 63 (2014) pp. 1131-1148.
Sparfloxacin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified sparfloxacin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by E.
Efthimiadou, et al., "Mononuclear dioxomolybdenum (VI) complexes with the quinolones enrofloxacin and sparfloxacin: Synthesis, structure, antibacterial activity and interaction with DNA," Polyhedron, Vol. 27 (2008) pp. 349-356.
Gabapentin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified gabapentin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by F. Kilic, et. al., "Antinociceptive effects of gabapentin & its mechanism of action in experimental animal studies," Indian J. Med. Res., May; 135(5) (2012) pp. 630-635.
Sertraline hydrochloride is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified sertraline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by R. Vijaya and K. Ruckmani, "In vitro and In vivo characterization of the transdermal delivery of sertraline hydrochloride Films," Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Vol. 19, No. 6 (2011) pp. 424-432.
Lisinopril is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified lisinopril compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C.
Constantinescu, et. al, "Catopril and lisinopril suppress production of interleukin-12 by human peripheral blood mononuclear cells," Immunology Letters, 62 (1998) pp. 25-31.
Amphetamine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified amphetamine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T.
Kanbayashi, et. al, "Implication of dopaminergic mechanisms in the wake-promoting effects of amphetamine: A study of D- and L-derivatives in canine narcolepsy," Neuroscience, Vol. 99, No. 4 (2000) pp. 651-659.
Fluoxetine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified fluoxetine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by M. Bianchi, et. al., "Effects of chlomipramine and fluoxetine on subcutaneous carrageenin-induced inflammation in the rat," Inflammation Research, Vol. 44 (1995), pp. 466-469. Bupropion is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified bupropion compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Learned- Coughlin, "In vivo activity of bupropion at the human dopamine transporter as measured by positron emission tomography," Biological Psychiatry, Vol. 54 (2003), pp. 800-805.
Nadolol is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified nadolol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by W. Wu and S. Pruett, "Suppression of splenic natural killer cell activity in a mouse model for binge drinking, II. Role of the neuroendocrine system," The Journal of Pharmacology and
Experimental Therapeutics, 278 (1996) pp. 1331-1339.
Albuterol sulfate is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The
SF-modified albuterol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J.
Cancado, et. al., "Effect of airway acidosis and alkalosis on airway vascular smooth muscle responsiveness to albuterol," BMC Pharmacology and Toxicology, (2015) 16:9.
Phentermine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Round Rock, TX). The SF-modified phentermine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J. Kang, et. al,
"Randomized controlled trial to investigate the effects of a newly developed formulation of phentermine diffuse-controlled release for obesity," Diabetes, Obesity and Metababolism, Vol. 12 (2010) pp. 876-882.
Atenolol is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified atenolol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Dey, et. al, "Formulation and evaluation of fixed-dose combination of bilayer gastroretentive matrix table containing atorvastatin as fast-release and atenolol as sustained-release," Biomed Research International, Volume 2014, Article ID 396106, 12 pages.
Cefadroxil is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified cefadroxil compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by X. Chen, et. al., "Effect of transporter inhibition on the distribution of cefadroxil in rat brain," Fluid Barriers of the CNS, (2014) 11 :25.
Warfarin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified warfarin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T. Li, et. al, "Identification of the gene for vitamin K epoxide reductase," Nature, Vol. 427 (2004) p. 541- 543.
Butorphanol is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (St. Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified hydromorphone compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Walsh, et. al., "Enadoline, a selective kappa opioid agaonist: comparison with butorphanol and hydromorphone in humans," Psychopharmacology, Vol. 157 (2001) pp. 151-162.
Hydromorphone hydrochloride is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified hydromorphone compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by S. Walsh, et. al, "Enadoline, a selective kappa opioid agaonist: comparison with butorphanol and hydromorphone in humans," Psychopharmacology, Vol. 157 (2001) pp. 151-162.
Estradiol is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified estradiol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by V.
Pentikainen, et. al., "Estradiol acts as a germ cell survival factor in the human testis in vitro," The Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, Vol. 85, Vol. 5 (2000) pp. 2057-2067.
Indolicidin is obtained from AnaSpec, Inc. (Fremont, California). The SF-modified indolicidin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Selsted, et. al, "Indolicidin, a Novel Bactericidal Tridecapeptide Amide from Neutrophils," The Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. 267, No. 7, Issue of March 5 (1992) pp. 4292-4295.
Thymopentin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified thymopentin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Fan, et. al, "Thymopentin (TP5), an immunomodulatory peptide, suppresses proliferation and induces differentiation in HL-60 cells," Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, Vol. 1763 (2006) pp. 1059-1066.
Oxytocin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified oxytocin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by U.S.
Pharmacopeia Pharmacopeial Forum: Volume No. 29(6) p. 1946.
Arginine Vasopressin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified arginine vassopressin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by U.S. Pharmacopeia Pharmacopeial Forum: Volume No. 29(6)31(4) p. 1127. Tetrahydrocannabinol is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF-modified tetrahydrocannabinol compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by M. Parolini and A. Binelli, "Oxidative and genetic responses induced by Δ9- Tetrahydrocannabinol (Δ-9-THC) to Dreissena polymorpha," Science of the Total
Environment, Vol. 468-469 (2014) pp. 68-76.tette
Methylphenidate is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified methylphenidate compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by A. Issy and E. Del Bel, "7-Nitroinadazole blocks the prepulse inhibition disruption and c-Fos increase induced by methylphenidate," Behavioural Brain Research, Vol. 262 (2014) pp. 74- 83.
Desloratadine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified desloratadine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Y. Lin, et al., "Design, synthesis and biological activity evaluation of desloratadine analogues as HI receptor antagonists," Bioorganic 7 Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 21 (2013) pp. 4178-4185.
Anisomycin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified anisomycin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by X. Guo, et al., "Epigenetic mechanisms of amyloid-β production in anisomycin-treated SH-SY5Y cells," Neuroscience, Vol. 194 (2011) pp. 272-281.
Strobilurin F is isolated as described by A. Fredenhagen, et al, "Strobilurins F, G and H, three new antifungal metabolites from Bolineau Lutea I. fermentation, isolation and biological activity," The Journal of Antibiotics, Vol. XLIII, No. 6 (1990) pp. 655-660. The SF-modified strobilurin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by J.
Sudisha, et al, "Comparative efficacy of strobilurin fungicides against downy mildew disease of pearl millet," pesticide biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 81 (2005) pp. 188-197).
Cyclopamine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified cyclopamine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T.
Takahasi, et al., "cyclopamine induces eosinophilic differentiation and upregulates CD44 expression in myeloid leukemia cells," Leukemia Research, Vol. 35 (2011) pp. 638-645.
Capsaicin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified capsaicin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by R. Terayama, et al., "Assessment of intraoral mucosal pain induced by the application of capsaicin," Oral Biology, Vol. 59 (2014) pp. 1334-1341.
Trifloxystrobin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified trifloxystrobin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by B. Zhu, et al., "Assessment of trifloxystrobin uptake kinetics, developmental toxicity and mR A espression in rare minnow embryos," Chemosphere, Vol. 120 (2015) pp. 447-455.
Impidacloprid is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified impidacloprid compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by X. Yang, et al., "Two cytochrome P450 genes are involved in imidacloprid resistance in field populations of the whitefly, Bemisia tabaci, in China," Pesticide Biochemistry and
Physiology, Vol. 107, Issue 3 (2013) pp. 343-350.
Acetamiprid is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified acetamiprid compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T. Cavas, et al., "In vitro genetoxicity evaluation of acetamiprid in CaCo-2 cells using the
micronucleus, comet and H2AX foci assays," Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 104 (2012) pp. 212-217.
Nitenpyram is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified nitenpyram compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by T. Perry, et al., "Effects of mutations in Drosophila nicotinic acetylcholine receptor subunits on sensitivity to insecticides targeting nicotinic acetylcholine receptors," Pesticide Biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 102 (2012) pp. 56-60.
Fipronil is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified fipronil compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Baker, et al, "Efficacy of a novel topical combination of fipronil, (S)-methoprene, eprinomectin and praziquantel against adult and immature stages of the cat flea (Ctenocephalides felis) on cats," Veterinary Parasitology, Vol. 202 (2014) p. 54-58.
Lufenuron is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified lufenuron compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by M. Breijo, et al., "An insect growth inhibitor - lufenuron - enhances albendazole activity against hydatid cyst," Veterinary Parasitology, Vol. 181 (2011) pp. 341-344. Fluconazole is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified fluconazole compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Q. Yu, et al., "In vitro activity of verapamil alone and in combination with fluconazole or tunicamycin against Candida albicans bio films," International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents, Vol. 41 (2013) 179-182.
Nitroxoline (8-hyroxy-5-nitroquinoline) is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich®
(Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF-modified nitroxoline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by by G. Murugasu-Oei and T. Dick, "In vitro activity of the chelating agents nitroxoline and oxine against mycobacterium bovis BCG," International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents, Vol. 18 (2001) pp. 579-582.
Pentazocine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified pentazocine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by P. Martin, et al., "The signma receptor ligand (+)- pentazocine prevents apoptotic retinal ganglion cell death induced in vitro by homocysteine and glutamate," Molecular Brain Research, Vol. 123, Issues 1-2 (2004) pp. 66-75.
Isocarboxazid is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified isocarboxazid compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by A.
Klegeris and P. McGeer, "R-(-)-Deprenyl inhibits monocytic THP-1 cell neurotoxicity independently of monoamine oxidase inhibition," Experimental Neurology, Vol. 166 (2000) pp. 458-464.
Indapamide is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified indapamide compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Ren, et al., "Design and in vivo evaluation of an indapamide transdermal patch," International Journal of Pharmaceutics, Vol. 370 (2009) pp. 129-135.
Ketamine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Round Rock, Texas). The SF-modified ketamine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by G. Vasconcelos, et al, "Alpha-lipoic acid alone and combined with clozapine reverses schizophrenia-like symptoms induced by ketamine in mice: participation of antioxidant, nitrergic and neurotrophic mechanisms," Schizophrenia Research, Vol. 165 (2015) pp. 163-170. Lomefloxacin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified lomefloxacin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Y. Zhou, et al., "Synthesis, cytotoxicity and topoisomerase II inhibitory activity of lomefloxacin derivatives," Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, Vol. 23 (2013) pp. 2974-2978.
Moxifloxacin is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified moxifloxacin compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by F.
Hurtado, et al., "Enhanced penetration of moxifloxacin into rat prostate tissue evidenced by microdialysis," International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents, Vol. 44, Issue 4 (2014) pp. 327-333.
Paroxetine is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified paroxetine compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by Y.
Sugimoto, et al., "Involvement of the sigmal receptor in the antidepressant-like effects of fluvoxamine in the forced swimming test in comparison with the effects elicited by paroxetine," European journal of Pharmacology, Vol. 696, Issues 1-3 (2012) pp. 96-100.
Methazolamide is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified methazolamide compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by M. Corena, et al., "Degradation and effects of the potential mosquito larvicides methazolamide and acetazolamide in sheepshead minnow (Cyprinodon variegates)," Ecotoxicology and Environmental Safety, Vol. 64 (2006) pp. 369-376.
Methylphenidate is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Saint Louis, Missouri). The SF- modified methylphenidate compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Wrenn, et al., "Effects of clonidine and methylphenidate on motor activity in Fmrl knockout mice," Neuroscience Letters, Vol. 585 (2015) pp. 109-113.
Milnacipran is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Round Rock, Texas). The SF- modified milnacipran compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by M.
Yamauchi, et al., "A combination of mirtazapine and milnacipran augments the extracellular levels of monoamines in the rat brain," Neuropharmacology, Vol. 62 (2012) pp. 2278-2287.
Maprotiline is obtained from Sigma-Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified maprotiline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C. Jan, et al., "Mechanism of maprotiline-induced apoptosis: Role of [Ca2+]I , ERK, INK and caspase- 3 signaling pathways," Toxicology, Vol. 304 (2013) 1-12.
Nortriptyline is obtained from Sigma- Aldrich® (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). The SF- modified nortriptyline compound is evaluated for activity in assay as described by C.
Piubelli, et al., "Nortriptyline influences protein pathways involved in carbohydrate metabolism and actin-related processes in a rat gene-environment model of depression," Eurpoean Neuropsycholpharmacology, Vol. 21, Issue 7 (2011) pp. 545-562.
In addition, a fluorosulfate analog of the drug Riluzole, which is used to treat amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, can be prepared by reaction of commercially available 2- amino-6-hydroxy-benzothiazole with SO2F2 in the presence of a base (e.g., triethylamine), as shown below.
Figure imgf000130_0001
a treatment for amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
Figure imgf000130_0002
SF-modified Riluzole EXAMPLE 11. Inhibitors of soluble epoxidase hydrolase (sEH).
Soluble epoxide hydrolase (sEH) is a bifunctional, homodimeric enzyme with hydrolase and phosphatase activity, sEH is highly expressed in the liver, but it is also expressed in tissues such as vascular endothelium, leukocytes, red blood cells, smooth muscle cells, adipocytes, as well as the kidney proximal tubule. sEH metabolizes
cis-epoxyeicosatrienoic acids (EETs) as well as other lipid mediators, and as such sEH plays a role in several diseases including hypertension, cardiac hypertrophy, arteriosclerosis, brain and heart ischemia injury, cancer and pain. Fluorosulfonyl derivatives of soluble epoxide hydrolase (sEH) inhibitors are useful for treatment of sEH-mediated diseases or conditions. A. Synthesis of ^^-(S-il-il-meth lbutano li i eridin^- liureidoi hen l
sulfurofluoridate
Figure imgf000131_0001
CH2CI2, 0 °C to rt, 2h
4-Aminophenyl sulfurofluoridate (also known as aniline-4-fluorosulfate; 80 mg, 419 μηιοΐ, 1.0 eq) and triethyl amine (Et3N; 46.5 mg, 461 μιηοΐ, 1.1 eq) were dissolved in CH2CI2 (5 mL) with stirring at -78 °C. Triphosgene (46 mg, 155 μmol, 0.37 eq) dissolved in CH2CI2 (5 mL) was added dropwise at -78 °C. The reactants were then warmed to 0 °C and stirred for 30 min. Thereafter the reactants and reaction products were cooled to 0 °C. (S)-l-(4- aminopiperidin-l-yl)-2-methylbutan-l-one (84 mg, 461 μιηοΐ, 1.2 eq) and Et3N (46.5 mg, 461 μιηοΐ, 1.1 eq) dissolved in CH2CI2 (DCM; 5 mL) were added slowly and the resulting reaction mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction was then quenched with the addition of HC1 solution (1M, 15 mL). An organic layer was collected from the reaction mixture and the remaining aqueous layer was further extracted with EtOAc three times. The obtained organic layers were combined and washed with saturated NaCl solution. The washed organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and was concentrated under vacuum. The obtained product (85 mg; 50.6%) was eluted by flash chromatography with (EtOAc: Hexane/ 7:3). The product was further purified by
crystallization (MeOH with water). Yield 50.6 %. 1H NMR (d6-DMSO, 300 Mhz): d 0.80- 0.90 (m, 3H), 0.97 (t, J= 5 Hz, 3H), 1.2-1.4 (m, 3H), 1.4-1.6 (m, 1H), 1.7-1.9 (m, 2H), 2.7- 2.9 (m, 2H), 3.16 (t, J= 12 Hz, 1H), 3.6-3.8 (m, 1H), 3.88 (d, J= 12.6 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (br, 1H), 6.32 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J= 9 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J= 9 Hz, 2H), 8.68 (d, J= 8 Hz, 1H); Melting point (°C): 186.5-188.0 (187.3). B. Synthesis of 4-(3-(l-propionylpiperidin-4-yl)ureido)phenyl sulfurofluoridate
Figure imgf000132_0001
Exact Mass: 253.12
Molecular Weight: 253.25 B (a). 26 mg ( 0.1 mmol scale) tert-butyl (l-propionylpiperidin-4-yl)carbamate dissolved in 0.5 mL DCM, 0.5 mL TFA added into the solution at room temperature.
Reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. The solvent and excess TFA was removed by rotary evaporation and dried under vacuum. The crude TFA salt was dissolved in DCM again and directly submitted for next step.
B (b). 1.1 eq Et3N was added to free the TFA/amine salt using DCM as solvent. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (100% EtOAc, Rf: 0.14) to give the product as a white solid (0.1 mmol scale, 24 mg, 65% yield for two steps ). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 7.55 - 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.34 - 7.26 (m, 2H), 4.37 (dtd, J = 13.6, 4.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (dtd, J = 14.1 , 4.0, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (tt, J= 10.5, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 3.22 (ddd, J = 14.2, 1 1.5, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (ddd, J= 14.0, 1 1.6, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 2.41 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.08 - 1.87 (m, 2H), 1.47 - 1.27 (m, 2H), 1.10 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H);
19F NMR (376 MHz, Methanol-i 4) δ 35.02; ESI-MS (m/z): 374 [MH].
C. Synthesis of 4-(((ls,4s)-4-(3-(4-((fluorosulfonyl)oxy)phenyl)
ureido) cyclohexyl)oxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000132_0002
2 H00C 6o devours 24 mg (0.1 mmol) 4-(((lr,4r)-4-aminocyclohexyl)oxy)benzoic acid was dissolved in
0.5 mL DMF, 15μΙ^ Et3N was added to the solution. Reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 5 min. 0.1 mL 4-isocyanatophenyl sulfurofluoridate/DCM solution
(O.lmmol, leq) was added by syringe, followed by 1 mg DABCO. Reaction was heated at 60
°C by an oil bath for 24 hours and was monitored by LCMS. Solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. Crude mixture was directly loaded to a column; purification by column chromatography (Rf = 0.41, 100% EtOAc ) to give the product as a white solid ( 0.1 mmol scale, 25 mg, 53% yield for two steps). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 7.99 - 7.90 (m,
2H), 7.56 - 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.36 - 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.03 - 6.92 (m, 2H), 4.43 (ddd, J = 10.0, 6.0,
4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.73 - 3.57 (m, 1H), 2.22 - 2.13 (m, 2H), 2.08 (dt, J = 13.6, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 1.60
(tdd, J = 12.8, 9.9, 3.2 Hz, 2H), 1.45 (tdd, J = 13.0, 10.5, 3.2 Hz, 2H); 19F NMR (376 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 34.97; ESI-MS (m/z): 453 [MH]+.
D. Synthesis of tert-butyl 4-(3-(4-((fluorosulfonyl)oxy)
phenyl)ureido)piperidine-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000133_0001
F
-isocyanatopheny I su If u rof I uoridate
D (a). 4-Aminophenyl fluorosulfonate was readily prepared and isolated as a brown solid (mp 41-42 °C) in 91% yield (8.0 g) by reaction of 4-aminophenol with sulfuryl fluoride for 6 hours in DCM using 3 eq of Et3N. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.08 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.65 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (br s, 1H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) δ 146.9, 142.1, 121.8, 115.6, 115.5; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) δ +35.5; EI-MS (m/z): 191 [M]+.
D (b). 4-isocyanatophenyl sulfurofluoridate was prepared by reaction of 4- Aminophenyl fluorosulfonate with triphosgene and triethylamine n dichloromethane (DCM).
Figure imgf000134_0001
D (c). tert-butyl 4-(3-(4-((fluorosulfonyl)oxy)phenyl)ureido)piperidine-l- carboxylate was prepared from isocyanatophenyl sulfurofluoridate by reaction with the Boc- protected aminopiperadine as shown above and isolated as a white solid. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (50:50 hexane:EtOAc, Rf: 0.15) to give the product as a white solid (0.25 mmol scale, 93 mg, 88% yield for two steps); 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 7.57 - 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.39 - 7.23 (m, 2H), 3.99 (dt, J= 14.1, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 3.75 (tt, J= 10.5, 4.1 Hz, 1H), 2.96 (s, 2H), 2.01 - 1.78 (m, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.44 - 1.27 (m, 2H); 19F NMR (376 MHz, Methanol-i 4) δ 35.02; ESI-MS (m/z): 318 [MH]+-100.
E. Synthesis of 4-(3-(l-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)
ureido)phenyl sulfurofluoridate
Figure imgf000134_0002
4-(3-(l-(methylsulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)ureido)phenyl sulfurofluoridate was prepared by the same general process as in D(c) above by substituting the N-methylsulfonyl piperadine compound for the Boc-protected piperadine compound, as shown above; mp 227- 229; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 7.56 - 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.36 - 7.27 (m, 2H), 3.76 - 3.60 (m, 3H), 2.96 - 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.09 - 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.54 (dtd, J= 12.8, 11.0, 4.1 Hz, 2H); 19F NMR (376 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 35.00; ESI-MS (m/z): 396 [MH]+. F. Synthesis of 4-(3-(l-(fluorosulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)ureido)phenyl sulfurofluoridate
Figure imgf000135_0001
F(a). General Procedure for Synthesis of sulfamoyl fluorides. Secondary amine (1 eq), N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP; 0.5-1 eq) and triethylamine (2 eq) are mixed in CH2CI2 (0.33 M) in a round-bottom flask filled to one -third capacity. The flask is sealed with septa and evacuated. SO2F2 gas is introduced from a balloon. The reaction mixture is stirred vigorously at room temperature for about 3 to 18 h, and reaction progress is monitored by GC or LC-MS. Upon completion, the mixture is concentrated, dissolved in EtOAc, washed with 1 N HC1 and brine, dried over MgS04, and concentrated to provide the desired compound, usually in quite pure form. In some cases, additional purification is performed by passage through a short silica gel column.
F(b). 4-((3-Methylbutylidene)amino)piperidine-l-sulfamoyl fluoride was prepared according the general procedure F (a), above, with 0.5 eq DMAP and 2 eq Et3N. Upon completion, the reaction mixture was washed with water, dried, and concentrated. The product was obtained as a yellow oil yield (1.8 g, 70% yield, accounting for DMAP contamination in 1H NMR). For characterization, the imine group was hydrolyzed (treatment with isopropanol/water mixture at 50 °C for 1.5 hours) followed by treatment with methanesulfonic acid (MsOH) to make the shelf stable salt. EI-MS (m/z): 183 [MH]+.
F(c). 4-(3-(l-(fluorosulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)ureido)phenyl sulfurofluoridate
Figure imgf000135_0002
4-(3-(l-(fluorosulfonyl)piperidin-4-yl)ureido)phenyl sulfurofluoridate was prepared and isolated as a white solid. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (50:50 hexane:EtOAc, Rf: 0.57) to give the product as a white solid; mp 168-170 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 7.54 - 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.33 - 7.27 (m, 2H), 3.88 - 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.77 (td, J= 6.4, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (ddt, J= 13.1, 11.5, 3.0 Hz, 2H), 2.11 - 1.98 (m, 2H), 1.59 (dtd, J= 13.7, 11.0, 4.2 Hz, 2H); 19F NMR (376 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 35.06; ESI- MS (m/z): 400 [MH]+.
G. Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-eth nylphenyl)ureido)piperidine-l-sulfonyl fluoride
Figure imgf000136_0001
4-(3-(4-ethynylphenyl)ureido)piperidine-l-sulfonyl fluoride was prepared and isolated as a white solid according to the general procedure in F(a) above from l-ethynyl-4- isocyanatobenzene. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (50:50 hexane:EtOAc, Rf: 0.70) to give the product as a white solid; mp 227-229 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 7.33 (s, 4H), 3.89 - 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.80 - 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.34 (s, 1H), 3.27 - 3.19 (m, 2H), 2.11 - 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.68 - 1.52 (m, 2H); 19F NMR (376 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 39.06; ESI-MS (m/z): 326 [MH]+.
H. Synthesis of 4-(3-(4-(fluorosulfonyl)phenyl)ureido)piperidine-l-sulfonyl fluoride
Figure imgf000136_0002
4-(3-(4-(fluorosulfonyl)phenyl)ureido)piperidine-l-sulfonyl fluoride was isolated as a white solid according to the general procedure in F(a) above from 4- isocyanatobenzenesulfonyl fluoride. The crude product was purified by column
chromatography (50:50 hexane:EtOAc; Rf: 0.56) to give the product as a yellow gel; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 7.93 - 7.86 (m, 2H), 7.72 - 7.65 (m, 2H), 3.92 - 3.73 (m, 3H), 3.29 - 3.21 (m, 2H), 2.06 (dt, J = 13.2, 3.8 Hz, 2H), 1.71 - 1.52 (m, 2H); 19F NMR (376 MHz, Methanol-d4) δ 65.58, 39.15; ESI-MS (m/z): 384 [MH]+. I. Synthesis of 2-(4-(3-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)ureido)piperidin-l-yl)ethane-l- sulfonyl fluoride
Figure imgf000137_0001
quant tat ve
1(a). General procedure for the reaction of primary and secondary amines with ESF (adapted from Krutak, J.J.; Burpitt, R.D.; Moore, W.H.; Hyatt, J.A. J. Org. Chem. 1979, 44, 3847-3858). The starting amine (1 equiv) is dissolved in organic solvent (usually CH2CI2 or THF, 0.1-0.5 M in substrate) and treated with ESF (1-2.5 equiv). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for several minutes to several hours, monitoring conversion by LC-MS. Upon completion, the solvent and excess of ESF are removed by rotary evaporation and dried under vacuum, usually providing clean product. When purification by column chromatography is mentioned, it was done to remove trace impurities.
1 (b). 2-(4-(3-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)ureido)piperidin-l-yl)ethane-l-sulfonyl fluoride was prepared and isolated as a yellow solid (quantitative yield. 22 mg) according to the general ESF procedure 1(a), above. The piperidine compound was mixed with 1.1 eq ESF (ethenesulfonyl fluoride) in DCM/CH3CN at room temperature. Reaction finished in 10 minutes, mp 180-182 °C; 1H NMR (400 MHz, Methanol-i 4) δ 7.54 - 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.23 - 7.01 (m, 2H), 4.37 (d, J= 13.1 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 1H), 3.77 - 3.48 (m, 4H), 3.14 (s, 2H), 2.21 - 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.92 (d, J= 12.8 Hz, 2H); 19F NMR (376 MHz, Methanol-^) δ 54.78, - 59.37; ESI-MS (m/z): 414 [MH]+.
The fluorosulfate, ESF, and fluorosulfamate devivatives described in this example were tested in an assay for sEH inhibition activity. The compounds exhibited IC50 values against human sEH of less than 10 nM, with some having IC50 values of less than 1 nM.
EXAMPLE 11. Naproxen-SF derivative.
Naproxen was extracted from commercially available caplet and was treated with 48% aqueous solution of hydrobromic acid under reflux condition to remove the methyl group from the methoxy substituent. After completion of the reaction and cooling the mixture to room temperature, the demethylated naproxen was obtained as yellow needle-like crystals. The crystals were suspended in a solvent comprising dichloromethane and water (3 :2 v/v). Triethylamine (2 equiv) was added to the suspended crystals and the resulting mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for about 10 minutes, followed by an atmosphere of sulfuryl fluoride (supplied by a balloon filled with sulfuryl fluoride sealed to the reaction vessel). After completion of the reaction of the sulfuryl fluoride with the demethylated hydroxyl group of the naproxen, volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. A solution of 1M hydrochloric acid was used to adjust the pH of aqueous phase to neutral or weak acidic, then the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was then isolated, washed with brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration and concentration, the naproxen-SF product was purified and isolated by flash column
chromatography.
Figure imgf000138_0001
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) 12.45 (s, 1H), 8.20 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (d, J 9.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 9.2, and 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J = 8.2, and 2.0 Hz, 1H), 3.91 (q, J = 7.2, 1H), 1.47 (d, J = 6.8, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, d6-DMSO); 175.0, 147.1, 140.7, 132.3, 131.9, 130.9, 128.3, 128.0, 126.0, 119.4, 118.7, 44.7, 18.3; 19F NMR (376 MHz, d6-DMSO) 39.03; melting point: 146-147 °C (hexane/ethyl acetate). EXAMPLE 12. Paracetamol-SF derivative.
Paracetamol was suspended in dichloromethane under a nitrogen nitrogen atmosphere and triethylamine (1.5 equiv) was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes, and then a sulfuryl fluoride was introduced (via a balloon filled with sulfuryl fluoride) to form the paracetamol-SF analog. After completion of the reaction, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. Filtration removed insoluble salts and the solution was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography.
Figure imgf000139_0001
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 7. 63 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDC13) 168.6, 145.9, 138.3, 121.7, 121.3, 24.7; 19F NMR (376 MHz, CDC13) 36.91; melting point: 152-153 °C.
All references, including publications, patent applications, and patents, cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each reference were individually and specifically indicated to be incorporated by reference and were set forth in its entirety herein.
Preferred embodiments of this invention are described herein, including the best mode known to the inventors for carrying out the invention. Variations of those preferred embodiments may become apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art upon reading the foregoing description. The inventors expect skilled artisans to employ such variations as appropriate, and the inventors intend for the invention to be practiced otherwise than as specifically described herein. Accordingly, this invention includes all modifications and equivalents of the subject matter recited in the claims appended hereto as permitted by applicable law. Moreover, any combination of the above-described elements in all possible variations thereof is encompassed by the invention unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context.

Claims

WE CLAIM:
1. A compound represented by Formula (I):
(I) Y— \-Z— (-X1— S(0)(X2)F )
m n wherein:
Y is a biologically active organic core group comprising one or more unsubstituted or substituted moiety selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, a nonaromatic heterocyclic group, to which each Z independently is covalently bonded;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5;
each Z independently is O, NR, or N;
when Z is O, m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond, and the Z is covalently bonded to an aryl or heteroaryl moiety of Y;
when Z is NR, m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond or CH2CH2, and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or heteroaryl moiety of Y;
when Z is N, either (a) m is 2, X1 is CH2CH2 and the Z is covalently bonded to a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, a nonaromatic heterocyclic, an aryl, or a heteroaryl moiety of Y; or (b) m is 1, X1 is a covalent bond or CH2CH2, and the Z is a nitrogen in an aromatic or nonaromatic heterocyclic ring portion of core group Y;
each X2 independently is O or NR; and
each R independently comprises H or a substituted or unsubstituted group selected from an aryl group, a heteroaryl aryl group, a nonaromatic hydrocarbyl group, and a nonaromatic heterocyclic group.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein each X2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is O.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein, each X2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is NR.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein, each X2 is O, each Z independently is O, NR, or N; and at least one Z is N.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein, each X2 is O, each X1 is a covalent bond, and each Z is O.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein, each X2 is O, each X1 is a covalent bond, and each Z is NR.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein, each X2 is O, each X1 is -CH2CH2-, and each Z independently is NR or N.
8. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 7 wherein at least one Z is covalently bonded to a heteroaryl moiety of Y.
9. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein at least one Z is covalently bonded to an aryl moiety of Y.
10. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein at least one Z is covalently bonded to a non-aromatic carbon of Y.
11. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein one or more of the aryl, heteroaryl aryl, nonaromatic hydrocarbyl, or nonaromatic heterocyclic portions of the compounds of Formula (I), include one or more substituent selected from a hydrocarbyl moiety, -OR4, -N(R4)2, -N+(R4)3, -SR4, -OC(=0)R4, -N(R4)C(=0)R4, -SC(=0)R4, - OC(=0)OR5, -N(R4)C(=0)OR5, -SC(=0)OR5, -OC(=0)N(R4)2, -N(R4)C(=0)N(R4)2, - SC(=0)N(R4)2, -OC(=0)SR5, -N(R4)C(=0)SR5, -SC(=0)SR5, -C(=0)R4, -C(=0)OR4, - C(=0)N(R4)2, -C(=0)SR4, -OC(=NR4)R4, -N(R4)C(=NR4)R4, -S02R4, -S02OR4, -S02(NR4)2, -N(R4)S02OR5, -N(R4)S02N(R4)2, -OS02OR5, -OS02N(R4)2, -P(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)(OR4)2, -OP(=0)R5(OR4), fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, -N02, -N3, -N=N-Ar1, -CN, a heteroaryl moiety (including heteroaryl materials comprising a single aromatic ring, or multiple fused aromatic rings in which at least one of the fused rings include a heteroatom), a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety, a fused 5 -member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused 5 -member heterocyclic ring, a fused 6-member nonaromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused 6-member nonaromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and any combination of two or more thereof; each R4 independently is H, hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; each R5 independently is hydrocarbyl, heteroaryl, or a nonaromatic heterocyclic moiety; and each Ar1 independently is aryl or heteroaryl.
12. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an estrogenic steroid that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
13. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a corticosteroid that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
14. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a amphetamine compound that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
15. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a benzodiazepine compound that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
16. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a barbiturate compound that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
17. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a morphine derivative that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
18. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a penam antibiotic that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
19. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a cephem antibiotic that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
20. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a carbapenem antibiotic that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
21. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a tetracycline antibiotic that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
22. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a quinolone antibiotic that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
23. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a macro lide antibiotic that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
24. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a aminoglycoside antibiotic that includes at least one -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group covalently bonded thereto.
25. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is a transthyretin (TTR) binding compound represented by Formula (VI) or Formula (Via):
Figure imgf000145_0001
in which each R is alkyl or halogen, and the -OS02F group in each formula can be bonded to the 3, 4, or 5 position on the "A" ring of the compound.
26. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound is an analog of a biologically active material selected from an antimicrobial agent, an enzyme inhibitor, a medicinal agent having activity for treating a non-microbial disease, a medicinal agent targets a pathogen, an antibiotic, an anti-protozoal agent, and a therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject; which analog includes at least one - Z-X1-(S)(X2)F group.
27. The compound of claim 26, wherein the antibiotic is selected from
vancomycin, rifamycin, rifampicin, teicoplanin, sulfacetamide, amoxicillin, novobiocin, a tetracycline compound, tetracycline, oxytetracycline, methacycline, minocycline, chlorotetracycline, doxycycline, rolitetracycline, demeclocycline, sulfanilamide,
sulfamethoxazole, norfloxacin, gatifloxacin, gemifloxacin, trimethoprim, pyrimethamine, cefadroxil, an anti-tubercular compound, isoniazid, rifampicin; streptomycin, ciprofloxacin, moxifioxacin, and aminosalicylic acid.
28. The compound of claim 26, wherein the anti-protozoal agent is an antimalarial agent selected from quinine, quinocrine, atovaquone, mefloquine, sulfadoxine, hydrochloroquine iodoquinol, and paramomycin.
29. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent (NSAID) selected from naproxen, ibuprofen, aspirin, tolmetin, flurbiprofen, sulindac, piroxicam, nabumeton, flufenamic acid, tolfenamic acid, and diclofenac.
30. The compound of claim 26,wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an antineoplastic agent selected from bleomycin, cytarabine, dacarbazine, an anthracycline, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, etoposide, flutamide, gemcitabine, idarubicin, leuprolide, mercaptopurine, methotrexate, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, pemetrexed, pentostatin, procarbazine, suramin, teniposide, thioguanine, thiotepa, and uracil mustard (uramastine).
31. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an opiate selected from buprenorphine,
hydromorphone, oxymorphone, dihydromorphone, and methyldihydromorphinone.
32. The compound of claim 26,wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an analgesic selected from pregabalin, tetrahydrocannabinol, fentanyl, flupirtine, oxycodone, acetaminophen, and salicylamide.
33. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-depressant selected from fluoxetine, sertraline , duloxetine, amoxapine, maprotiline, mianserin, nomifensin, trazodine, viloxazine, aripirazole, bupropion, desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, and paroxetine.
34. The compound of claim 26,wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a COX 2 inhibitor selected from celecoxib, rofecoxib, lumiracoxib, etoricoxib, firocoxib, and nimesulide.
35. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a COX-LOX inhibitor selected from licofelone, and clonidine.
36. The compound of claim 26,wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a opioid receptor antagonist selected from naltrexone, naloxone, and naltrindole.
37. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an Alzheimer's disease medication selected from epigallocatechin gallate (EGCG), memantine, and galantamine.
38. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a statin selected from atorvastatin and rosuvastatin.
39. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an erectile dysfunction medication selected from sildenafil, tadalafil, vardenafil, and apomorphine.
40. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-asthma medication selected from salbutamol, salmeterol, terbutaline, formoterol, and metaproterenol.
41. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a cholinesterase inhibitor selected from edrophonium and tacrine.
42. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a sympathomimetic drug selected from phenylephrine, amphetamine, methoxamine, prenalterol, terbutaline, and ritodrine.
43. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-seizure agent selected from lamotrigine and vigabatrine.
44. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a neuromuscular blocker selected from tubocurarine and cisatracurium.
45. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an intestinal steroid absorption inhibitor selected from ezetimibe and (3R,4S)-1 ,4-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(3-phenylpropyl)-2-azetidinone.
46. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an endocrine drug selected from thyroxine and somatostatin.
47. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an estrogenic agent, agonist or antagonist selected from raloxifene, estradiol, ethynylestradiol, and diethylstilbestrol.
48. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises an anti-viral agent selected from acyclovir, valacyclovir, penciclovir, cidofovir, zalcitibine, adefovir, and entacavir.
49. The compound of claim 26, wherein the therapeutic agent that targets an active site in a host subject comprises a seratonin receptor agonist selected from dolasetron and seratonin.
50. The compound of claim 26, wherein the compound is an analog of tyrosine, 2,6-dimethyltyrosine, or a peptide comprising one or more residues selected from tyrosine and 2,6-dimethyltyrosine, in which the phenolic OH of the tyrosine or 2,6-dimethyltyrosine is substituted by -OS02F.
51. The compound of claim 50, wherein the compound is O- fluorosulfonyltyrosine or 0-fluorosulfonyl-2,6-dimethyltyrosine.
52. The compound of claim 50, wherein the peptide is selected from leuprolide and glatiramer, and is modified to include a -OS02F group in place of the phenolic OH of a tyrosine residue thereof.
53. The a compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the compound comprises an analog of amino acid comprising a nucleophilic side chain or a peptide comprising one or more amino acid residue comprising a nucleophilic side chain, which includes an S02F or -CH2CH2S02F group in place of a hydrogen on a hydroxyl or amino substituent of the nucleophilic side chain.
54. The compound of claim 53, wherein the amino acid is selected from lysine, serine, tyrosine, histidine, and arginine.
55. The compound of claim 53, wherein the compound is a peptide comprising the amino acid residue selected from the group consisting of lysine, serine, tyrosine, histidine, and arginine, which includes an S02F or -CH2CH2SO2F group in place of a hydrogen on a hydroxyl or amino substituent of the nucleophilic side chain.
56. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 55, wherein the compound of Formula (I) has a biological activity toward substantially the same target condition as the biologically active core group Y.
57. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 56, wherein the fluorine (F) of one or more of the -Z-X1-(S)(X2)F groups thereof is enriched in 18F.
58. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 57, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, vehicle, or diluent.
59. A method of preparing a compound of claim 1, in which at least one Z thereof is O; the method comprising reacting a precursor bearing an aromatic and/or heteroaromatic OH substituent with S02F2 in the presence of a base to replace the hydrogen of the aromatic and/or heteroaromatic OH with S02F.
60. A method of preparing a compound of claim 1, in which at least one Z thereof is NR; the method comprising reacting a precursor bearing an NHR substituent with S02F2 in the presence of a base to replace the hydrogen of the NHR with S02F.
61. A method of preparing a compound of claim 1 , in which at least one Z thereof is N or NR; the method comprising reacting a precursor bearing an NH2 or NHR substituent with CH2=CH-S02F by a Michael addition to replace the hydrogens of the NH2 or the hydrogen of the NHR with -CH2CH2-S02F.
62. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 57 for treating a disease or condition.
63. Use of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 57, for treating a disease or condition.
64. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 57, for the preparation of a medicament for treating a disease or condition.
65. Use of a library comprising a plurality of the compounds of any one of claims 1 to 57 in a screening assay against a biologically active receptor protein.
66. A method for preparing a compound of claim 57, comprising treating a compound of any one of claims 1 to 56 with bifluoride ion enriched in 18F to replace at least a portion of 19F in the compound with 18F.
67. An amino protected O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine of formula:
Figure imgf000151_0001
wherein "Fmoc" represents a 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl protecting group.
68. Use of a compound of claim 67 for the preparation of a polypeptide comprising an O-fluorosulfonyl-L- tyrosine residue.
69. A polypeptide comprising an O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine residue.
70. The polypeptide of claim 69, wherein the polypeptide selected from an anolog of oxytocin, indolicin, thymopentin, and arginine vassopressin, in which the tyrosine residue thereof is replaced by an O-fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine residue.
71. Use of a compound of claims 57 as an imaging agent for positron emission tomography.
72. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 57 or a peptide or protein of claim 69 for covalently binding of the compound to an active site in a receptor molecule.
73. A method of preparing a sulfated polypeptide comprising contacting the peptide of claim 69 with cesium carbonate and a solution of ammonia in methanol to selectively hydrolyze the fluoro group of the fluorosulfonyl-L-tyrosine residue and form a sulfated tyrosine residue therefrom.
PCT/US2015/034516 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur(vi) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof WO2015188120A1 (en)

Priority Applications (19)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017516642A JP6738326B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur fluoride (VI) compound and method for producing the same
CA2953237A CA2953237C (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur(vi) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
EP15803408.2A EP3151817B1 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur(vi) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
EP21159735.6A EP3892610B1 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur (vi) fluoride compounds and their use in click-reaction
EP23191114.0A EP4295841A3 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur (vi) fluoride compounds and their use in click-reaction
ES15803408T ES2873962T3 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur (VI) fluoride compounds and methods for their preparation
CN201580042130.4A CN106659700B (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur fluoride (VI) compound and preparation method thereof
AU2015269198A AU2015269198B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur(VI) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
US15/316,742 US10117840B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur(VI) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
CN202010525386.3A CN111689929B (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur fluoride (VI) compound and preparation method thereof
US16/158,608 US10765645B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2018-10-12 Sulfur(VI) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
US16/243,761 US20190167604A1 (en) 2014-06-06 2019-01-09 Arylfluorosulfate compounds and methods
US16/871,902 US11779548B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2020-05-11 Arylfluorosulfate compounds and methods
US17/012,783 US11141385B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2020-09-04 Sulfur (VI) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
AU2021201062A AU2021201062B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2021-02-18 Sulfur(VI) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
US17/471,936 US20220000799A1 (en) 2014-06-06 2021-09-10 Sulfur (vi) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
US17/826,660 US20220313624A1 (en) 2014-06-06 2022-05-27 Sulfur (vi) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
AU2023200095A AU2023200095B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2023-01-09 Sulfur(VI) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
AU2024219511A AU2024219511A1 (en) 2014-06-06 2024-09-09 Sulfur(VI) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201462008925P 2014-06-06 2014-06-06
US62/008,925 2014-06-06

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/316,742 A-371-Of-International US10117840B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur(VI) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
US16/158,608 Division US10765645B2 (en) 2014-06-06 2018-10-12 Sulfur(VI) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015188120A1 true WO2015188120A1 (en) 2015-12-10

Family

ID=54767460

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2015/034516 WO2015188120A1 (en) 2014-06-06 2015-06-05 Sulfur(vi) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (5) US10117840B2 (en)
EP (3) EP4295841A3 (en)
JP (3) JP6738326B2 (en)
CN (2) CN106659700B (en)
AU (4) AU2015269198B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2953237C (en)
ES (2) ES2873962T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2015188120A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016209920A1 (en) 2015-06-22 2016-12-29 The Scripps Research Institute Polymerization of silyl- and fluoro-containing monomers
WO2018094233A2 (en) 2016-11-19 2018-05-24 Trinapco, Inc. Method for making n-(fluorosulfonyl) dimethylamine
WO2018102433A1 (en) * 2016-11-29 2018-06-07 The Scripps Research Institute Thionyl tetrafluoride modified compounds and uses
WO2019036517A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Bioduro, Llc Reagents for fluorosulfating alcohols or amines
EP3763735A4 (en) * 2018-03-06 2021-06-09 Seoul National University R & DB Foundation Method for preparing biomaterial having selectively functionalized tyrosine, biomaterial having selectively functionalized tyrosine, and pharmaceutical composition containing same as active ingredient
US11091442B2 (en) 2017-11-22 2021-08-17 Shanghai Institute Of Organic Chemistry, Chinese Academy Of Sciences Fluorosulfonyl-containing compound, intermediate thereof, preparation method therefor and use thereof
WO2022038561A1 (en) 2020-08-21 2022-02-24 Ses Holdings Pte. Ltd. Synthesis of n,n-branched sulfamoyl fluoride compounds using bismuth trifluoride
US11884612B2 (en) 2016-03-16 2024-01-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Covalent peptide binders

Families Citing this family (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11406742B2 (en) 2014-07-18 2022-08-09 M.A. Med Alliance SA Coating for intraluminal expandable catheter providing contact transfer of drug micro-reservoirs
CN107353287B (en) * 2017-05-26 2019-11-05 重庆文理学院 A kind of quinoxaline and heterocyclic fourth ketone compounds and its application in antitumor
CN109867648A (en) * 2017-12-02 2019-06-11 浙江医药股份有限公司新昌制药厂 A kind of synthetic method of Yi Palie only in relation to substance IMPD
WO2019139979A2 (en) * 2018-01-09 2019-07-18 The Scripps Research Institute Arylfluorosulfate compounds and methods
CN110217764B (en) * 2018-03-02 2022-08-09 中国科学院上海有机化学研究所 Preparation method of organic alkali salt of bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide
WO2019173760A1 (en) * 2018-03-08 2019-09-12 The Regents Of The University Of California Bioreactive compositions and methods of use thereof
CN108530372A (en) * 2018-05-08 2018-09-14 武汉理工大学 A kind of preparation method of 5- sulfuryl fluorides substitution isoxazole class compound
WO2020119595A1 (en) * 2018-12-13 2020-06-18 中国科学院上海有机化学研究所 Phenol salt and application thereof
WO2020167951A1 (en) 2019-02-14 2020-08-20 Knepper Paul A Composition and method for inhibiting platelet aggregation
WO2020176547A1 (en) 2019-02-25 2020-09-03 Ginkgo Bioworks, Inc. Biosynthesis of cannabinoids and cannabinoid precursors
CN110429336B (en) * 2019-07-24 2022-07-12 江苏国泰超威新材料有限公司 Non-aqueous electrolyte and lithium ion battery
CN110668978A (en) * 2019-09-23 2020-01-10 广州天赐高新材料股份有限公司 Bis-sulfonate compound, preparation method thereof, electrolyte and energy storage device
CN111040165A (en) * 2019-12-26 2020-04-21 白银图微新材料科技有限公司 Polysulfonate polymer and polymerization method thereof
CN113121401B (en) * 2020-01-16 2022-10-04 中国科学院上海有机化学研究所 N-substituted carbonyl fluorosulfonamide compound, preparation method and application thereof
WO2021178405A1 (en) * 2020-03-02 2021-09-10 University Of Southern California Opioid receptor antagonists
CN112028987B (en) * 2020-06-01 2021-07-30 广东圣赛生物科技有限公司 Protein medicine combined with immunosuppressive molecule PD-L1
CN111793010B (en) * 2020-06-28 2022-03-15 浙江工业大学 Preparation method of 2, 5-dichloro-4-aminobenzenesulfonyl fluoride
CN112675298B (en) * 2020-12-28 2024-05-03 中国医学科学院医学生物学研究所 Immune adjuvant, vaccine containing same, preparation method and application
CN114907241B (en) * 2021-02-09 2024-05-17 中宏鑫投资控股(深圳)有限公司 Guanidine compound containing fluorosulfonyl group, and preparation method and application thereof
WO2022187273A1 (en) * 2021-03-01 2022-09-09 The Regents Of The University Of California Bioreactive compounds and methods of use thereof
CN113097644B (en) * 2021-04-01 2023-03-31 河南锂动电源有限公司 Preparation method of SOFs-P5G/PVDF lithium ion battery diaphragm
WO2022232377A2 (en) * 2021-04-28 2022-11-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Bioreactive proteins containing unnatural amino acids
CN113248444B (en) * 2021-05-31 2022-07-19 福州大学 Fluorosulfonyl radical reagent and preparation method and application thereof
CN113548986B (en) * 2021-07-14 2023-05-23 首都医科大学脑重大疾病研究中心(北京脑重大疾病研究院) Sulfonyl fluoride compound and application thereof
CN113387845B (en) * 2021-07-16 2022-12-20 国药集团化学试剂有限公司 Preparation method of phenylmethylsulfonyl fluoride
EP4212151A3 (en) 2022-01-13 2023-09-27 Paul A. Knepper Stilbene, flavonol or curcumin compounds for use in the treatment of age-related macular degeneration (amd; armd)
WO2023168108A2 (en) * 2022-03-04 2023-09-07 H. Lee Moffitt Cancer Center And Research Institute, Inc. Synthesis of sulfur(vi) compounds and reagents for same
WO2024059247A2 (en) * 2022-09-16 2024-03-21 Virios Therapeutics, Inc Valacyclovir and celecoxib for the treatment of alzheimer's disease and covid-19
WO2024097831A1 (en) * 2022-11-02 2024-05-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Bioreactive proteins containing unnatural amino acids

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090292105A1 (en) * 2005-12-12 2009-11-26 Phostech Lithium Inc. Sulphonyl-1,2,4-triazole salts
US20100048713A1 (en) * 2006-01-06 2010-02-25 Aarhus Universitet Compounds acting on the serotonin transporter
US20110082313A1 (en) * 2008-05-29 2011-04-07 Central Glass Company, Limited Process for Production of Halogenated alpha-Fluoroethers
US20110229773A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2011-09-22 Lg Chem, Ltd. Non-Aqueous Electrolyte And Electrochemical Device Comprising The Same
US20120282653A1 (en) * 2009-11-25 2012-11-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Method for making polypeptides
US20120283296A1 (en) * 2009-10-06 2012-11-08 Afraxis, Inc. Pyrrolopyrazoles for treating cns disorders
WO2013094602A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Ｊｘ日鉱日石エネルギー株式会社 Organic electrolyte, and organic electrolyte storage battery
WO2014008295A1 (en) * 2012-07-03 2014-01-09 Ardea Biosciences, Inc. Manufacture of 2- (5- bromo-4 (-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl) -4h-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio) acetic acid
US20140142338A1 (en) * 2012-11-16 2014-05-22 Trinapco, Inc. Synthesis of tetrabutylammonium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide and related salts

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE532394C (en) * 1930-08-08 1931-08-27 Willy Lange Dr Process for the preparation of aryl fluorosulfonates and their derivatives
US3733304A (en) * 1971-04-01 1973-05-15 American Cyanamid Co Aryl sulfate polymers and methods for their production
FR2297211A1 (en) * 1975-01-13 1976-08-06 Eastman Kodak Co Beta-anilino-ethane-sulphonyl fluoride coupling cpds - for prepn of triphenyl-methane-, indoaniline, azomethine- and azo dyes (BE130776)
US5112866A (en) * 1988-09-06 1992-05-12 Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation Ethanesulfonamide derivatives
US4980356A (en) * 1988-12-15 1990-12-25 Rhone-Poulenc Sante 2-imino-6-polyfluoroalkoxybenzothiazole derivatives, and pharamaceutical compositions containing them and their treatment of medical conditions associated with the effects of glutamate
DD299029A5 (en) * 1989-10-25 1992-03-26 Zentralinstitut Fuer Anorganische Chemie,De INSECTICIDES AND FUNGICIDES BASED ON NEW C-FLUORATED AMINOSULFONSAEED DERIVATIVES
US5245027A (en) * 1989-11-21 1993-09-14 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 3-fluorosulfonyloxyceph-3-em compounds
IL104303A0 (en) * 1992-01-06 1993-05-13 Smithkline Beecham Corp Process
US5457194A (en) * 1993-03-17 1995-10-10 Abbott Laboratories Substituted aliphatic amine-containing macrocyclic immunomodulators
CA2175215C (en) * 1993-11-19 2008-06-03 Yat Sun Or Semisynthetic analogs of rapamycin (macrolides) being immunomodulators
GB9525620D0 (en) * 1995-12-15 1996-02-14 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
US5688825A (en) * 1996-05-31 1997-11-18 University Of Connecticut Anandamide amidase inhibitors as analgesic agents
US6015815A (en) * 1997-09-26 2000-01-18 Abbott Laboratories Tetrazole-containing rapamycin analogs with shortened half-lives
JP2002523495A (en) * 1998-09-02 2002-07-30 ファーマジェネシス， インコーポレイテッド Triptolide prodrug with high water solubility
TW200507751A (en) * 2003-05-12 2005-03-01 Divergence Inc Nematicidal compositions and methods
WO2006060654A2 (en) 2004-12-01 2006-06-08 Divergence, Inc. Pesticidal compositions and methods
ES2891278T3 (en) 2006-10-12 2022-01-26 Bhi Lp Methods, Compounds, Compositions, and Vehicles for Delivering 3-Amino-1-Propanesulfonic Acid
CN102341390A (en) * 2009-01-09 2012-02-01 哈佛学院董事会 Fluorine containing compounds and methods of use thereof
US8809286B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2014-08-19 Technion Research & Development Foundation Limited Conjugated antimicrobial agents
JP5793996B2 (en) * 2011-06-29 2015-10-14 セントラル硝子株式会社 Method for producing fluorosulfuric acid aromatic ester
EP2887941B1 (en) * 2012-08-21 2018-07-11 AbbVie Ireland Unlimited Company Process for preparing antiviral compounds

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090292105A1 (en) * 2005-12-12 2009-11-26 Phostech Lithium Inc. Sulphonyl-1,2,4-triazole salts
US20100048713A1 (en) * 2006-01-06 2010-02-25 Aarhus Universitet Compounds acting on the serotonin transporter
US20110229773A1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2011-09-22 Lg Chem, Ltd. Non-Aqueous Electrolyte And Electrochemical Device Comprising The Same
US20110082313A1 (en) * 2008-05-29 2011-04-07 Central Glass Company, Limited Process for Production of Halogenated alpha-Fluoroethers
US20120283296A1 (en) * 2009-10-06 2012-11-08 Afraxis, Inc. Pyrrolopyrazoles for treating cns disorders
US20120282653A1 (en) * 2009-11-25 2012-11-08 Novo Nordisk A/S Method for making polypeptides
WO2013094602A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Ｊｘ日鉱日石エネルギー株式会社 Organic electrolyte, and organic electrolyte storage battery
WO2014008295A1 (en) * 2012-07-03 2014-01-09 Ardea Biosciences, Inc. Manufacture of 2- (5- bromo-4 (-cyclopropylnaphthalen-1-yl) -4h-1,2,4-triazol-3-ylthio) acetic acid
US20140142338A1 (en) * 2012-11-16 2014-05-22 Trinapco, Inc. Synthesis of tetrabutylammonium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide and related salts

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3310795A4 (en) * 2015-06-22 2019-08-28 The Scripps Research Institute Polymerization of silyl- and fluoro-containing monomers
US10717820B2 (en) 2015-06-22 2020-07-21 The Scripps Research Institute Polymerization of silyl- and fluoro-containing monomers
WO2016209920A1 (en) 2015-06-22 2016-12-29 The Scripps Research Institute Polymerization of silyl- and fluoro-containing monomers
US11884612B2 (en) 2016-03-16 2024-01-30 The Regents Of The University Of California Covalent peptide binders
EP3541782A4 (en) * 2016-11-19 2020-07-08 Trinapco, Inc Method for making n-(fluorosulfonyl) dimethylamine
CN109563031B (en) * 2016-11-19 2022-04-15 特里纳普克公司 Process for producing N- (fluorosulfonyl) dimethylamine
KR20190075042A (en) * 2016-11-19 2019-06-28 트리나프코 인크. Method for preparing N- (fluorosulfonyl) dimethylamine
WO2018094233A2 (en) 2016-11-19 2018-05-24 Trinapco, Inc. Method for making n-(fluorosulfonyl) dimethylamine
JP2019524823A (en) * 2016-11-19 2019-09-05 トリナプコ インコーポレイテッド Process for producing N- (fluorosulfonyl) dimethylamine
US10407387B2 (en) 2016-11-19 2019-09-10 Trinapco, Inc. Method for making N-(fluorosulfonyl) dimethylamine
US10106495B2 (en) * 2016-11-19 2018-10-23 Trinapco, Inc. Method for making N-(fluorosulfonyl) dimethylamine
CN109563031A (en) * 2016-11-19 2019-04-02 特里纳普克公司 The method for preparing N- (fluorosulfonyl) dimethylamine
KR102522449B1 (en) 2016-11-19 2023-04-14 트리나프코 인크. Process for preparing N-(fluorosulfonyl)dimethylamine
WO2018102433A1 (en) * 2016-11-29 2018-06-07 The Scripps Research Institute Thionyl tetrafluoride modified compounds and uses
US10836717B2 (en) 2017-08-14 2020-11-17 Bioduro, Llc Reagents for fluorosulfating alcohols or amines
WO2019036517A1 (en) 2017-08-14 2019-02-21 Bioduro, Llc Reagents for fluorosulfating alcohols or amines
US11091442B2 (en) 2017-11-22 2021-08-17 Shanghai Institute Of Organic Chemistry, Chinese Academy Of Sciences Fluorosulfonyl-containing compound, intermediate thereof, preparation method therefor and use thereof
EP3763735A4 (en) * 2018-03-06 2021-06-09 Seoul National University R & DB Foundation Method for preparing biomaterial having selectively functionalized tyrosine, biomaterial having selectively functionalized tyrosine, and pharmaceutical composition containing same as active ingredient
US12122812B2 (en) 2018-03-06 2024-10-22 Seoul National University R&Db Foundation Method for preparing biomaterial having selectively functionalized tyrosine, biomaterial having selectively functionalized tyrosine, and pharmaceutical composition containing same as active ingredient
WO2022038561A1 (en) 2020-08-21 2022-02-24 Ses Holdings Pte. Ltd. Synthesis of n,n-branched sulfamoyl fluoride compounds using bismuth trifluoride

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ES2873962T3 (en) 2021-11-04
EP3892610A1 (en) 2021-10-13
AU2024219511A1 (en) 2024-10-03
US20220000799A1 (en) 2022-01-06
JP2020186242A (en) 2020-11-19
CN111689929A (en) 2020-09-22
US20170196985A1 (en) 2017-07-13
CA2953237A1 (en) 2015-12-10
JP7227946B2 (en) 2023-02-22
EP3151817A1 (en) 2017-04-12
AU2015269198B2 (en) 2020-12-10
CA2953237C (en) 2024-06-11
EP3151817B1 (en) 2021-03-03
AU2021201062B2 (en) 2022-11-24
AU2023200095A1 (en) 2023-02-09
US20200397719A1 (en) 2020-12-24
CN106659700B (en) 2020-07-10
US20220313624A1 (en) 2022-10-06
AU2023200095B2 (en) 2024-06-13
CN111689929B (en) 2024-05-31
JP2017524731A (en) 2017-08-31
US20190029972A1 (en) 2019-01-31
ES2956953T3 (en) 2024-01-05
JP2023075089A (en) 2023-05-30
JP6738326B2 (en) 2020-08-12
EP3892610B1 (en) 2023-08-16
AU2021201062A1 (en) 2021-03-11
EP3151817A4 (en) 2018-01-17
US10117840B2 (en) 2018-11-06
US11141385B2 (en) 2021-10-12
AU2015269198A1 (en) 2016-12-22
CN106659700A (en) 2017-05-10
US10765645B2 (en) 2020-09-08
EP4295841A2 (en) 2023-12-27
EP4295841A3 (en) 2024-03-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11141385B2 (en) Sulfur (VI) fluoride compounds and methods for the preparation thereof
JP2023030076A (en) Solid Forms of FXR Agonists
KR20210010475A (en) MAGL inhibitor
US11555013B2 (en) Potent and selective inhibitors of monoamine transporters; method of making; and use thereof
CA2957898C (en) Pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives as nr2b nmda receptor antagonists
JP5341521B2 (en) Compounds and methods for inhibiting the interaction between a protein and a binding partner
JP2018525414A (en) Methods for treating cancer
US7932264B2 (en) Sinomenine derivatives and preparation and uses thereof
TW201840530A (en) Sulfonamide or amide compounds, compositions and methods for the prophylaxis and/or treatment of autoimmune, inflammation or infection related disorders

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15803408

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2953237

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017516642

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 15316742

Country of ref document: US

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015803408

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2015803408

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015269198

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20150605

Kind code of ref document: A